Health Care Department Operations Manual

Chapter 1 – Health Care Governance and Administration

Article 1 – Statewide Health Care Governance

1.1.1 Governing Body

  • Policy

    • The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR), Division of Health Care Services (DHCS), and California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) [referred to jointly in this policy as “Health Care Services (HCS)”] shall promote organizational decision-making that is standardized and systematic, incorporates a broad range of perspectives, and creates alignment with the strategic vision, mission, and goals of the organization.

    • HCS shall maintain a standardized governance structure, driven by its Governing Body (GB) at the highest level, and consisting of multi-disciplinary leadership teams at headquarters and institution levels that will guide the statewide strategic vision and performance objectives for the organization.  The governance structure shall also encompass standardized systems, processes, and procedures for key governance functions including, but not limited to:

      • Strategic planning at the enterprise, region, and institution levels, and within specific programs and departments to ensure that all levels of the organization are aligned in pursuing strategic goals.

      • Elevation of critical program concerns.

      • Making decisions, including mechanisms for gathering input from stakeholders and staff at various reporting levels throughout the organization, and conflict resolution.

      • Developing and vetting statewide policies and guidelines to ensure appropriate multi-disciplinary participation, high-quality products, and acceptance among staff implementing the policies or guidelines.

      • Communicating important organizational messages quickly and efficiently throughout the organization.

      • Routinely evaluating and improving program performance and holding leadership accountable for outcomes.

      • Sustaining processes that work well.

      • Providing orientation, ongoing development, and feedback for key leaders within the organization.

      • Maintaining the quality and safety of patient care through performance evaluation and improvement including peer review, quality management, and patient safety and risk management systems.

  • Purpose

    • To:

    • Ensure delivery of appropriate, quality health care in a cost-effective manner with minimized risk to patients;

    • Manage and consider the needs and expectations of stakeholders;

    • Respond appropriately to changes in government and the health care industry, including changes in patient demographics and case mix, financial constraints, advances in research and technology, public expectations, and legal and regulatory mandates;

    • Preserve quality of care and economic viability over time; and

    • Adhere to federal and state laws and regulations.

  • Responsibility

    • The Undersecretary, Health Care Services, and Directors of CCHCS are responsible for statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of the governance structure and processes.

    • HCS departmental leadership at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, are responsible to support and participate fully in the governance structure and processes and to ensure their staff are aware of and adhere to governance processes and procedures.

  • Procedure Overview

    • The GB is the highest-level committee in the network of headquarters and institution committees that makes up the HCS organizational governance structure and has ultimate oversight but delegates decision authority to the local GBs and other committees as needed.  Within the HCS Governance Structure, the GB is ultimately accountable for quality patient care and treatment and services provided by employees and contractors.  Among other tasks, the GB defines the strategic direction of the organization, determines the organizational structure and delivery system design, ensures that the organization has sufficient resources to accomplish strategic goals including prepared and competent staff, and continuously evaluates and improves performance ensuring accountability, particularly among key leaders and licensed clinicians.

    • The membership of the GB is comprised of the highest-level executives within HCS as well as the leaders from essential stakeholder groups.  The GB shall set the tone for the organizational communication, culture, leadership, and strategic direction.  The GB shall also determine how the organization will achieve strategic goals and make critical decisions regarding delivery system design and department and program structure and resourcing.  The GB shall evaluate organizational performance on an ongoing basis and set improvement priorities for the organization.

  • Procedure

    • Committee Scope and Responsibilities

      • The GB performs the following functions:

        • Strategic Direction

          • At least annually, conduct an organizational assessment to plan and manage change, analyzing the evolving needs of the patient population; organizational strengths and weaknesses; trends in government, the health care industry, and technology; legal and regulatory issues; and potential risks to the organization.

          • Define a clear vision for the organization, incorporating input from staff and stakeholders.

          • Publish the organization’s strategic plan and update at least annually to include the organization’s vision, mission, values, and strategic goals.

          • Ensure communication of the strategic plan to all levels of the organization.

          • Create a responsible, accountable environment of teamwork and continuous improvement that enables the organization to fulfill its mission and meet or exceed goals.

          • Determine the system for communicating important organizational messages through all reporting levels and periodically assess the effectiveness of communication methods.

          • Foster collaboration and coordination within the organization and with stakeholders in the public and private sector.

          • Create partnerships with other federal and state agencies, correctional organizations, non-profit groups, and other stakeholders to create synergies, leverage resources, and improve care.

          • Provide for and comply with the organization’s Code of Conduct.

        • Organizational Structure and Delivery System Design

          • Provide a framework to accomplish the goals of the strategic plan including resource allocation and organizational policies.

          • Determine the model of care that will be used to provide services to patients and the services that will be offered including the design of institution missions for cost-effective care.

          • Define and document the organization’s major programs and departments, the scope of services and goals for each major program and department, the organizational reporting structure and lines of authority within the organization, and span of control of key leadership positions.

          • Approve regulations and statewide policies and procedures.

          • Establish a system for conflict resolution between programs or departments.

        • Resources

          • Direct sufficient resources to attain the organization’s mission and vision, and meet strategic goals.

          • Plan and manage the organization’s budget including budget projections, approval of Budget Change Concepts and Proposals, Finance Letters and other revisions to the Governor’s Budget, and ongoing oversight and strategic management of spending deficits and surplus.

          • Approve:

            • Staffing formulas and matrices.

            • The statewide plan for staff recruitment, retention, development, and continuing education as well as the model for identifying and assessing civil service and contract staff competencies.

            • Master contracts for statewide services.

            • The statewide plan for facility modifications.

            • Statewide information systems and data infrastructure design.

          • Develop and coach leaders at every level of the organization to fulfill the organization’s mission and vision and meet strategic goals.

        • Performance Evaluation and Improvement – Health Care System

          • Maintain the quality and safety of patient care and promote performance evaluation and improvement.

          • Approve the design of the quality management and patient safety and risk management systems including the systems used to measure the performance of the organization’s governance, management, clinical, and support functions.

          • Ensure the organization’s participation in legally required public reporting and national quality measurement efforts.

          • Approve improvement priorities for the organization.

          • Assess the organization’s performance on an ongoing basis, intervening as necessary to ensure performance objectives and strategic goals are achieved.

          • Determine mechanisms and provide individual areas of the organization with regular feedback on their progress toward strategic goals.

          • Individual GB members: Personally participate in improvement initiatives.

          • Evaluate the effectiveness of quality management, patient safety, and risk management systems including the performance evaluation system, improvement projects, tools and techniques, and efforts to build improvement capacity through staff development and support modifications to these systems to make them more effective.

          • Review and approve an annual aggregate report of the Root Cause Analyses completed each year including the nature of the system failures they revealed and the actions taken to mitigate risk.

        • Evaluation and Improvement – Professional Practice

          • Approve policies governing statewide credentialing, privileging, and peer review processes (routine and non-routine) for licensed medical providers as well as professional ethics policies.

          • Evaluate the effectiveness of the professional practice system in establishing and maintaining a high quality clinical workforce.

          • Oversee and direct as needed the Health Care Executive Committee (HCEC) performance of the following:

            • Acting on all recommendations and Final Proposed Actions, which may include accepting findings and recommendations, accepting findings and determining a different Final Proposed Action, remanding matters for additional investigation or deliberation, and rescinding or terminating peer review and privileging actions.

            • Ensuring that licensed medical providers subject to HCEC review have been provided due process during that review and that HCEC findings and actions are supported by “substantial evidence.”

    • Committee Membership

      • The following staff shall serve as standing members of the Health Care Services’ GB:

        • Federal Court Receiver

        • Undersecretary, Health Care Services

        • Director, Health Care Services

        • Director, Health Care Policy and Administration

        • Director, Corrections Services

        • Director, Division of Adult Institutions

        • Director, Legislation, ISUDT, and Communications

        • Director, Information Technology Services Division

        • Chief Counsel, CCHCS Office of Legal Affairs (advisory role only)

      • Any changes or additions to the membership shall be approved by the GB.

      • Standing members shall not designate attendance at GB meetings or voting proxy to anyone without the prior approval of the Chairperson, and only where necessary to allow the GB to conduct business.  If a quorum is present at a GB meeting, a request to designate an alternate individual to attend a meeting or to vote shall be disapproved. Any approved designee shall not be any lower than at the Director level organizationally.

      • The GB may invite guest participants to meetings at any time that additional insight, expertise, or testimony is needed to support discussion and decision-making.

      • Guests are only permitted with prior authorization from the GB Chairperson [refer to Section (e)(2)(G)].

      • Members of the GB are required to:

        • Understand the scope and purpose of the GB.

        • Review all materials in advance of GB meetings.

        • Present on agenda topics as requested by the Chairperson or other committee members.

        • Provide input in discussions.

        • Vote on motions.

        • Complete action items assigned to their by specific deadlines.

        • Serve as a performance improvement champion, demonstrating visible leadership by directly participating in high-priority improvement initiatives.

        • Notify the Chairperson of planned absences so that the Chairperson may determine whether a quorum of the GB will be present for the meeting at which a member or members may be absent and consider whether it would be appropriate or necessary for the absent member(s) to designate an alternate attendee.

      • The Director, Health Care Services, shall serve as the GB Chairperson.  The Chairperson retains all the responsibilities of a GB member and also ensures that:

        • The GB meets at least quarterly and as often as necessary to manage the required Committee Scope and Responsibilities as outlined in Section (e)(1).

        • Agenda topics are consistent with the Committee Scope and Responsibilities.

        • Meetings do not proceed unless a quorum is present.

        • Meeting materials are distributed to GB members at least three calendar days in advance of meetings.

        • A formal record of all GB meetings is kept including committee topics, discussion, conclusions and resolutions, and actions.

    • Committee Voting

      • A quorum shall exist when a simple majority of the voting membership is present. A quorum is necessary to conduct the business of the GB. A member may attend, participate in, and be counted towards a quorum via telephone conference call. In the event of a tie, the Chairperson shall be allotted an additional vote in order to break the stalemate.

      • Each GB voting member shall have one vote on any matter that comes before the GB.  Only duly appointed members or approved designees shall vote on GB matters. A motion carries when it receives a simple majority of the vote.

      • All voting members may vote on any matters coming before the GB regardless of the subject matter, program area, or health care discipline at issue.

      • The GB may use electronic voting to address urgent issues that require action prior to the next scheduled meeting or to resolve an existing agenda item.

      • Parliamentary Law and Rules of Order for the 21st Century (Lochrie), most recent edition, shall govern parliamentary procedures.

    • Meeting Frequency

      • The GB shall meet at least quarterly and as often as necessary to manage the required Committee Scope and Responsibilities as outlined in Section (e)(1).  The Chairperson may schedule special meetings of the GB at their discretion.

    • Documentation and Confidentiality Provisions

      • The proceedings and records of the GB shall be confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

    • Conflict of Interest

      • Regular voting members of the GB, as CDCR and CCHCS employees, shall comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding disclosure of outside employment, enterprises or activities, and prohibitions against engaging in conflicts of interest.  These include the California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Sections 3409 and 3413 as well as pertinent provisions of the Government Code, Public Contracts Code, and the Fair Political Practices Act (FPPA).  Among other things, these requirements prohibit CDCR and CCHCS employees from deriving any compensation from any entity doing or seeking to do business with the state.

      • Concurrently with their annual completion and submission of the Statement of Economic Interests (Form 700) pursuant to the FPPA, members of the GB shall provide a copy of their submitted Form 700 to the GB Chairperson to be kept on file for reference in the event that a member’s ability to participate in a GB decision may be impacted by an actual or potential conflict of interest.

      • If any matter of business before the GB represents an actual or potential conflict of interest for any member, they shall disclose the conflict or potential conflict to the GB and recuse themself from participating in any discussion or voting on the matter creating the conflict or potential conflict.

      • Final decisions regarding conflict of interest questions shall be decided by the GB Chairperson.  In the event that the GB Chairperson has an actual or perceived conflict of interest, final decisions regarding the conflict of interest shall be decided by the Undersecretary, Health Care Services.

    • Closed Session

      • When considering matters from the HCEC, the GB may meet in closed session.  The GB may exclude from its meeting any person the GB deems not authorized to participate in discussion regarding credentialing, privileging, or peer review matters.  When considering matters from the HCEC, the confidentiality of those matters is protected by Evidence Code Section 1157.

  • References

    • Federal Health Care Quality Improvement Act of 1986 (42 USCA § 11101)

    • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court of the Northern District of California, Case No. C01-1351 JST

    • Evidence Code, Section 1157

    • California Constitution, Article VII Public Officers and Employees, Section 1-11

    • Business and Professions Code, Section 800, et seq.

    • Joint Commission Leadership Standards

    • Baldrige Award Criteria for Leadership, https://www.nist.gov/baldrige

    • Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality – Patient-Centered Medical Home Resource Center, https://www.ahrq.gov/

    • International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9001:2015 and ISO/DIS 9004 standards

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Section 33030.3.1, Code of Conduct

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 3, Section 1.3.4, Health Care Executive Committee

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.1, Complete Care Model

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2017
      Revised: 06/16/2023

1.1.2 Local Governing Body

  • Policy

    • Where mandated by Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations (i.e., for those licensed facilities with a Correctional Treatment Center) or where required by an accrediting organization such as the Joint Commission, institutions shall have a Local Governing Body (LGB). 

    • The LGB shall act at the institutional level for the California Department of Correction and Rehabilitation (CDCR) and California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) Governing Body (GB), ensuring that:

      • Decision-making pertaining to the delivery of health care services at the institutional level are standardized and systematic, incorporates multi-disciplinary input, and is aligned with the CDCR and CCHCS’s strategic vision, mission, and goals for health care and rehabilitation.

      • Resources are allocated in accordance with priorities, goals, and direction of the CDCR and CCHCS and the needs of the incarcerated population.

      • There is a local system for elevating barriers to successful implementation of programs and initiatives that cannot be resolved locally and to share innovative work at the local level that could be beneficial to other institutions. 

      • Institution communication methods provide staff the information necessary to provide high quality health care services. 

      • The quality management and patients safety systems are evaluated annually and are both efficient and effective, and the institution culture promotes continuous improvement, which includes, but is not limited to, health equity, constant collaboration across program areas, open recognition of quality problems, and patient-centered services.

  • Purpose

    • Ensure delivery of appropriate, quality health care in a cost-effective manner with minimized risk to patients;

    • Manage and consider the needs and expectations of stakeholders;

    • Respond appropriately to changes in government and the health care industry, including changes in patient demographics and case mix, financial constraints, advances in research and technology, public expectations, and legal and regulatory mandates;

    • Preserve quality of care and economic viability over time; and

    • Adhere to federal and state laws and regulations.

  • Responsibility

    • The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is responsible for planning, implementation, and evaluation of the health care governance structure and processes within the institution.

    • The CEO and Warden are ultimately responsible for ensuring other programs within the institution participate and support the governance structure to operate effectively and efficiently. 

    • CDCR and CCHCS departmental leadership at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, are responsible to support and participate fully in the governance structure and processes and to ensure their staff are aware of and adhere to governance processes and procedures.

  • Procedure Overview

    • The LGB is the highest-level committee in the network of institution committees that makes up the local health care governance structure. 

    • The LGB is ultimately accountable for quality patient care, treatment, and services provided by employees and contractors at the institution.  Among other tasks, the LGB defines the strategic direction of health care services within the institution, implements changes to the organizational structure and health care delivery system design, and ensures that the institution has sufficient resources to accomplish strategic goals, including prepared and competent staff.  The LGB ensures that there are adequate systems in place to continuously evaluate and improve performance, ensuring accountability, particularly among key leaders and licensed clinicians.  The LGB shall set the tone for the institution related to health care communication, culture, leadership, and strategic direction. 

    • The membership of the LGB is comprised of the highest-level health care executives as well as the leaders from other major program areas within the institution.

  • Procedure

    • Committee Scope and Responsibilities

      • The LGB performs the following functions:

      • Strategic Direction

        • Oversees implementation of health care-related programs and initiatives, in alignment with the CDCR and CCHCS’s mission, vision, and goals for the delivery of health care services.

        • Establishes an effective system for developing and vetting local operating procedures to ensure appropriate multi-disciplinary participation, high-quality products, and acceptance among staff implementing the procedures.

        • Appointment of a health care administrator whose qualifications, authority and duties shall be defined in a written statement adopted by the LGB.

        • Appointment of a Medical Director, or at institutions with Mental Health Crisis Bed units or Psychiatric Inpatient Programs if the Chief Psychiatrist (CP) is not the Medical Director, delegation of clinical responsibilities of the Medical Director to the CP.

        • Approves local operating procedures consistent with statewide policies to enable access to and continuity of high quality patient care and as required by Title 22 regulations at least annually.

        • Establishes an effective system for elevating critical program concerns to higher levels of the organization.

        • Establishes a system for conflict resolution between programs and departments.

      • Resource Allocation

        • Directs sufficient resources to attain the organization’s mission and vision and meet strategic goals.

        • Plans and manages the organization’s budget including budget projections and provides ongoing oversight and strategic management of spending deficits and surplus.

        • Implements:

          • Staffing formulas and matrices.

          • Notification of appointment and reappointment of health care professionals to the health care staff.

          • Staff recruitment, retention, development, and continuing education as well as the model for identifying and assessing civil service and contract staff competencies, per the statewide plan.

          • Processes to ensure the confidentiality of written actions taken on health care staff.

          • Contracts for health care services, per statewide master contracts and, as appropriate, locally-generated contracts. 

          • Facility modifications per the statewide plan and repairs as required through local resources.

          • Information systems and data infrastructure design per statewide direction.

        • Develops and coaches leaders at every level of the institution to fulfill the organization’s mission and vision and meet strategic goals.

      • Communication

        • Communicates the organization’s vision, strategic goals, and associated timeframes to staff, the patient population, and other key stakeholders.

        • Determines the system for communicating important organizational messages through all reporting levels quickly and efficiently and periodically assesses the effectiveness of communication methods.

        • Creates partnerships with other federal and state agencies, correctional organizations, non-profit groups, and other stakeholders to create synergies, leverage resources, and improve care.

      • Performance Evaluation and Improvement – Health Care System and Patient Safety Culture

        • Creates a responsible, accountable environment of collaboration and continuous improvement that enables the organization to fulfill its mission and meet or exceed its goals.

        • Fosters cooperation and coordination within the organization and with stakeholders in the public and private sector.

        • Provides for and complies with the organization’s Code of Conduct.

        • Maintains the quality and safety of patient care and promotes performance evaluation and improvement.

        • Oversees implementation of the quality management, patient safety and risk management systems including the systems used to measure the performance of the organization’s governance, management, clinical, and support functions.

        • Ensures the organization’s participation in legally required public reporting and the organization’s quality measurement efforts.

        • Approves improvement priorities for the organization.

        • Determines mechanisms for and provides individual areas of the organization with regular feedback on progress toward strategic goals.

        • Facilitates personal participation of individual LGB members in improvement initiatives.

        • Evaluates the effectiveness of quality management, patient safety, and risk management systems at least annually, including the performance evaluation system, improvement projects, tools and techniques, and efforts to build improvement capacity through staff development while supporting modifications to these systems to make them more effective.

      • Performance Evaluation and Improvement – Professional Practice

        • Implements local credentialing and privileging procedures in accordance with statewide credentialing and privileging policies, peer review processes (routine and non-routine) for licensed medical providers as well as professional ethics policies.

        • Assigns to the medical staff, or when appropriate, to the CEO or designee reasonable authority for implementing mechanisms to improve the quality and appropriateness of patient care, and may also assign to the medical staff or chiefs of the relevant clinical disciplines responsibility for the clinical performance of individuals with delineated privileges, and supports these activities and mechanisms.

        • Evaluates the effectiveness of the professional practice system in establishing and maintaining a high quality clinical workforce.

      • Accountability

        • Assures that health care staff rules and regulations are subject to LGB approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; and that health care staff are permitted to appeal decisions they feel are unfair or wrong.

    • Committee Membership

      • The following staff shall serve as voting members of the LGB:

        • CEO (Chairperson)

        • Warden or designee (Associate Warden for Health Care or Chief Deputy Warden)

        • Associate Warden, Business Services

        • Associate Warden, Central Services

        • Associate Warden, Health Care

        • Chief Support Executive

        • Chief of Mental Health

        • CP, or a designated Psychiatrist (in absence of CP)

        • Health Program Manager III, Dental Services

        • Supervising Dentist

        • Chief Medical Executive (CME)

        • Chief Nurse Executive

        • Health Program Manager III, Quality Management

      • The term of the appointment for LGB members shall be the duration of their appointment to their respective positions.

      • Standing members shall not designate attendance at LGB meetings or voting proxy to anyone without the prior approval of the Chairperson, and only when necessary to allow the GB to conduct business. 

      • The LGB may invite guest participants to meetings at any time that additional insight, expertise, or testimony is needed to support discussion and decision-making.

      • Guests are only permitted with prior authorization from the LGB Chairperson.

      • Members of the LGB are required to:

        • Understand the scope and purpose of the LGB.

        • Review all meeting materials in advance of LGB meetings.

        • Present on agenda topics as requested by the Chairperson or other committee members.

        • Provide input in discussions.

        • Vote on motions.

        • Complete action items assigned by specific deadlines.

        • Serve as a performance improvement champion, demonstrating visible leadership by directly participating in high-priority improvement initiatives.

        • Notify the Chairperson of planned absences so that the Chairperson may determine whether a quorum of the LGB shall be present for the meeting at which a member or members may be absent and consider whether it would be appropriate or necessary for the absent member(s) to designate an alternate attendee.

      • The CEO shall serve as the LGB Chairperson.  The Chairperson retains all the responsibilities of a LGB member and also ensures that:

        • The LGB meets at least quarterly and as often as necessary to manage the required Committee Scope and Responsibilities as outlined in Section (e)(1).

        • Agenda topics are consistent Section (e)(1).

        • Meetings do not proceed unless a quorum is present.

        • Meeting materials are distributed to LGB members at least three calendar days in advance of meetings.

        • A formal record of all LGB meetings is kept including committee topics, discussion, conclusions and resolutions, and actions.

    • Committee Voting

      • A quorum shall exist when a simple majority of the voting membership is present. A quorum is necessary to conduct the business of the LGB. A member may attend, participate in, and be counted towards a quorum via telephone conference call. In the event of a tie, the Chairperson may vote in order to break the stalemate.

      • Each voting member shall have one vote on any matter that comes before the LGB. Only duly appointed members or approved designees shall vote on LGB matters. A motion carries when it receives a simple majority of the vote.

      • All voting members may vote on any matters coming before the LGB regardless of the subject matter, program area, or health care discipline at issue.

      • The LGB may use electronic voting to address urgent issues that require action prior to the next scheduled meeting or to resolve an existing agenda item.

      • Parliamentary Law and Rules of Order for the 21st Century (Lochrie), most recent edition, will govern parliamentary procedures.

    • Meeting Frequency

      • The LGB shall meet at least quarterly and as often as necessary to manage the required Committee Scope and Responsibilities.  The Chairperson may schedule special meetings of the LGB at their discretion.

    • Documentation and Confidentiality Provisions

      • The proceedings and records of the LGB shall be confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

    • Conflict of Interest

      • Regular voting members of the LGB, as CDCR and CCHCS employees, shall comply with applicable laws,  regulations, and departmental policies regarding disclosure of outside employment, enterprises or activities, and prohibitions against engaging in conflicts of interest.  These include the California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Sections 3409 and 3413 as well as pertinent provisions of the Government Code, Public Contracts Code, and the Fair Political Practices Act (FPPA). These requirements prohibit CDCR and CCHCS employees from deriving any compensation and gifts from any entity doing or seeking to do business with the state.

      • Concurrently with their annual completion and submission of the Statement of Economic Interests (Form 700) pursuant to the FPPA, members of the LGB shall provide a copy of their submitted Form 700 to the LGB Chairperson to be kept on file for reference in the event that a member’s ability to participate in a LGB decision may be impacted by an actual or potential conflict of interest.

      • If any matter of business before the LGB represents an actual or potential conflict of interest for any member, they shall disclose the conflict or potential conflict to the LGB and recuse themselves from participating in any discussion or voting on the matter creating the conflict or potential conflict.

      • Final decisions regarding conflict of interest questions shall be decided by the LGB Chairperson.  In the event that the LGB Chairperson has an actual or perceived conflict of interest, final decisions regarding the conflict of interest shall be decided by the Regional Health Care Executive overseeing the institution.

    • Closed Session

      • When considering professional practice matters, the LGB may meet in closed session.  The LGB may exclude from its meeting any person the LGB deems not authorized to participate in discussion regarding credentialing, privileging, or peer review matters.  When considering professional practice matters, the confidentiality of those matters is protected by Evidence Code Section 1157.

    • Delegated Authority

      • The LGB shall implement requirements set forth by the statewide GB at a local level.

      • During the absence of the CME or CP, the Medical Officer of the Day, the Physician on Call, or Psychiatrist On-Call shall act with authority in clinical matters, and, when indicated, the administrator shall act with authority in administrative matters.

  • References

    • Federal Health Care Quality Improvement Act of 1986 (42 USCA § 11101)

    • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court of the Northern District of California, Case No. C01-1351 JST

    • Evidence Code, Section 1157

    • California Constitution, Article VII Public Officers and Employees, Section 1-11

    • Business and Professions Code, Section 800, et seq.

    • Joint Commission Leadership Standards

    • Baldrige Award Criteria for Leadership, https://www.nist.gov/baldrige

    • Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality – Patient-Centered Medical Home Resource Center, https://pcmh.ahrq.gov/

    • International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9001:2015 and ISO/DIS 9004 standards

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Section 33030.3.1, Code of Conduct

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 3, Section 1.3.4, Health Care Executive Committee

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.1, Complete Care Model

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 01/2002
      Revised: 06/16/2023

Article 2 – Health Care Program Governance

1.2.1 Complete Care Oversight Team Committee

  • Procedure Overview

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall maintain a Complete Care Oversight Team (CCOT) committee to oversee statewide implementation of the Complete Care Model (CCM) for delivery of patient health care services. This committee is responsible for leading, coordinating, and communicating health care initiatives including the appropriate design and deployment of technical tools and systems (e.g., the Electronic Health Record System) to support safe, timely, and cost-effective patient care.

  • Procedure

    • The CCOT ensures full implementation of the CCM at all California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation adult institutions by performing the following functions:

    • Committee Functions

      • Strategic Direction

        • Ensure the organization’s approach to health care services delivery applies the foundational principles and requirements set forth in the Health Care Department Operations Manual, Section 3.1.1, Complete Care Model.

        • Establish standards for the CCM and add new or modify standards based on new information or technology, best practices, or changes in evidence-based practices.

        • Plan and prioritize CCM implementation and improvement strategies in alignment with organizational goals and priorities.

        • Provide input to system-wide performance improvement objectives in the CCHCS Performance Improvement Plan.

      • Evaluation and Improvement

        • Review the Health Care Services Dashboard and other data and information to monitor delivery system performance.

        • Develop performance metrics and assessment tools.

        • Design and implement statewide initiatives, collaboratives, and other improvement activities to fully implement the CCM.

        • Use community literature, industry standards, and evidence-based strategies to standardize and integrate health care delivery processes.

        • Identify and redesign processes that pose safety risks to patients and staff or impede full implementation of the CCM.

        • Develop change packages promoting the use of improvement tools and techniques and decision support such as workflows, forms, user guides, implementation plans, checklists and more.

        • Identify and disseminate CCM best practices.

        • Evaluate resources supporting CCM implementation including, but not limited to:

          • Staffing

          • Equipment and supplies

          • Information technology

          • Physical plant

          • Policies, laws, and regulations

        • Recommend changes to relevant programs and stakeholders to resolve barriers to successful implementation.

      • Communication and Coordination

        • Ensure there is a mechanism for communicating the progress of CCM implementation and system performance to all levels of the organization.

        • Use existing forums at institutions, regional offices, and headquarters to share lessons learned including best practices.

        • Partner with committees, workgroups, and program areas at all levels of the organization to redesign health care processes and facilitate CCM implementation and improvements.

        • Refer CCM issues and concerns to other policy-making bodies and relevant committees as appropriate to support policy changes and inform resource management decisions.

        • Report progress of the CCM implementation and delivery system performance to the CCHCS Quality Management Committee at least quarterly.

      • Orientation and Training

        • Develop and implement training and staff development programs to help health care staff become oriented to and maintain up-to-date knowledge of the CCM principles and associated systems and processes.

        • Establish a structure for ongoing technical assistance by health care staff at headquarters and regional levels.

        • Provide regular feedback to institutions on their progress towards successful implementation of the CCM.

        • Promote a high performance culture of teamwork and continuous learning, improvement, and innovation.

    • Membership and Meetings

      • Chairperson(s):  One or more CCOT members shall be selected to serve as chairperson(s) from the current CCOT membership for a period of at least 12 months.  The chairperson(s) responsibilities are to ensure the following:

        • CCOT meetings occur regularly;

        • Meeting agendas reflect the responsibilities and actions described in this procedure;

        • Decisions are documented and communicated to relevant stakeholders as appropriate including agenda topics, discussion, conclusions/resolutions, and actions;

        • New CCOT members receive orientation to their new role and responsibilities; and

        • Each voting member chooses a designee to serve in their stead when necessary.

      • Voting Members:  Regional Health Care Executives shall serve as voting members of the CCOT as well as Deputy Directors from the following CCHCS programs:

        • Business Services

        • Corrections Services

        • Dental Program

        • Information Technology Services

        • CCHCS Office of Legal Affairs

        • Medical Services

        • Mental Health Program

        • Nursing Services

        • Pharmacy Services

        • Policy and Risk Management Services

        • Quality Management Program

        • Resource Management

      • Non-voting Members, Designees, and Other Participants:  Non-voting members, such as subject matter experts, presenters, and guests may attend as appropriate and as approved by the CCOT Chairperson.

      • Voting and Quorum:  Each member has one vote, and a quorum shall exist when a simple majority of the voting membership is present.

      • Meeting Frequency:  The CCOT shall meet as often as necessary to cover the responsibilities and actions described in this procedure, but no less frequently than monthly.

      • CCOT Subcommittees and Workgroups:  The CCOT shall establish standing subcommittees and ad hoc workgroups to plan and develop or modify existing clinical program policies and processes; opine on resource requirements; and to coordinate and oversee changes or new designs in decision support and documentation within the Electronic Health Records System and reports used to manage patient populations, clinical operations, and organizational performance.

  • References

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 07/2017

1.2.2 Clinical Documentation and Decision Support Committee

  • Policy

    • The California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall maintain a Clinical Documentation and Decision Support (CDADS) Committee to ensure clinical documentation and decision-making support tools are evidence-based and promote best practices within CCHCS. The CDADS committee is responsible for the following:

    • Overseeing the research and development or the adaptation of existing evidence-based standards of care, including but not limited to clinical guidelines and pathways, procedures, and protocols in order to promote evidence-based practices for patients under care of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR).

    • Facilitating the dissemination of updated clinical guidance through the CCHCS Health Care Regulations and Policy Section (RPS).

    • Coordinating with other relevant committees, as indicated.

    • Consulting on documentation and clinical decision-making tools within the electronic health record system (EHRS) to promote best practices and ensure integration of standards of care into the EHRS.

    • Regularly monitoring and evaluating implementation of standards of care.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • The Deputy Director (DD), Medical Services, and the Deputy Medical Executive (DME), Policy and Provider Workforce, are responsible for the statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of the CDADS policy and procedure.

    • Regional

      • Regional leadership is responsible for reviewing and providing feedback for documentation and decision support, as requested by the CDADS Committee, within the designated timeframes as well as facilitating dissemination of the guidelines to the appropriate staff.

    • Institution

      • Health care leadership is responsible for the following:

      • Reviewing and providing feedback for documentation and decision support, as requested by the CDADS Committee, within the designated timeframes.

      • Facilitating dissemination of guidelines to appropriate staff and implementation of evidence-based practice to the appropriate staff.

      • Ongoing monitoring to ensure sustainable incorporation into their practice utilizing designated patient care tools.

  • Procedure

    • Clinical Documentation and Decision Support Committee Membership and Meetings

      • The chairperson shall be a DME or Assistant DME appointed by the DD, Medical Services. The chairperson shall assist the DD, Medical Services in the selection of other members of the CDADS Committee when multiple candidates may be available.

      • The Continuing Health Care Education Planning Committee Chairperson shall serve as chairperson’s designee if the appointed chairperson of the CDADS Committee is unavailable to attend a committee meeting.

      • The chairperson and members serve on the committee for two-year, terms and may serve multiple terms with approval by the chairperson and DD, Medical Services. To ensure program continuity, terms shall be staggered so that no more than 50 percent of voting members will change in any given year.

      • Voting members (and alternate designees) shall be appointed by the DD, Medical Services from among CCHCS and CDCR staff nominated by clinical managers or supervisors for each discipline:

        • Two Medical Services physician managers or designees

        • Two headquarters Quality Management physician managers or designees

        • Statewide Chief Nurse Executive or designee

        • Two Chief or Senior Psychiatrists (headquarters or institution)

        • One Senior or Chief Psychologist (headquarters or institution)

        • One Chief Dentist (headquarters) or Supervising Dentist

        • One Physician & Surgeon (headquarters or Institution)

        • Statewide Chief, Pharmacy Services or designee

        • Two Statewide or Regional Pharmacy Services Managers

        • Four Institutional or Regional physician managers or designees

        • One Supervising Psychiatric Social Worker from the Statewide Mental Health Program (headquarters or institution)

        • One Advanced Practice Provider (headquarters or institution)

        • Chair, Continuing Health Care Education Planning Committee

      • CDADS Committee members may choose a designee to serve in their stead. Designees shall be approved by the chairperson.

      • Non-voting members of the CDADS Committee, non-members, and guests shall be approved by the chairperson.

      • Meetings

        • The CDADS Committee shall meet at least monthly unless there are no agenda items for discussion.

        • Each voting member shall have one vote. A quorum shall exist when at least nine voting members are present.

        • The chairperson may serve as a voting member if needed to meet quorum.

        • Committee actions shall be approved by a majority vote.

        • Meetings via teleconference shall be made available to members of the CDADS Committee. Meetings via teleconference shall be conducted in the same manner as an in-person meeting.

        • The CDADS Committee may use electronic voting to address issues when it is determined that waiting until the next scheduled meeting is suboptimal. Electronic voting may be used to resolve an existing agenda item or to address an urgent or emergent new agenda item. Issues addressed via electronic voting shall be approved by a majority vote. Electronic voting communications shall be maintained in digital format.

      • Conflict of Interest

      • A CDADS Committee voting member shall not participate in any decision if they have a personal conflict of interest.

        • A personal conflict is defined as a professional, financial, or other obligation or interest that is likely to limit the member’s ability to participate impartially in decision-making.

        • A member shall disclose to the chairperson any potential or actual conflicts of interest prior to the discussion of any agenda item involving the subject of the conflict or actual conflict.

          • The chairperson shall determine whether a conflict exists and is material, and if it is, bring it to the attention of the committee.

          • The committee shall then determine whether the conflict exists and is material, and in the presence of an existing material conflict, exclude the member with the conflict from participation in discussion or decision-making on the agenda item. Alternatively, the member may recuse themselves from the discussion of and decision-making on the agenda item.

        • If the committee has reasonable cause to believe a member has failed to disclose an actual or potential conflict of interest, they shall inform the member of the basis for such belief and afford the member an opportunity to explain the alleged failure to disclose.

          • If, after hearing the member’s response and after making any further inquiries as warranted by the circumstances, the committee shall determine whether the member may participate in any discussion or decision-making and whether any further action might be warranted, such as removal from the committee, or referral to the member hiring authority for further action.

    • CDADS Scope of Review

      • The CDADS Committee is authorized to take the following actions:

      • Oversee, adopt, review, or make clinical recommendations to guidelines, care guides, and patient education materials to meet the needs of patients, making appropriate adaptations in consideration of safety and security, and other issues which apply in the correctional environment.

      • Review literature, as needed, including published guidelines, to ensure documentation for review is consistent with community standards.

      • Review and make recommendations on additional health care guidance from other disciplines, when requested, including treatment protocols, procedures, related education or training programs, and accompanying patient education materials specific to patient care issues.

      • Use experience of medical experts to inform recommendations when medical literature or research is unavailable in certain areas of care.

    • Review Process

      • All clinical decision support material to be reviewed by the CDADS Committee shall be submitted to the committee support staff via email at CCHCS-CDADS@cdcr.ca.gov.

      • The committee shall review and approve clinical decision support materials detailed above in consultation with appropriate subject matter experts and CCHCS programs.

      • If not approved, the committee shall provide reasons for denial or deferral to the submitting program with recommended changes for all materials that are reviewed and not approved.

      • Upon resubmission of edited materials, the committee may either place the edited material on a subsequent committee agenda or provide approval via electronic voting.

      • Upon approval by the committee, any materials containing medication or pharmaceutical recommendations shall be forwarded to the Pharmacy and Therapeutics (P&T) Committee for review and other relevant committees, if indicated. The P&T Committee shall review the materials and recommend:

        • Approval;

        • Approval with revisions; or

        • Disapproval with revisions.

      • Any recommendations from other committees shall be communicated to the CDADS support staff who shall forward them to the submitting program. Edited material shall be returned to the CDADS email address above and will follow the process in Section (c)(3)(D).

      • Upon completion of review by the P&T Committee or other relevant committees and CDADS Committee approval, all materials will follow the established workflow developed by RPS for dissemination of updated clinical guidance.

  • References

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 2, Sections 3409 and 3413

    • California Fair Political Practices Commission, www.fppc.ca.gov

    • Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, www.ahrq.gov

    • National Commission on Correctional Health Care Standard P-G-01, Chronic Disease Services, https://www.ncchc.org/chronic-disease-services-spotlight/

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.11, CCHCS Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2003
      Revised: 01/20/2026

1.2.3 Quality Management Program Overview

  • Background

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) delivers a continuum of health care services to patients by different professional disciplines across multiple levels of care in both outpatient and inpatient settings. In order to improve care and avoid unnecessary morbidity, mortality and costs, health care and correctional staff need to implement sustainable strategies that:

      • Improve processes and systems to ensure high reliability and sustainability.

      • Strengthen continuity and coordination of care.

      • Strengthen communication and collaboration among all professional disciplines and with the patient.

    • An overarching strategy that CCHCS has endorsed to improve patient care and system performance is the establishment of a primary care management model, which is a collaborative care model that is different than the traditional medical model that organizes services around acute and episodic events. Rather, the primary care model provides continuous services to patients with chronic and complex physical and behavioral health conditions who disproportionately drive risk and resources.

    • The Primary Care Model is based on a number of nationally recognized models and paradigms that emphasize:

      • Risk stratification of individual patients and patient populations using a classification system that determines each patient’s health care risk and places the patient at a facility best equipped to manage his or her health care needs in a cost effective manner.

      • A Comprehensive patient focus.

      • Interdisciplinary and consistent team-based care.

      • Evidence-based practices.

      • Active patient involvement and self-management.

      • Decision support and information systems to assist in managing individual patients and patient populations, and facilitating continuous improvements in patient outcomes, clinical practice and processes of care.

  • Policy

    • Consistent with private and public health care industry standards, CCHCS maintains a Quality Management (QM) Program to continuously evaluate and improve the performance of the health care system. The design of the QM Program draws from nationally recognized quality improvement organizations, principles, concepts, and models.

    • To support health care staff in consistently delivering timely, effective, efficient, and safe care, the QM Program:

      • Supports the identification of performance improvement priorities, and requires development of performance improvement plans and objectives at statewide and institution levels.

      • Provides structures, processes, tools and techniques to analyze and redesign health care processes and manage change.

      • Assists institutions in establishing, improving, and sustaining an integrated health care delivery system.

      • Maintains a performance evaluation program, including an organization Health Care Services Dashboard (Dashboard), and ongoing business intelligence to assess critical health care processes and outcomes, identifying potential areas for improvement, and evaluating performance at all levels of the organization.

      • Requires and provides Patient Registries, evidence-based guidelines, training, and deployment of improvement models and tools such as Focus-Plan-Do-Study-Act (Focus-PDSA) as elements of the performance improvement program.

      • Promotes a culture of teamwork and continuous learning and innovation.

    • The scope of the QM Program includes clinical operations, clinical practice, and program administration across all health care delivery settings. The specific priorities of the QM Program change but always strategically focus on key performance areas that most impact the access, quality, safety, utilization, cost, and value concerns.

  • Purpose

    • To support continuous health care system evaluation and positive change in order to:

    • Improve patient outcomes.

    • Improve health care quality, cost effectiveness, and patient and staff safety.

    • Improve cost-efficiencies and value-added work, and reduce waste.

    • Comply with legal and regulatory requirements.

  • Responsibility

    • Chief Executive Officers (CEOs) oversee implementation of the QM Program at the local level, and participate in statewide strategic planning and implementation and evaluation of statewide initiatives. Institutions may have a local Chief Quality Officer who provides subject matter expertise and supports implementation of the QM Program locally.

    • The Receiver, CCHCS, and Director, Division of Correctional Health Care Services delegate responsibility for statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of the QM Program to the statewide Chief Quality Officer.

  • Quality Management Program

    • Identifying Improvement Priorities and Strategic Alignment

      • Overview

        • Improvement efforts are most effective when all levels of an organization are informed of improvement priorities and rally around a core set of improvement goals. To this end, the QM Program facilitates the setting of improvement priorities at the statewide level and provides support to institutions as they identify institution-specific priorities, communicate priorities to health care staff, and ensure that program planning and day-to-day operations align with improvement priorities.

      • Priority-Setting Process

        • Each year, CCHCS reviews health care areas considered to be high risk, high volume, high cost, and problem-prone and identifies organization-wide improvement priorities. CCHCS incorporates the highest-priority program areas or topics into a performance improvement plan, with one or more performance objectives established for all priority improvement areas. The development and pre-implementation vetting process involves health care leadership as well as external stakeholders. This same priority-setting process occurs at each institution:

        • Taking into consideration statewide strategic priorities and the Primary Care Model, institutions identify institution-specific improvement priorities and performance objectives, customizing an institution improvement plan for the facility’s health care mission, resources, and the needs of the patient population which is vetted through statewide leadership via the Quality Management Committee (QMC) and other forums.

        • The QM Program promotes the establishment of clear and measurable performance objectives for all improvement initiatives and sustainability planning to ensure that successful improvement strategies and positive results can be reproduced consistently in the future.

        • Upon developing an annual improvement plan, institution leadership is responsible for communicating improvement priorities to staff at all levels of the health care system and helping staff understand their role in achieving improvement objectives.

        • Institution leadership also guides the process of strategic alignment, by which managers and supervisors determine how program operations and day-to-day supervision will support performance objectives, and how care teams and other staff incorporate improvement activities for priority areas into day-to-day work.

    • Performance Evaluation

      • Overview

        • To assess the impact of change management efforts and progress toward performance objectives, CCHCS uses an objective and systematic process to measure and evaluate health care system performance. Taking into consideration the organizational mission and patient population risks and needs, CCHCS determines the clinical and administrative processes that are most important to measure, and chooses structural, process, and outcome measures critical for ongoing monitoring of the health care system and identification of quality improvement opportunities.

        • In determining performance measures, CCHCS considers the science or evidence supporting the selected measures, and comparable measures used broadly in the health care industry, including those employed by the Healthcare Effectiveness and Information Set and the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Among other factors, the CCHCS takes into account the performance of other health care organizations and past organizational performance during the establishment of performance objectives.

      • Performance Evaluation

        • CCHCS consolidates key performance measures essential to fulfilling the organization’s mission in the Dashboard, a monthly organization-wide report widely distributed to health care staff. All performance improvement plan objectives are benchmarked and monitored through the Dashboard. The Dashboard provides performance data at statewide and institution levels, and trends performance over time.

        • In addition to the monthly Dashboard, CCHCS uses other methods to evaluate performance and inform decisions about improvement priorities, including, but not limited to:

          • Periodic performance reports and special studies, including morbidity and mortality analysis.

          • A health incident reporting system and a defined process for the tracking, analysis, and reporting of sentinel events.

          • Standardized audit tools to evaluate the quality of care and assess adherence to practice guidelines, policies and procedures, and federal and state laws.

          • Patient Registries or “exception reports” that identify individual patients who have not received services per treatment guidelines or who have abnormal findings.

        • CCHCS ensures that there are appropriate processes in place to validate performance data, particularly when:

          • A new measure is introduced or an existing measure is substantially changed.

          • Data will be made public on the internet or through other mechanisms.

          • There are unexpected changes in the data reported for an existing measure.

          • Data sources change (e.g., paper-based records become electronic).

      • Performance Data Validation

        • Validation processes may include, but are not limited to, use of statistically-valid samples, redundant data collection by independent parties, and corrective actions to address data discrepancies.

    • Performance Improvement Models, Tools, and Training

      • Overview

        • Consistent with health care industry standards, the QM Program uses the science of process improvement and change management, including techniques and tools, to assist health care staff in establishing and maintaining an integrated health care delivery system and achieving objectives outlined in improvement plans. The CCHCS QM Program promotes:

        • Establishing clear and measurable objectives for all improvement initiatives.

        • Using decision support such as care guides, chart review tools, forms, and checklists, and staff development programs, such as continuing education presentations, workshops, and on-the-job training to remind care teams of evidence-based guidelines and reinforce new health care processes.

        • Using information systems, such as the Dashboard, Institution Scorecard, Patient Registries, provider profiles, performance reports, and tracking systems to support proactive administrative and clinical management.

        • Re-evaluating critical health care processes on a regular and ad hoc basis through mechanisms such as Root Cause Analysis and Failure Mode and Effects Analysis, and redesigning processes and systems to improve outcomes.

        • Engaging patients as active and responsible participants in the health care process through patient education and self-management programs, and partnership with peer educators and incarcerated person groups such as Men’s/Women’s Advisory Council.

        • Formally documenting new processes, such as in a local operating procedure, ongoing use of decision support, orientation for new staff, and regular training updates for continuing staff to promote lasting and sustainable change.

      • Improvement Models

        • CCHCS uses the Cycle of Change Model as a framework for design and implementation of improvement initiatives at both the state and institution levels. The Cycle of Change Model is based on a number of Performance/QM models and the Chronic Care Model that support behavioral change and sustainable business processes that promote the Primary Care Model. Under the Cycle of Change, institutions:

          • Identify improvement priorities,

          • Set performance objectives,

          • Clarify performance expectations and create decision support to help staff meet performance expectations,

          • Provide training and staff development,

          • Provide targeted technical assistance from managers, supervisors, designated mentors or “champions” or other staff in areas where performance continues to lag, and

          • Regularly re-assess performance to determine progress toward performance objectives.

        • Within the health care and quality improvement industries, there are other established methods which include statistical analysis, Root Cause Analysis, the Model for Improvement, Lean Model, Six Sigma, Focus-PDSA, Failure Mode and Effects Analysis, Process Flow Diagramming, and Cause and Effect Diagramming for analysis of performance problems, development of solutions, and testing and evaluating interventions.

        • These improvement models provide a framework for redesigning health care processes and implementing improvement initiatives at the point of care, such as incorporating decision support and information systems into day-to-day practice.

      • Training on Quality Improvement Techniques

        • CCHCS, through the QM Program, is responsible for educating health care staff about improvement models, helping staff to develop the skills to use these models, and developing toolkits that support health care staff step-by-step through the application of an improvement model or concept.

    • Technical Assistance from Headquarters and Regional Staff

      • CCHCS staff based at headquarters and at regional levels support institutions as they redesign health care processes and establish well-functioning QM Programs.

      • Among other activities, headquarters-based staff and regional teams from various disciplines and program areas:

        • Assist institutions in identifying improvement priorities and developing improvement plans.

        • Review program performance data, evaluate the effectiveness of quality improvement interventions, assess the performance of the integrated health care services delivery system, and determine progress toward performance objectives.

        • Perform quality of care reviews and assist institutions in planning and implementing activities to improve the quality of clinical practice.

        • Support the institution in taking action when quality or safety problems are identified including, but not limited to, sharing best practices and participating in improvement teams.

        • Assist institutions in preparations for licensing surveys, audits by external stakeholders, and inspections, and as they develop and manage implementation of improvement plans.

        • Promote adherence to policies, evidence-based guidelines, and standards of care through development of decision support tools and staff development programs, among other strategies.

        • Ensure dissemination of relevant, accurate, and timely performance information to institution management and staff.

        • Review QM governance activities and recommend program changes or further activity.

        • Identify, disseminate, and adapt best practices.

        • Support local staff development programs to orient all health care staff to the QM Program, promote the skills necessary to perform quality improvement work at institutions, and empower staff at all reporting levels to participate in quality improvement.

  • Quality Management Program Governance

    • Overview

      • The QM Program includes a management structure composed of inter-disciplinary committees and teams at statewide and local levels to support organizational communication, coordination, control and change. The organization’s leadership uses the QM Program management structure to:

        • Plan, implement, evaluate and improve the health care system’s performance.

        • Oversee quality improvement and patient safety initiatives.

        • Coordinate improvement activities across programs and disciplines.

        • Communicate strategic direction and measurement information.

        • Ensure orientation and training of staff as it relates to performance and quality improvement.

        • Promote a culture of continuous learning and innovation.

      • The committee network serves as a supplement to the traditional reporting structure at headquarters and at individual institutions, providing regular interdisciplinary forums for managers, supervisors, and line staff to manage improvement activities.

    • Quality Management Committees

      • The statewide QMC meets at least quarterly and the institution QMC meets at least monthly to determine improvement priorities and strategies, regularly review performance data and take action to improve performance, coordinate the activities of committees and teams that focus on process and performance improvement, and ensure that staff are trained in quality improvement concepts, tools, and techniques.

      • Quality Management Committees ensure that staff at the headquarters and local level receives the orientation and training necessary to participate in improvement activities and apply improvement skills, such as problem analysis and system redesign, in their day-to-day work.

      • At the institution level, a defined network of program subcommittees, many of which are required by departmental policy or health care licensing regulations, perform the same types of activities as the institution QMC, but within a discreet program area, with reporting requirements to the institution QMC. Appendix 1, Program Specific Subcommittees, provides a matrix of program-specific subcommittees with references to requirements in department policy and state law. Figure 1 shows common subcommittees at the institution level.

      • All standing performance committees and subcommittees have the capacity to form Quality Improvement Teams (QITs), which are time-limited, multi-disciplinary teams convened to analyze and address a particular program or process performance problem. QITs will provide regular updates to the committee that chartered them including a final report at the close of the improvement initiative.

      • All local QMCs report to and receive direction from the statewide QMC. At some institutions, the QMC also reports to a Local Governing Body to meet regulatory requirements, which can serve as an opportunity to promote strategic management of the health care system and prison by the CEO, Warden, and their leadership.

      • Figure 1: Institution Quality Management Program Governance

      • Clinical managers and supervisors  peer review forums and institution quality management committee are both intertwined with clinical practice management and improvement. The following committees are under the Instituion Quality Management Committee: Medical Program Subcommittee, Mental Health Program Subcommittee, Dental Program Subcommittee, Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee, Utilization Management Committee, Patient Safety Committee (includes Emergency Response & SE Review), Licensed Inpatient Services Committee (includes Infection Control), and the Resource Management Committee.

  • Appendices

    • Appendix 1: Program Specific Subcommittees

  • References

    • The design of the QM Program draws from nationally-recognized quality improvement and patient safety organizations, principles, concepts, and models, including:

      • Joint Commission on Accreditation of Hospitals

      • The Care Model

      • Patient-Centered Medical Home

      • International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9000:2000 standards

      • Institute of Medicine

      • Institute of Healthcare Improvement (Model for Improvement)

      • Baldrige Award Criteria for Process Management and Results

      • Six Sigma

      • Hospital Corporation of America (Focus-PDSA)

      • James Womack (Lean Thinking)

      • W. Edward Demings (Fourteen Points for Managing Quality)

      • Walter J. Shewhart (Cycle for Continuous Improvement)

      • Avedis Donabedian (Structure-Process-Outcome Paradigm)

      • Joseph M. Juran (Pareto Analysis and Juran Quality Trilogy)

      • American Society of Quality

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 01/2002
      Revised: 12/2012

  • Appendix 1

    • Program Specific Subcommittees

    • Institution Governance Structure Detail

      CommitteeApplicable MandatesMeeting FrequencyReporting
      Quality Management CommitteeHCDOM Section 1.2.3, Quality Management Program (Plata Order)
      HCDOM Section 1.2.4, Quality Management Program, Statewide Governance (Plata Order)
      HCDOM Section 1.2.5, Quality Management Program, Institution (Plata Order)
      NCCHC Multidisciplinary QIC: NCCHC Standards, P-A-06; NCCHC Standards Appendix B; NCCHC Standards Appendix G.
      NCCHC Administrative Meeting: NCCHC Standards, P-A-04.
      MonthlyHealth Care Services Quality Management Committee, also the Local Governing Body at some institutions with licensed beds
      Medical Program SubcommitteeQuality Management Committee
      Mental Health Program SubcommitteeMental Health Services Delivery System Program Guide, Chapter10. Suicide Prevention and Response. (Coleman Order)MonthlyQuality Management Committee
      Dental Program SubcommitteeHCDOM Section 3.3.4.4, Dental Program Subcommittee (Perez Order)Monthly, or more frequently as necessaryQuality Management Committee
      Pharmacy and Therapeutics CommitteeTitle 22, Division 5, Chapter 12, Article 5, Section 79781 Required Committees.
      HCDOM Section 1.2.11, Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee (Plata Order)
      Not IdentifiedQuality Management Committee
      Utilization Management Specialty Services CommitteeTitle 15, Division 3, Chapter 2, Subchapter 2, Article 1, Section 3999.200 Provisions of Care and Treatment Exclusions.
      Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4, Article 8, Section 3352 Institutional Utilization Management Committee
      Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4, Article 8, Section 3352.1 Headquarters Utilization Management Committee
      HCDOM, Section 1.2.15, Utilization Management Program (Plata Order)
      MonthlyQuality Management Committee
      Patient Safety Committee (includes Emergency Response and Sentinel Event Review)HCDOM, Chapter 3, Article 7, Emergency Medical Response (Plata Order)At least monthlyQuality Management Committee
      Licensed Inpatient Services Committee (includes Infection Control)Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12, Article 5, Section 79781, Required Documentation
      HCDOM Sections 1.2.3-1.2.5, Quality Management Program
      At least annuallyQuality Management Committee
      Resources Management
      Subcommittee
      Not identifiedQuality Management Committee

1.2.4 Quality Management Program, Statewide Governance

  • Purpose

    • To maintain a statewide Quality Management Committee (QMC) to provide oversight to the California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) Quality Management (QM) Program. The structure and processes described in this procedure are designed to:

    • Support implementation of a sustainable, high-performing, integrated health care services delivery system.

    • Promote continuous health care system evaluation and improvement.

    • Promote a culture of teamwork and continuous learning and innovation.

  • Responsibility

    • The Statewide Chief Quality Officer (CQO) is responsible for statewide planning, implementation, evaluation and improvement of the QM Program.

  • Procedure

    • Overview

      • The statewide QMC:

        • Oversees organization-wide performance management activities, across programs and disciplines, and provides oversight to critical functions within the performance management system including statewide planning, prioritization, design and development of tools and training, evaluation, and improvement.

        • Ensures that the organization’s approach to performance improvement is strategic and, where appropriate, standardized.

        • Oversees efforts to build statewide quality improvement capacity including initiatives to promote skills development at individual institutions and organization-wide in areas such as program evaluation, problem analysis, prioritization of improvement initiatives, and use of evidence-based approaches to performance improvement.

        • Establishes standardized improvement tools, techniques and processes, and supports efforts to implement an organizational culture of continuous learning and improvement.

        • Serves as a supplement to the traditional reporting structure, providing regular interdisciplinary forums for managers, supervisors, and line staff to manage improvement activities.

      • The scope of the statewide QMC is separate and distinctly different from the statewide Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC). The statewide MPRC evaluates and monitors individual clinician practice issues while the statewide QMC oversees organization-wide system performance and improvement activities.

    • Statewide Quality Management Committees Activities

      • The statewide QMC works with field leadership, headquarters program-specific subcommittees and workgroups to:

      • Support institutions in the successful implementation of an integrated health care delivery system through improvement initiatives, onsite technical assistance, assessments, and other activities.

      • Establish/update improvement plan with statewide improvement priorities and objectives.

      • Support institutions in identifying improvement priorities and achieving strategic alignment between improvement priorities and day-to-day program activities.

      • Manage statewide improvement initiatives designed to accomplish annual performance objectives.

      • Provide oversight to the statewide performance measurement system, including selection of measures, and ensure dissemination of relevant, accurate, and timely measurement information to headquarters and institution staff through the Dashboard and Institution Scorecards, including standardized processes for data reporting and validation.

      • Support the implementation of the statewide patient safety program, including a health incident reporting system and a defined process for the tracking and analysis of significant events including but not limited to sentinel events.

      • Coordinate with relevant committees and program areas at headquarters and regional level that oversee statewide program policy and operations to share performance information and implement improvement initiatives (e.g. Joint Clinical Executive Team and Clinical Operations Team).

      • Coordinate technical assistance activities by staff at headquarters and regional teams designed to support improvement initiatives.

      • Refer issues to other committees or programs, such as the statewide MPRC, when they do not fall under the purview of the QMC.

      • Implement statewide training and staff development programs to orient all health care staff to the QM Program, promote the development of quality improvement skills, and support staff at all reporting levels to participate in quality improvement.

      • Establish uniform processes and tools for the analysis of system performance problems, development of solutions, and testing and evaluation of interventions.

      • Establish forums for sharing lessons learned and disseminating best practices.

      • Actively foster an organizational culture of continuous learning, improvement, and innovation by clearly communicating performance improvement principles to staff; evaluating CCHCS governance structures and processes, policies, procedures, practices, training programs, and communications against those principles; and providing input to ensure alignment.

      • Establish a process to periodically review the statewide QM Program to evaluate the overall effectiveness of the QM Program.

    • QMC Membership and Meeting

      • QMC Chairperson

        • The statewide CQO and another executive leader chosen by the QMC members shall serve as Co-Chairpersons. The Co-Chairpersons are responsible for ensuring that the QMC meets at least quarterly, the committee agenda reflects the responsibilities and actions described in this procedure, and committee decisions are appropriately documented.

      • QMC Voting Members

        • Deputy Director, Statewide Mental Health Program

        • Deputy Director, Statewide Dental Program

        • Statewide, Chief Nurse Executive

        • Statewide, Chief Medical Executive

        • Director, Allied Health Services

        • Deputy Director, Medical Services

        • Deputy Director, Strategic Management

        • Director, Policy and Risk Management Services

        • Chief Information Officer, Information Technology Services

        • Deputy Director, Human Resources

        • Director, Administrative Support Services

        • Director, Corrections Services

        • Chief Executive Officer(s)

        • Statewide, Chief Quality Officer

        • Representative, Division of Adult Institutions

        • Other members nominated by one of the voting members and approved by the QMC. All voting members may choose a designee to serve in their stead.

      • QMC Meetings

        • The committee shall meet no less than quarterly. Each member has one vote and a quorum is designated as 50% of members.

        • The committee shall document each meeting through formal minutes and provide them to QMC members for review no later than one week prior to the next meeting.

      • Reporting Structure

        • The statewide QMC reports to the highest ranking health care official and executive staff at least annually on progress in meeting annual performance improvement objectives and patient safety goals.

        • Statewide program-specific subcommittees and institution QMCs shall report quality improvement and patient safety activities to the statewide QMC at least annually or more often as appropriate.

      • QMC and Subcommittees

        • The statewide QMC shall coordinate and communicate with subcommittees to establish and sustain a high-performing health care system consistent with the Primary Care Model and existing policies and procedures, state and federal law, and community standards of care. Examples of subcommittees may include:

          • Patient Safety Program

          • Mental Health Program

          • Dental Program

          • Medical Program

          • Pharmacy and Therapeutics

          • Diagnostic Services

          • Utilization Management

          • Health Information Management

          • Continuing Medical Education

          • Clinical Guidelines

          • Resource Management

        • Each Subcommittee Chairperson is responsible for reporting subcommittee program performance improvement activities, such as development and implementation of initiatives and improvement projects, to the statewide QMC on a routine basis through appropriate documentation (e.g., minutes) and verbal reporting.

        • All subcommittees shall meet at least as frequently as required in existing policy.

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 01/2002
      Revised: 12/2012

1.2.5 Quality Management Program, Institution

  • Purpose

    • To describe strategies, processes, tools, and a governance structure that institutions use to plan, prioritize, develop, implement, and evaluate performance improvement initiatives and sustain improvements.

  • Responsibility

    • The Institution Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is responsible for implementation of this procedure.

  • Procedure

    • Performance Improvement Plan

      • Integrated Health Care Services Delivery System

        • Implementation of an integrated health care services delivery system with a strong primary care foundation has been identified as an overarching strategy for improving care and avoiding unnecessary morbidity, mortality, and costs. Health care staff at each institution are responsible for implementing care processes necessary for a sustainable integrated health care delivery system including, but not limited to, processes to:

        • Identify the health risk of each patient and ensure that the patient is placed at an institution and/or treatment setting with the capacity to address his or her health care needs, per an automated Clinical Risk Classification process.

        • Establish consistent interdisciplinary care teams that assume primary responsibility for the patients assigned to them.

        • Provide care coordination for patients as they move from one treatment setting to another, including transitions between care teams, and across levels of care.

        • Ensure that care teams work across disciplines to co-manage each patient as appropriate to his or her health needs.

        • Ensure care teams have necessary resources and information, such as updated health records, specialty care reports, discharge summaries, diagnostic study results, and patient registries, to provide planned care for patients.

        • Provide evidence-based care that is consistent with current guidelines and community standards.

        • Enhance access to services through open access appointments or other scheduling strategies, after-hours care, and effective communication techniques.

        • Ensure that patients have timely and consistent access to medications.

        • Use Patient Registries to manage subpopulations with specific health risk factors or chronic disease, including high risk patients and mental health patients that are high utilizers of services.

        • Promote patient self-management to improve outcomes.

      • Priority-Setting Process

        • Each year, institutions shall review health care areas considered to be high risk, high volume, high cost, and problem-prone, and identify improvement priorities taking into consideration statewide strategic priorities and customizing the plan for the facility’s health care mission, resources, and the needs of the patient population. The annual performance improvement plan shall include the following elements:

        • Priority areas for improvement to be targeted by institution staff in the coming year.

        • Performance objectives for each priority area (generally six to twelve) and associated timeframes.

        • Improvement strategies that will be used to achieve performance objectives.

      • Development of an Annual Performance Improvement Plan

        • As a first step in developing an improvement plan, each California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation institution shall evaluate the health care delivery system and identify gaps in areas such as those listed above.

        • Each institution shall prioritize areas to be targeted in improvement initiatives, set measurable performance objectives for each area, and determine which strategies the institution will use to achieve objectives.

        • Upon developing an improvement plan for the year, institution leadership shall take steps to inform institution staff about the improvement priorities for the year and help managers, supervisors, and line staff to identify specific ways they might contribute to improvement efforts as part of their current duties. To this end, institution leadership is responsible for:

          • Communicating improvement priorities to staff at all levels of the health care system.

          • Helping staff understand their role in achieving improvement objectives.

          • Guiding the process of strategic alignment by which managers and supervisors determine how program operations and day-to-day supervision will support performance objectives and how care teams and other staff incorporate improvement activities for priority areas into their day-to-day work.

          • Updating health care staff about any changes to the improvement plan that occur throughout the year.

          • Keeping institution staff apprised of progress toward meeting objectives in the annual improvement plan.

    • Performance Evaluation

      • Overview

        • As part of the development of an annual improvement plan, each institution shall determine performance measures and objectives for each priority area identified in the improvement plan. Progress toward the achievement of improvement objectives should be monitored at least monthly and regularly conveyed to all health care staff. To make data as useful as possible as a catalyst for change, institutions may consider generating reports that break down performance by:

        • Clinic or care team.

        • Primary Care Provider, Primary Mental Health Clinician, Psychiatrist, or Dentist.

        • Patient subpopulation (e.g., high risk or mental health high utilizers) or other meaningful subgroup.

        • This may help health care staff determine which locations, staff, or patients might receive improvement interventions first, and is generally useful in identifying care teams or individual providers who might present best practices.

      • Health Care Services Dashboard

        • For the purposes of identifying opportunities for improvement and potential patient safety concerns, institutions are also required, through Quality Management Committee (QMC) meetings, Quality Improvement Team (QIT) meetings, and other forums, to monitor the performance of critical clinical and administrative processes monthly through the Health Care Services Dashboard (Dashboard).

        • The Dashboard includes institution-level performance data, trended over time, in the form of Institution Scorecards, trended composites, and other data displays. Some of the Dashboard data is derived from institution reports.

        • To ensure that Dashboard data is as useful as possible in informing management decisions, institutions shall take action to ensure accuracy in data reporting including:

          • Ensuring that staff applies standardized methods for data collection, in accordance with statewide policies, procedures, and detailed instructions.

          • Ensuring that staff collecting data are appropriately trained.

          • Periodic data validation through redundant data collection by an independent reviewer (e.g. for clinical practice reviews) and/or checking database information against another data source, such as patient charts to double-check accuracy of health care scheduling data.

          • Conducting inter-rater reliability analysis for reviewers of qualitative data.

          • Use of statistically-valid samples.

      • Performance Reports

        • In addition to the monthly Dashboard, California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) issues periodic performance reports and special studies including morbidity and mortality analysis.

        • Institution CEOs are responsible for ensuring that these reports are broadly distributed to health care staff and discussed in various meeting forums such as staff meetings and quality improvement committee meetings.

      • Patient Registries

        • CCHCS provides lists of patients with targeted dental, mental health, and/or medical conditions to institution staff, updated at least monthly.

        • Patient Registries often include an alert function where patients with abnormal findings or who are missing services required by CCHCS guidelines are highlighted. Institution care teams are required to review registries at least monthly (and more often as appropriate) and take action to follow-up with patients as necessary to improve patient outcomes.

      • Data Integrity

        • When an institution determines that there may be a problem with data accuracy, the institution shall immediately notify the QM Section and shall institute corrective actions to ensure data reliability.

    • Quality Improvement Techniques, Tools and Training

      • Consistent with health care industry standards, institutions shall use improvement processes, techniques, and tools to assist health care staff in establishing and maintaining an integrated health care delivery system, achieving objectives outlined in annual improvement plans, and regularly evaluating and redesigning health care processes. Institutions shall:

        • Establish clear and measurable objectives for all improvement projects.

        • Re-evaluate critical health care processes on a regular basis and redesign operations to implement an integrated health care delivery system and improve outcomes and efficiency.

        • Apply improvement models used widely in the health care and quality improvement industries such as Root Cause Analysis, the Model for Improvement, Lean Model, Six Sigma, Focus-Plan-Do-Study-Act, Failure Mode and Effects Analysis, Process Flow Diagramming, and Cause and Effect Diagramming to analyze performance problems, develop solutions, and test and evaluate interventions.

        • Use Patient Registries to identify and manage high risk patients and patients with specific chronic conditions and standardized decision support tools disseminated by the QM Program such as care guides and quality of care review tools, in the application of improvement processes and techniques.

        • Take steps to sustain improvements when an initiative has proven successful such as memorializing new processes in Local Operating Procedures (LOP) or documenting new staff roles in duty statements.

        • Orient and train staff on QM Program structures, processes, and tools and ensure that staff attends statewide training programs designed to build improvement skills in the field.

        • Take actions to promote a culture of teamwork and continuous learning and innovation.

      • The Cycle of Change described in the Quality Management Program Overview presents a framework for the design and implementation of institution improvement initiatives, incorporating the principles described above.

  • Quality Management Program Governance

    • Overview

      • Each institution shall maintain an interdisciplinary QM Program structure to monitor and direct performance evaluation and improvement activities. The management structure includes standing committees at two levels:

        • An institution QMC that plays a central role in coordinating performance evaluation and improvement activities institution-wide, providing overall strategic direction for the institution quality QM system and communicating performance improvement activities to the statewide QMC.

        • Subcommittees that evaluate performance at the program level, develop program-specific improvement plans and manage implementation of improvement initiatives. Image 1 provides a schematic of the management structure overseen by the institution QMC.

      • The institution QMC or any subcommittee may convene a QIT, a multi-disciplinary team charged with addressing a particular improvement opportunity. QITs typically exist for the duration of the improvement project and disband upon completion.

      • Other forums such as staff meetings, weekly provider meetings, Primary Care Team huddles, and monthly all Primary Care Team meetings serve as important conduits of performance improvement information and support implementation of improvement initiatives including, but not limited to:

        • Ensuring all staff understand the elements of the integrated health care services delivery system consistent with the Primary Care Model and the QM system.

        • Communicating annual improvement priorities and objectives.

        • Reviewing performance data, particularly at the clinic or provider level.

        • Disseminating decision support tools and conveying expectations for use.

        • Conducting staff development activities consistent with priority improvement areas.

        • Developing and implementing improvement initiatives, including process redesign, that align with the institution’s improvement priorities and may be specific to a discipline (e.g., health records technicians) or work location (e.g., Yard B).

        • Sharing best practices.

        • Figure 1: Institution Quality Management Program Governance – Standing CommitteesClinical managers and supervisors peer review forums and institution quality management committee are both intertwined with clinical practice management and improvement. The following committees are under the Institution Quality Management Committee: Medical Program Subcommittee, Mental Health Program Subcommittee, Dental Program Subcommittee, Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee, Utilization Management Committee, Patient Safety Committee (includes Emergency Response & SE Review), Licensed Inpatient Services Committee (includes Infection Control), and the Resource Management Committee.

    • Institution Quality Management Committee

      • Overview

        • In general, the institution QMC provides oversight to local performance improvement activities and ensures that health care programs operate in adherence with applicable laws, regulations, policies, procedures, and standards of care; the institution QMC serves as a hub for change management, collaboration, and coordination across programs and disciplines as activities relate to performance management and improvement, and serves as a conduit of improvement and patient safety information from the institution to headquarters.

        • Among other responsibilities, the institution QMC:

          • Evaluates the performance of the integrated health care services delivery system at the institution, including CCHCS Primary Care Model, and directs efforts to improve care.

          • Sets improvement priorities, regularly evaluates program performance and takes action to make improvements, and coordinates the work of multiple standing committees focusing on particular health care programs or functions.

          • Ensures that institution staff is trained in quality improvement concepts, processes, and tools, promotes a culture of continuous learning and improvement at the institution.

        • The scope of the institution QMC is separate and distinctly different from the organized medical staff. The role of an organized medical staff at the institution, if it exists, is peer review and addressing individual clinician practice issues in conjunction with management while the institution QMC oversees organization-wide system performance and improvement activities, which requires involvement of all disciplines and line staff, supervisors and managers. (refer to Image 1)

      • Committee Actions

        • Specifically, the institution QMC takes on the following actions:

        • Strategic Direction

          • Identifies institution-specific improvement priorities and objectives through the development of an annual performance improvement plan.

          • Aligns institution performance improvement activities with statewide improvement priorities and initiatives.

          • Provides feedback to the statewide QMC on statewide improvement priorities, performance metrics, and initiatives.

        • Program Evaluation and Improvement

          • Reviews program performance data, including the organizational Dashboard and Institution Scorecards, statewide performance reports, QIT reports, and reports by outside entities, including the Office of the Inspector General, court monitors, and the Prison Law Office, at least monthly.

          • Uses performance data to identify improvement opportunities, evaluate the effectiveness of quality improvement interventions in the Institution Performance Work Plan, and assess the performance of the integrated health care services delivery system, and determine progress toward performance objectives.

          • Takes action when quality or safety problems are identified incorporating new initiatives in the Institution Performance Work Plan, including assigning interdisciplinary QITs to analyze quality problems, select solutions, and implement quality improvement initiatives.

          • Approves local improvement initiatives for implementation institution-wide and monitor them through the Institution Performance Work Plan including development or modification of health care programs, pilot programs, changes to LOPs, training programs, and development or modification of decision support.

          • Provides oversight during licensing surveys, audits by external stakeholders, and inspections, develops and manages implementation of improvement plans.

          • Oversees implementation of policies, evidence-based guidelines and standards of care.

        • Communication and Coordination

          • Ensures dissemination of relevant, accurate, and timely performance information to institution management and staff.

          • Ensures that QMC, subcommittee, and workgroup activities are appropriately documented.

          • Coordinates and reviews subcommittee activities and recommends program changes or further subcommittee activity.

          • Ensures effective communication between local improvement committees, especially in areas of interdisciplinary responsibility or system-wide issues.

          • Identifies and disseminates best practices.

          • Coordinates annual review and approval of institution LOPs.

          • Refer issues to other committees or programs such as the statewide Medical Peer Review Committee when they do not fall under the purview of the QMC.

          • Reports institution performance improvement plans and activities and recommendations for state-level improvements, to the statewide QMC at least annually.

        • Orientation and Training

          • Implements and oversees a local staff development program to orient all health care staff to the QM Program, promote the skills necessary to perform quality improvement work at institutions, and empower staff at all reporting levels to participate in quality improvement.

      • QMC Membership, Meetings, and Reporting

        • QMC Chairperson

          • The institution CEO shall serve as QMC Chairperson.

          • The QMC Chairperson is responsible for ensuring that the QMC meets at least monthly.

          • The committee agenda reflects the responsibilities and actions described in this procedure, program subcommittees report per a designated schedule, and committee decisions are appropriately documented.

        • QMC Members

          • The institution QMC shall include the following voting members:

          • Chief Executive Officer

          • Institution CQO

          • Institution Chief Medical Executive

          • Institution Chief Nurse Executive

          • Institution Chief Support Executive

          • Chief, Mental Health Program

          • Health Program Manager III, Dental Program

          • Pharmacist-in-Charge

          • Associate Warden of Health Care

          • Chairpersons of QMC Subcommittees

          • Other members as deemed appropriate such as the Director of Nursing, Supervising Registered Nurse II, Correctional Health Care Services Administrator, Chief Psychiatrist, Supervising Dentist, Nurse Instructor, Public Health Nurse, Health Program Specialists, Standards Compliance Coordinator.

        • QMC Meeting Frequency

          • It is recommended that the institution QMC meet weekly. However, at a minimum, the committee shall meet no less than monthly.

        • QMC Minutes

          • The Institution QMC shall document each meeting through formal minutes that shall be provided to QMC members for review no later than three business days prior to the next QMC meeting.

        • QMC Reporting

          • The Institution QMC reports to and receives direction from the statewide QMC.

          • At some institutions, the QMC also reports to a Local Governing Body to meet regulatory requirements, which can serve as an opportunity to promote strategic management of the health care system and prison by the CEO, Warden and their leadership.

    • QMC Subcommittees

      • Each institution shall maintain subcommittees to establish and sustain high-quality health care services within a defined program area consistent with existing policies and procedures, federal and state law, and community standards of care.

      • A number of standing subcommittees are required by departmental policy or state regulations. Other subcommittees may be established to review and improve performance of a specific program or resource area. Examples of common subcommittees include:

        • Medical Program

        • Mental Health Program, may include Suicide Prevention and Response (also see Patient Safety)

        • Dental Program

        • Pharmacy and Therapeutics

        • Utilization Management

        • Patient Safety

        • Licensed Inpatient Services focuses on compliance with Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations including Infection Control and Patient Care Policy Committees

        • Resource Management including Human Resources, Health Information Management and scheduling systems, Budgets and Physical Space.

      • Institutions with licensed facilities may also choose to incorporate the functions of a Patient Policy Committee into the QMC if appropriate.

      • Each Subcommittee Chairperson serves as a member of the QMC and is responsible for reporting subcommittee program performance improvement activities, such as development and implementation of initiatives and improvement projects, to the institution QMC on a routine basis through appropriate documentation (e.g., minutes) and verbal reporting.

      • All subcommittees shall meet as frequently as required in existing policy or state law and meeting minutes shall be completed and readily available for review.

    • Quality Improvement Teams (QITs)

      • All standing performance committees and subcommittees have the capacity to form QITs which are time-limited, multi-disciplinary teams convened to analyze and address a particular program or process performance problem.

      • QITs shall provide regular updates to the committee that chartered them and a final report at the close of the improvement initiative.

  • References

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Article 5, Section 79781, Required Committees

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Mental Health Services Delivery System Program Guide, Chapter 10, Suicide Prevention and Response

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.11, Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.15, Utilization Management Program

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 3, Section 3.3.4.4, Dental Program Subcommittee

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 01/2002
      Revised: 12/2012

1.2.6 Statewide Patient Safety Program

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall maintain a Statewide Patient Safety Program to identify and improve problematic health care processes by emphasizing the prevention, reduction, reporting, and analysis of health care incidents that if left unaddressed may result in adverse drug reactions, sentinel events, or preventable patient harm.

    • The CCHCS Statewide Patient Safety Program encompasses:

      • Patient safety priorities that are reviewed and revised biennially to identify program objectives for statewide interventions and performance improvement activities.

      • A comprehensive multidisciplinary health care incident reporting and review process for identifying, reporting, and assessing health care incidents including sentinel events, in accordance with state law and health care industry best practices, to address potential systemic health care process issues and mitigate risk to patients, staff, and visitors.

      • A committee structure at headquarters to provide oversight to the Statewide Patient Safety Program, review patient safety reports and data, and take action to mitigate patient safety risks and prevent adverse patient outcomes.

      • A committee structure at each institution that oversees the local implementation of the Patient Safety Program by reviewing patient safety reports and data at the individual institution or care team level to identify and mitigate patient safety risks, and prevent adverse patient outcomes.

      • Regular communication in the form of patient safety alerts, aggregate reporting of findings and recommendations related to health care incidents or Root Cause Analyses (RCAs) that may be used to inform additional performance improvement efforts, patient safety initiatives, or recommendations to modify statewide policies and procedures.

      • Technical assistance, decision support tools (e.g., job aids, guides, forms, checklists, and flowcharts), and staff development and education programs to support problem analysis, RCA, and process redesign.

      • A patient safety culture that encourages staff to proactively identify and report health care incidents to mitigate risk to patients and emphasize continuous learning and improvement.

  • Purpose

    • To protect patients, staff, and visitors from poor health outcomes due to flawed health care processes; improve health care quality and cost effectiveness; increase health care process efficiencies and reduce waste; and comply with legal and regulatory requirements.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) and CCHCS departmental leadership at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, shall ensure administrative, custodial and clinical systems are in place and appropriate tools, training, technical assistance, and levels of resources are available to ensure appropriate, timely, safe, and cost-effective health care for patients.

      • The Statewide Patient Safety Committee, a subcommittee of the Statewide Quality Management Committee, is responsible for providing oversight of the Patient Safety Program at the statewide level, identifying and communicating program priorities, and managing implementation of patient safety initiatives.

      • The Statewide Health Care Incident Review Committee, a subcommittee of the Statewide Patient Safety Committee, is responsible for providing oversight of the health care incident reporting system and RCA process at the statewide level, and identifying and communicating related data and trends.

    • Regional

      • Regional Health Care Executives are responsible for implementation of this policy at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

      • Regional Health Care Support Teams shall ensure health care staff utilize the centralized electronic Health Care Incident Reporting (eHCIR) system, and use incident data and trends to identify and take action to mitigate patient safety risks within an individual institution or across a region. Regional Health Care Support Teams shall provide oversight, support, and monitoring of RCAs assigned to institutions within their respective region.

    • Institutional

      • The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), or designee, is responsible for implementation of this policy at the institution level.

      • Institution leadership teams including the CEO, Chief Support Executive, Chief Medical Executive, Chief Nurse Executive, Chief of Mental Health, and the Supervising Dentist are jointly responsible for the planning, implementation, evaluation, and monitoring of the local Patient Safety Program and ensuring adherence to the Patient Safety Program policy and procedures. Institution leadership teams are responsible for:

        • Ensuring the institution utilizes the institution Quality Management Committee or other designated local committee to identify and address problematic patient safety trends identified through the eHCIR system.

        • Ensuring staff have access to resources including equipment, supplies, and health information or reporting systems.

        • Encouraging and supporting timely reporting of health care incidents including sentinel events.

        • Identifying Patient Safety Champions to provide subject matter expertise and technical support to staff.

  • Procedure

    • Patient Safety Program Committees and Plans

      • The Statewide Patient Safety Program shall maintain a Statewide Patient Safety Committee to provide oversight of the Patient Safety Program at the statewide level.

      • The Statewide Patient Safety Program shall identify program priorities on at least a biennial basis that describe the goals and objectives for the Patient Safety Program identified through system surveillance, health care incident reporting trends, root cause analysis findings and recommendations, and/or changes in community best practices.

    • Statewide Health Care Incident Report Review

      • The Patient Safety Program shall conduct an initial review of all health care incidents reported to the eHCIR system to determine an appropriate disposition and ensure potential sentinel events or other anomalous health care incidents with an assigned severity level of 4 through 6 are referred for review by the Statewide Health Care Incident Review Committee (HCIRC).

    • Statewide Patient Safety Committee

      • Responsibilities

        • The Statewide Patient Safety Committee (PSC) protects patient safety and improves the health care delivery system by:

        • Designing a surveillance system for the centralized collection and review of data pertinent to patient safety.

        • Maintaining an effective process for assessing, referring, and analyzing or making conclusions regarding reported health care incidents including, but not limited to:

          • A centralized eHCIR system for identifying and reporting patient safety issues, near misses, sentinel events, and other anomalous health care incidents.

          • A Health Care Incident Reporting Registry and Incident Summary accessible to select health care staff to ensure that institutions are informed of health care incident reports specific to their individual institution and patient care areas including licensed patient care areas which may require additional mandatory reporting to regulatory agencies.

          • A standardized process for the identification and examination of sentinel events using the RCA process and CCHCS RCA Tool Kit.

          • A process for referring health care incidents that involve blameworthy acts/reckless behaviors, including criminal activities, to the appropriate professional practice entities or hiring authority.

        • Reviewing program and surveillance data to identify problematic health care processes and establishing patient safety priorities and program objectives for statewide interventions and performance improvement activities.

        • Establishing a multidisciplinary Statewide HCIRC with headquarters level representation from all health care disciplines (i.e., Medical Services, Nursing Services, Pharmacy Services, Dental Services, and the Mental Health Program including Psychiatry) and custody.

        • Ensuring that Regional Health Care Executives designate Regional Health Care Support Teams to oversee the completion of RCAs assigned to institutions within their region and providing feedback and consultation as needed.

        • Collaborating with other program areas to redesign health care processes to improve patient safety.

        • Developing statewide training programs and decision support tools (e.g., tool kits, job aids, guides, forms, checklists, and flowcharts) to support patient safety surveillance, health care incident reporting and review, RCAs, and process redesign.

        • Coordinating patient safety activities with other committees and programs when appropriate including, but not limited to, the Statewide HCIRC, Mortality Review Committee, Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee, and Statewide Quality Management Committee (QMC).

        • Issuing a Patient Safety Dashboard at least quarterly that aggregates eHCIR data about health care incident reporting trends to inform continuous process improvement.

        • Issuing statewide patient safety alerts if a health care incident or trend reveal a problem that all institutions should immediately address or be aware of.

        • Supporting outreach and other activities that encourage reporting of all health care incidents including near misses, medication events, and sentinel events; and

        • Promoting an organizational culture of continuous learning and improvement.

      • Membership, Quorum Requirements, and Meeting Frequency

        • The Deputy Director, Quality Management, or designee, shall serve as chairperson of the Statewide PSC. The chairperson is responsible for ensuring that the statewide PSC meets regularly, the committee agenda reflects the responsibilities described in this procedure, and committee decisions are appropriately documented.

        • The statewide program lead in each respective health care discipline (i.e., Medical Services, Nursing Services, Pharmacy Services, Dental Services, and the Mental Health Program), as well as the program leads in California Correctional Health Care Services Office of Legal Affairs and Health Care Policy and Administration, shall select at least one headquarters designee to serve on the Statewide PSC. Other program representatives may be asked to serve as members at the discretion of the Statewide PSC.

        • All voting members may choose a designee to serve in their stead. Non-voting members, such as presenters and guests, may attend as appropriate and approved by the Statewide PSC.

        • Each member has one vote and a quorum exists when more than one-half of voting members are present.

        • The Statewide PSC shall meet at least quarterly or more often as necessary to carry out its responsibilities.

        • Electronic records of committee proceedings shall be kept in a secure location indefinitely.

      • Reporting Relationships

        • The Statewide PSC reports to the Statewide QMC, and provides oversight to the Statewide HCIRC.

    • Statewide Health Care Incident Review Committee

      • Responsibilities

        • The Statewide HCIRC protects patient safety and improves the health care delivery system and shall:

        • Conduct a review of all health care incidents reported to the eHCIR system with an assigned severity level of 4 through 6, potential sentinel events, and any other anomalous health care incidents to determine the appropriate disposition and ensure that any immediate danger to patients, staff, or visitors is addressed.

        • Communicate information about health care incidents to the appropriate regional and institution program leads that are reported by a person or entity not employed at an institution, such as court experts.

        • Refer health care incidents with identified clinical practice concerns or blameworthy acts/reckless behavior to the appropriate peer review committee or hiring authority.

          • The HCIRC shall coordinate with institution leaders of the appropriate discipline to determine whether clinical staff involved in the health care incident should be removed from providing patient care pending further analysis of the event.

          • Health care incidents assigned an RCA that result in a referral to peer review or the hiring authority or temporary redirection of health care staff from direct patient care shall have the RCA continue without delay or deferral and the staff person(s) referred shall be excluded from the RCA process.

        • Identify sentinel events and assign RCAs, including collaboration with Regional Health Care Support Teams and institution leadership, to further inform the case prior to assignment, and when appropriate, recommend grouping multiple incidents that are similar in nature into an aggregate RCA.

        • Work with Regional Health Care Support Teams to ensure RCAs are completed, approved, and submitted within 45 business days of assignment.

        • Upon receipt of an RCA Report, coordinate with the institution and Regional Health Care Support Team within 15 business days to provide feedback, including requesting revisions and clarification to the RCA Report if the report does not meet requirements for a thorough and credible RCA.

        • Upon approval of the RCA Report, monitor progress of the RCA Plan of Action for at least four months, and coordinate with the Regional Health Care Support Team to provide additional support or intervene as needed;

        • Advocate for changes to statewide policies and procedures in accordance with findings from patient safety surveillance, health care incident trends, or RCA recommendations.

        • Promote an organizational culture of continuous learning and improvement.

      • Committee Membership, Quorum Requirements, and Meeting Frequency

        • The statewide program lead in each respective health care discipline (i.e., Medical Services, Nursing Services, Pharmacy Services, Dental Services, and the Mental Health Program including Psychiatry) and custody shall select at least one headquarters designee to serve on the Statewide HCIRC.

        • The Statewide PSC shall elect one or two HCIRC members to serve as chairperson(s). The responsibility of the chairperson(s) is to ensure that the HCIRC meets regularly, the committee agenda reflects the responsibilities described in this procedure, and committee decisions are appropriately documented.

        • All members may choose a designee to serve in their stead. Non-voting members, such as presenters and guests, may attend as appropriate and approved by the HCIRC.

        • Each member has one vote, and a quorum exists when at least three voting members are present.

        • The HCIRC shall meet each business day to carry out its responsibilities.

        • Electronic records of committee proceedings shall be kept in a secure location indefinitely.

      • Reporting Relationships

        • The Statewide HCIRC reports to the Statewide PSC.

    • Regional Health Care Support Teams

      • Regional Health Care Executives shall designate Regional Health Care Support Teams that include regional representatives from Medical Services, Nursing Services, Pharmacy Services, Dental Services, and Mental Health Program, including Psychiatry, to provide support for institution RCAs as needed and on an individual case-by-case basis.

      • Regional Health Care Support Teams shall provide RCA consultation, guidance, facilitation, and follow-up to the subset of institutions within their assigned region including, but not limited to:

        • Reviewing health care incidents and collaborating with the Statewide HCIRC and institution leadership on identified sentinel events prior to the assignment of an RCA.

        • Ensuring institution RCA Teams are multidisciplinary and appropriate for the sentinel event under review.

        • Ensuring information is gathered including a chronology of the event before, during, and after the incident, as well as other relevant information, guidelines, best practices, and literature used to inform the brainstorming session and problem analysis.

        • Participating in brainstorming sessions, encouraging thorough discussion of factors contributing to the sentinel event, and ensuring that the fishbone diagram is complete and causal statements are sound.

        • Ensuring the RCA Team identifies root causes.

        • Ensuring that RCA Plans of Action adequately address the identified root causes and associated performance objectives are measurable, realistic, and attainable.

        • Reviewing draft RCA Reports and Plans of Action to ensure they are thorough and credible per CCHCS RCA Tool Kit guidelines.

        • Monitoring Plans of Action submitted by the institution to ensure progress is being made, determining whether additional support or intervention is necessary, and taking action as appropriate.

    • Confidentiality

      • Protected Proceedings and Records

      • It is critical that the proceedings and records of the health care incident review process be maintained as confidential and not be made available to unauthorized persons or organizations.

      • All staff participating in the health care incident review process discussed in this procedure shall adhere to these provisions regarding confidentiality.

      • The records of the committees and staff responsible for the evaluation and improvement of the quality of patient care shall be maintained as confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

  • References

    • California Health and Safety Code, Division 2, Chapter 2, Article 1, Section 1250

    • California Health and Safety Code, Division 2, Chapter 2, Article 3, Sections 1279, 1279.1, and 1279.2

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12, Article 5, Section 79787, Reporting

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 2, Health and Safety Program

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 11, Section 51110.11, Written Reports

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Mental Health Services Delivery System Program Guide, Chapter 10, Suicide Prevention and Response

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.7, Institution Patient Safety Program

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.10, Mortality Review and Reporting

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 5, Section 3.5.11, Pharmacy Quality Assurance Program

    • Food and Drug Administration, MedWatch: The FDA Safety Information and Adverse Event Reporting Program (http://www.fda.gov/safety/medwatch/default.htm)

    • The Joint Commission https://www.jointcommission.org/topics/patient_safety.aspx

    • National Commission on Correctional Health Care 2008 Standards for Health Services in Prisons

    • National Coordinating Council for Medication Error Reporting and Prevention

    • United States Department of Veterans Affairs – Veterans Affairs National Center for Patient Safety (http://www.patientsafety.va.gov/)

    • Veterans Health Administration Vision 2020

    • California Department of Public Health Center for Health Care Quality (https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CHCQ/Pages/CHCQHome.aspx)

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 11/2012
      Revised: 11/2018

1.2.7 Institution Patient Safety Program

  • Procedure

    • Institution Patient Safety Oversight

      • The Institution Quality Management Committee or other designated local committee shall provide oversight of patient safety and improve the local health care delivery system by:

      • Reviewing local patient safety surveillance data, including the Patient Safety Dashboard and Health Care Incident Reporting Registry trends, to identify problematic health care processes and establish priority areas for intervention and patient safety risk mitigation activities, and when appropriate, recommend the addition of patient safety priorities to the Institution Performance Improvement Work Plan.

      • Coordinating and collaborating with other committees and program areas as appropriate to redesign local health care processes to improve patient safety.

      • Ensuring oversight and timely completion and monitoring of Root Cause Analysis (RCA), including coordination with Regional Health Care Support Teams and the Statewide Health Care Incident Reporting Committee.

      • Ensuring health care staff have access to patient safety training and decision support tools (e.g., tool kits, job aids, guides, forms, checklists, and flowcharts) to support patient safety surveillance, health care incident reporting and review, RCAs, and process redesign.

      • Supporting outreach and other activities that encourage reporting of all health care incidents including near misses, medication events, and sentinel events by institution health care staff.

      • Communicating patient safety alerts, issues, and RCA recommendations and actions to institution staff.

      • Identifying local Patient Safety Champions and promoting an organizational culture of continuous learning and improvement.

    • Identification of Health Care Incidents and Duty to Report

      • All California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation/California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) staff have a duty to report health care incidents using the centralized electronic Health Care Incident Reporting (eHCIR) system within 24 hours of occurrence or discovery. The eHCIR is available to all staff via Lifeline and allows health care incidents to be submitted anonymously.

      • While many health care incidents will be initially detected by institution health care staff, health care incidents may also be identified by other stakeholders.

      • Institutions with licensed beds, including Correctional Treatment Centers, Mental Health Crisis Beds, Psychiatric Inpatient Program/Intermediate Care Facilities, Skilled Nursing Facilities, Dialysis, or Hospice are required to report certain health care incidents to the California Department of Public Health. Reporting requirements to external agencies may differ for each institution and must be verified by the facility. All institutions shall comply with health care incident reporting requirements in departmental policy, and federal and state law.

      • Institution leadership, program leads, unit supervisors, and other required health care staff as identified shall monitor the Health Care Incident Reporting Registry and associated Incident Summaries daily for reported health care incidents at their institution and take appropriate action as required by federal and state law; for example, Pharmacy Quality Assurance reviews for medication errors, Professional Practice Reviews, and Psychiatric Inpatient Program incident review and referrals to regulatory agencies.

      • Program leads or any person with a leadership role or authority shall not prohibit or create any physical or process barriers that prevent or delay staff from reporting health care incidents to the eHCIR.

    • Immediate Action Following a Health Care Incident

      • Mitigate Risk

        • Upon realizing that a health care incident has occurred, institution health care staff shall immediately take steps to ensure patient safety including, but not limited to:

        • Stabilizing the patient by providing all necessary and appropriate care.

        • Removing all unsafe devices, equipment, and medications.

        • Determining whether the health care incident places other patients, staff, or visitors at immediate risk of harm and addressing those risks appropriately.

      • Document Care

        • Health care staff shall ensure that information related to the health care incident, such as treatment provided and communication with the patient and/or family, is documented appropriately in the health record.

        • For health care incidents involving specific patients, progress note documentation shall include preceding events, observations, examination findings, and assessment of the patient (e.g., vital signs, neurological checks, pain assessment).

      • Notification

        • During regular business hours, staff who have identified a health care incident shall immediately notify their direct supervisor.

        • After regular business hours, staff who have identified a health care incident shall immediately notify the unit supervisor or nursing program lead on duty.

        • For all deaths and sentinel events as defined in policy, including medication events with an assigned severity level of 4 through 6, the notified supervisor or nursing program lead shall immediately contact the Chief Executive Officer (CEO), who shall then determine which additional institution staff must be apprised of the situation and within what timeframes.

        • When appropriate, notification to the CEO shall include, at a minimum, the following information:

          • Name of patient, staff, and/or visitor involved.

          • Nature of the health care incident (what occurred).

          • Location of the health care incident.

          • Time of the health care incident.

          • Actions taken, treatment provided, and effects.

          • Current condition of patient, staff, and/or other visitor.

          • Any other pertinent information.

        • Institution staff shall document notification of patients as required by state law.

        • The supervisor shall notify the Pharmacy program lead of an adverse drug reaction. The Pharmacy program lead shall complete a United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) MedWatch Form FDA 3500 if appropriate per FDA instructions.

      • Preserve Materials, Supplies, and Other Related Items

        • To ensure that physical materials are readily accessible during the health care incident review process and remain in the condition applicable at the time of the health care incident, staff shall collect and secure samples of physical items involved in the event, which may require examination by qualified personnel to safely handle and store any controlled substances or potentially hazardous materials. Examples of collectable physical items may include, but are not limited to:

          • Medical devices and equipment

          • Retained foreign objects

          • Medications, containers, package labels, or inserts

          • Intravenous bags and tubing

          • Syringes

          • Supply containers and packaging

          • Laboratory and pathology specimens

        • Tampering with, cleaning, or otherwise modifying any physical items could result in inaccurate review findings and is prohibited. Health care staff shall work with custody staff to obtain necessary camera equipment and take pictures when appropriate.

        • Health care staff shall work with information technology staff to preserve all electronic data affiliated with the health care incident including mechanisms to back up or otherwise store data. Health care staff shall obtain paper copies of electronic data if there is a risk that the information may be overwritten or lost.

      • Provide Relief and Support to Caregivers

        • The unit supervisor or nursing program lead managing the area where the health care incident occurred and the appropriate clinical program leads shall immediately evaluate the impact of the health care incident on all involved staff and shall provide support to health care staff as appropriate including addressing staffing and redistributing patient loads to allow caregivers time to cope with the situation.

        • Caregivers should be assured that any review of the health care incident shall be focused primarily on process and system breakdowns.

    • Deaths

      • Health care incidents that result in deaths shall receive a separate mortality review pursuant to the Health Care Department Operations Manual, Section 1.2.10, Mortality Review and Reporting and the Mental Health Services Delivery System Program Guide, Chapter 10, Suicide Prevention and Response, which covers a different scope than the RCA process.

      • Findings from the mortality review process may result in the assignment of an RCA.

    • Root Cause Analysis

      • Assigning an RCA and Convening the RCA Team

        • The CEO shall determine the scope and membership of the RCA Team.

        • As soon as possible, and no later than 24 business hours after an RCA is assigned by the Statewide Health Care Incident Review Committee (HCIRC), the CEO shall convene a multidisciplinary team to conduct the RCA. This team shall be responsible for identifying and analyzing the primary system or process lapses that contributed to the sentinel event and developing a detailed Plan of Action to prevent similar events from occurring in the future.

        • The respective Regional Health Care Support Team shall provide oversight of the local RCA process and conduct preliminary review of the RCA Report.

        • An institution may elect to initiate/self-assign an RCA if the leadership team deems it appropriate to inform continuous improvement of the local health care delivery system.

          • Self-assigned RCAs are not required to be reported to the HCIRC, but if requested, the Regional Health Care Support Team or HCIRC shall provide feedback and recommendations as appropriate.

          • In the event that a health care incident leading to a self-assigned RCA is identified as a sentinel event and formally assigned an RCA by the HCIRC, the institution shall meet all RCA requirements described in this procedure.

      • Understanding the Context of the RCA

        • Prior to beginning the RCA process, the RCA Team shall review the CCHCS Performance Improvement Culture Statement (Appendix 1) to ensure that all members understand the context of the RCA process and that the primary emphasis of the RCA is focused on system lapses, not the behavior of individual staff.

      • Completion of the RCA and Interim Reports

        • The RCA Team shall adhere to reporting and timeframe requirements in the CCHCS RCA Tool Kit, which is found on Lifeline.

        • During the RCA process and pending a final report, the institution shall implement any immediate and concurrent improvements as determined by the RCA Team to be appropriate.

        • The Regional Health Care Support Team may request concurrent documentation from all RCA Team meetings as interim reports of institution activities.

      • The Submission of the RCA Report and Implementation of the Plan of Action

        • The RCA Report, including review and approval by the CEO and Regional Health Care Executive, shall be completed and submitted to the HCIRC within 45 business days from the date that the RCA was assigned.

        • At a minimum, the RCA Report shall contain required elements per the CCHCS RCA Tool Kit.

        • Unless otherwise instructed by the HCIRC, the institution shall begin implementation of the Plan of Action as soon as practicable, but no later than upon submission of the RCA Report to headquarters.

      • Revisions to the RCA Report

        • If upon review of the RCA Report, the HCIRC requests clarification or revision of the report, the institution shall make necessary clarifications or revisions and submit the revised report to the HCIRC within 15 business days of the request.

      • Post-Submission Plan of Action Status Updates

        • The institution shall submit a monthly Plan of Action status update by the last day of the reporting month for a minimum of four consecutive months following submission of the RCA Report, or until the HCIRC closes the case.

    • Confidentiality

      • Protected Proceedings and Records

      • It is critical that the proceedings and records of the health care incident review process be maintained as confidential and not be made available to unauthorized persons or organizations.

      • All staff participating in the health care incident review process discussed in this procedure shall adhere to these provisions regarding confidentiality.

      • The records of the committees and staff responsible for the evaluation and improvement of the quality of patient care shall be maintained as confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

  • Appendices

    • Appendix 1: Performance Improvement Culture Statement

  • References

    • California Health and Safety Code, Division 2, Chapter 2, Article 1, Section 1250

    • California Health and Safety Code, Division 2, Chapter 2, Article 3, Sections 1279, 1279.1, and 1279.2

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 2, Health and Safety Program

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 11, Section 51110.11, Written Reports

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Mental Health Services Delivery System Program Guide, Chapter 10, Suicide Prevention and Response

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.6, Statewide Patient Safety Program

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.10, Mortality Review and Reporting

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 5, Section 3.5.11, Pharmacy Quality Assurance Program

    • Food and Drug Administration, MedWatch: The FDA Safety Information and Adverse Event Reporting Program (http://www.fda.gov/safety/medwatch/default.htm)

    • The Joint Commission https://www.jointcommission.org/topics/patient_safety.aspx

    • National Commission on Correctional Health Care 2008 Standards for Health Services in Prisons

    • National Coordinating Council for Medication Error Reporting and Prevention

    • United States Department of Veterans Affairs – Veterans Affairs National Center for Patient Safety (http://www.patientsafety.va.gov/)

    • Veterans Health Administration Vision 2020

    • California Department of Public Health Center for Health Care Quality (https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CHCQ/Pages/CHCQHome.aspx)

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 11/2012
      Revised: 11/2018

  • Appendix 1

    • Performance Improvement Culture Statement

    • Patient safety is the fundamental responsibility of every person in the correctional health care delivery system. California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) actively cultivates a culture of continuous learning and improvement where all staff focus on making health care delivery processes and outcomes as safe and effective as possible; and develop and implement systems that support sustainable, high-quality performance. At CCHCS, leadership teams foster a culture of trust, which enables staff to report problems and encourages all staff to be actively involved in process improvement.

    • CCHCS recognizes that:

    • Human error is inevitable and we continually strive to improve systems to prevent errors.

    • Most health care incidents involve process or system breakdowns that must be addressed before performance can reliably improve.

    • A punitive environment does not fully take into account systems issues, nor does a blame-free environment hold individuals appropriately accountable.

    • A culture of continuous learning and improvement recognizes that people can make mistakes; acknowledges that even competent people can develop erroneous patterns of behavior, yet has zero tolerance for reckless behavior, blameworthy acts, and delayed reporting of health care incidents.

    • To identify opportunities for improvement, CCHCS staff at all reporting levels must be able to report health care incidents without being subject to unjust punitive investigation and penalties.

    • CCHCS staff will:

    • Report health care incidents within timeframes described in related policies and procedures.

    • Encourage and support reporting and review of all health care incidents.

    • Critically analyze processes and design improvements to ensure a safe health care environment.

    • Promote collaboration across ranks and disciplines to find sustainable solutions to patient safety issues.

    • Respond quickly and reasonably to actions, decisions, and behaviors that may result in unsafe acts, realizing that most actions, decisions, and behaviors do not warrant disciplinary action. The most severe penalties, such as demotion, reduction in pay, suspension with or without pay, and termination, are reserved for reckless behavior and blameworthy acts and, as warranted, delayed reporting.

    • Reckless Behavior and Blameworthy Acts:

    • CCHCS maintains a code of conduct for acceptable behavior, and behaviors that undermine patient safety. Although performance improvement processes will primarily target the identification and resolution of process breakdowns, reckless behavior and blameworthy acts discovered in this context will be appropriately addressed to ensure patient and staff safety. Reckless behavior includes situations in which an individual takes a substantial and unjustifiable risk that may result in patient harm. A blameworthy patient care act possesses one of the following three characteristics: it involves a criminal act, a purposefully unsafe act, or events involving patient abuse of any kind. Reckless behavior, a blameworthy act, intentionally withholding information, or providing misleading or false information may result in adverse action in accordance with the Disciplinary Matrix.

1.2.10 Mortality Review and Reporting

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall complete an independent review of every death of individuals in the custody of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR), in an effort to promote a safe, high quality health care system.

  • Applicability

    • This policy applies to all deaths occurring while in the custody of CDCR. In addition to the review conducted under this section, each death classified as a suicide or suspected suicide shall also receive a Suicide Case Review, pursuant to the current Mental Health Services Delivery System (MHSDS) Program Guide.

  • Purpose

    • To utilize mortality data to mitigate patient harm within the department, to identify opportunities for improvement (OFI) related to patient safety, quality of health care services, patient outcomes, and to fulfill mandated reporting requirements.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • CDCR and CCHCS leadership, at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, shall ensure administrative, custodial, and clinical systems are in place, and appropriate resources are available to ensure the mortality review and reporting process is maintained.

      • Headquarters (HQ) and regional executive representatives shall ensure progress is made on current mortality and morbidity initiatives and communicate new priorities to improve health care processes and patient outcomes and quality of services delivered.

      • Designated Medical Services Division (MSD) support staff shall comply with all federal and state reporting requirements. MSD support staff shall enter mortality review findings into the electronic Health Care Incident Reporting (eHCIR) system and produce daily and weekly mortality reports and any required reports.

    • Regional

      • Regional Health Care Executives have overall responsibility for ensuring implementation of this policy at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • Institutional

      • The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) has overall responsibility for ensuring implementation of this policy at the assigned institution.

      • The institution is responsible for patient safety oversight as described in the Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Section 1.2.7, Institution Patient Safety Program.

  • Procedure

    • Daily Mortality Reporting from Institutions to Headquarters

      • All in-custody deaths shall be entered in the health record on the Initial Inmate Death Record no later than 1200 hours on the next business day following the patient’s death. For a suicide, an Initial Inmate Suicide Report shall also be completed, pursuant to the current MHSDS Program Guide.

      • Deaths occurring in the following locations shall be reported:

        • An institution

        • A fire camp

        • A contracted facility

        • In a county facility while out-to court

        • An outside hospital or other medical facility setting

        • A skilled nursing facility or other long-term care facility

        • A re-entry facility, if not paroled

        • In transit

      • Deaths occurring in the following locations and populations are not required to be reported:

        • Sacramento Control Office

        • Western Interstate Corrections Compact

        • Parole

        • County incarcerated persons being housed with CDCR

    • Collecting Clinical Records for Review

      • Institution

        • Within five calendar days of the death, institution health records staff shall complete the scanning of any paper documents into the health record, including outside community documents related to emergency medical response and hospitalization.

      • Medical Services Division

        • Within five calendar days of the death, MSD support staff shall:

          • Contact the county coroner’s office to determine whether an autopsy will be conducted. If an autopsy is conducted, MSD support staff shall request the report from the county coroner and distribute the final report, when available to the institution. Final reports shall be distributed to the institution, HQ Health Information Management (HIM), and the Mental Health Program within seven calendar days of receipt. Reports shall be scanned into the health record by HQ HIM staff upon receipt.

          • Obtain the CDCR 837-A, B, and C, Crime/Incident Reports, from the Strategic Oversight Management System or request the reports from custody representatives at the institution where the death occurred.

          • Request CDCR 602 HC, Health Care Grievances, and responses for the six months prior to the death.

        • If the requested documents above are not received within five calendar days, MSD support staff shall notify the appropriate health care or custody staff to request assistance acquiring the documents.

    • Institution Mortality Review

      • Within 30 calendar days of the death, the institution CEO, or designee(s), shall complete a multidisciplinary review of the significant events leading to the patient’s death.

      • The review shall focus on identifying OFI at the institution and be submitted to MSD support staff at mortalityreview@cdcr.ca.gov for inclusion in the final mortality review at the discretion of the HQ mortality reviewers.

    • Headquarters Mortality Case Review

      • Each death shall be assigned to a nurse and provider reviewer.

        • The nurse reviewer shall be a Nurse Consultant Program Review Registered Nurse, assigned by the Deputy Director (DD), Nursing Services, or designee.

        • The provider reviewer shall be a board-certified physician or advanced practice provider assigned by the DD, Medical Services, or designee.

      • Initial training for all mortality case reviewers shall occur prior to starting mortality review responsibilities. Training shall be in accordance with the most current community standards for mortality review. Ongoing training shall be provided on an as-needed basis and periodically throughout the calendar year.

      • The nurse and provider reviewers shall complete the mortality review using the most current electronic form or data entry program.

      • The provider reviewer and the nurse reviewer shall coordinate in the reviewing of the deceased patient’s clinical records, which are relevant to the history of the patient’s cause of death, and use the information to complete the executive summary. This will include, at a minimum, records up to six months prior to the death; however, reviewers may include older records if necessary or relevant to determine the trajectory of the terminal event. Relevant records may include, but are not limited to:

        • Initial Inmate Death Record and Initial Inmate Suicide Report, if applicable.

        • Progress notes, diagnostic results, and other clinical information.

        • Records from an outside hospital or other medical facility.

        • CDCR 837-A, B, and C, Crime/Incident Reports.

        • Emergency response records.

        • Autopsy reports.

        • CDCR 602 HCs and subsequent responses.

        • Institution Multidisciplinary Mortality review.

      • The nurse reviewer shall document any findings related to the cause of death and any other possibly actionable findings that are discovered during the review and include relevant OFI received from the institution multidisciplinary review.

      • The provider reviewer shall add or modify the nurse review findings and OFI as needed in collaboration with the nurse reviewer.

      • If at any time during the review process, either reviewer identifies circumstances or processes that may represent an immediate patient safety issue, the nurse or the provider reviewer shall submit an eHCIR pursuant to the HCDOM, Section 1.2.6, Statewide Patient Safety Program, and the HCDOM, Section 1.2.7, Institution Patient Safety Program.

      • When a cause of death is unknown, including in potential drug overdose cases, reviewers shall work in collaboration with mental health case reviewers who are assigned to conduct reviews pursuant to the current MHSDS Program Guide to:

        • Collect and share information.

        • Determine if the cause of death could have been the result of suicide.

        • For suicides or suspected suicides, ensure timely sharing of information and findings.

        • Final mortality reports for suicides and final suicide reports shall be distributed to both disciplines.

      • For each death classified as a homicide or suspected homicide, if clarification is needed regarding custodial or security elements, a Division of Adult Institutions (DAI) staff shall be consulted.

      • The preliminary mortality reports shall be completed by reviewers within 60 calendar days of the death, absent a showing of good cause for an extension, in which case an extension may be granted by the DD, Medical Services, or designee.

    • Regional and Institution Review

      • The preliminary mortality reports shall be submitted electronically to health care leadership for review.  Health care leadership staff are assigned headquarters Chief Nurse Executives and headquarter and regional physician managers who generally are supervisors for the provider reviewers.

      • Health care leadership shall review the report and accept or reject the mortality report within 14 calendar days of receipt.

        • If rejected, health care leadership shall facilitate any edits and necessary clarification with the nurse and provider reviewers.

      • The mortality review is considered final once health care leadership has accepted the report.

        • A final mortality report may be amended if new information that is material and relevant to the mortality review is obtained subsequent to the report being finalized. The amended report shall be submitted to health care leadership seven calendar days prior to redistributing to the stakeholders listed in Section (e)(6)(A). A response is not required from health care leadership unless the amended report is disputed.

    • Mortality Report Distribution

      • Finalized original and amended mortality reports shall be distributed to the following stakeholders:

        • The relevant institution and regional executives responsible for the patient’s health care prior to death. If multiple institutions were involved with the health care of the patient during the period of review and there are findings from that time period, a report shall be submitted to the leadership of each institution and region that were involved.

        • The Health Care Incident Reporting Committee and Statewide Patient Safety Program, uploaded via the eHCIR system. If appropriate, a recommendation for review by the Health Care Reporting Committee or Statewide Patient Safety Program shall be included.

        • DAI and institution Warden, if related to a drug overdose, suicide, homicide, or other deaths where a potential custody-related opportunity for improvement was identified.

    • Public Reporting

      • Upon the death of any person in departmental custody, MSD support staff shall provide the information identified in Section (e)(7)(B) below to the CCHCS Communications Office via the ServiceNow portal to facilitate posting on CCHCS’s public website.

      • Except as provided in Section (e)(7)(C) below, within 10 days of the death, the following information shall be posted on CCHCS’s public website:

        • The full name of the agency with custodial responsibility at the time of death.

        • The county in which the death occurred.

        • The facility in which the death occurred, and the location within that facility where the death occurred.

        • The race, gender, and age of the decedent.

        • The date on which the death occurred.

        • The custodial status of the decedent including, but not limited to, whether the person was awaiting arraignment, awaiting trial, or incarcerated.

        • The manner and means of death.

      • If CDCR seeks to notify the next of kin pursuant to the CDCR Department Operations Manual, Section 51070.10, Notification of Contact Listed and is unable to do so within 10 days of death, CDCR shall be given an additional 10 days to make good faith efforts to notify the next of kin before the information is publicly posted.

      • CCHCS shall update any publicly posted information within 30 days of a change of information.

    • Conflict of Interest

      • A provider, nurse, or health care leader shall:

        • Not participate in any decision under the breach of professional clinical peer review process if the individual has a personal conflict of interest (COI) or has provided direct patient care to the decedent.

        • Disclose any potential and actual COI prior to participating in decision-making.

      • A personal COI is a professional, financial, or other obligation or interest that is likely to limit the reviewer’s ability to participate impartially in decision-making.

    • Confidentiality

      • It is critical that the records of the mortality review process be maintained as confidential and not be made available to unauthorized persons or organizations.

      • All staff participating in the mortality review process discussed in this procedure shall adhere to these provisions regarding confidentiality.

      • The mortality review process is intended for improvements in the quality of patient care and shall be maintained as confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

  • References

    • Federal Death in Custody Reporting Act of 2000 (Public Law 106-297)

    • California Government Code, Title 2, Division 3, Part 2, Chapter 6, Article 2, Section 12525

    • California Penal Code, Part 3, Title 7, Chapter 1, Section 5021

    • California Penal Code, Part 3, Title 10, Section 10008

    • National Commission on Correctional Health Care, Standards for Health Services in Prisons (2016)

    • National Commission on Correctional Health Care, Standard P-A-10, Procedure in the Event of an Inmate Death

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Article 7, Sections 51070.1 through 51070.20

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Mental Health Services Delivery System Program Guide, Chapter 10, Suicide Prevention and Response, Section E, Suicide Reporting, and Section F, Suicide Death Review

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.1, Complete Care Oversight Team Committee

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.3, Quality Management Program Overview

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.4, Quality Management Program, Statewide Governance

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.5, Quality Management Program, Institution

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.6, Statewide Patient Safety Program

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.7, Institution Patient Safety Program

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.15, Utilization Management Program

    • California Correctional Health Care Services Annual Inmate Mortality Reviews (2006-2022)

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 08/2008
      Revised: 10/06/2025

1.2.11 CCHCS Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee

  • Procedure Overview

    • The California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics (P&T) Committee shall:

      • Provide overall direction to Pharmacy Services at all California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions.

      • Report to the statewide Quality Management Committee (QMC).

      • Oversee subcommittees including, but not limited to, the Systemwide Medication Management Subcommittee and Drug Utilization Review Subcommittee.

    • Institutions shall have a Medication Management Subcommittee that reports to the local QMC to oversee medication management practices including local medication storage, distribution, administration and utilization locally; however, changes to approved, standardized pharmacy policies and procedures, the standard practice model, and the CCHCS Drug Formulary must be approved by the Systemwide P&T Committee.  Recommended changes to policy, procedure, or the formulary shall be submitted to the Regional Deputy Medical Executive (DME) and Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services for consideration by the Systemwide P&T Committee as appropriate.

  • Purpose

    • To ensure the safe, rational, evidenced-based, cost-effective, standardized use of therapeutic drugs and develop policies and procedures related to medication management within the CDCR.

  • Procedure

    • Membership

      • The chairperson is appointed by the Deputy Director, Medical Services, for a two-year term (eligible for reappointment) and shall be responsible for the Systemwide P&T Committee meeting.

      • The chairperson shall assist the Deputy Director, Medical Services, in selecting the other members of the Systemwide P&T Committee and determining terms of service.

      • Voting members shall include the following, or the members shall assign a designee with decision-making authority similar to the member that is unable to attend:

        • Deputy Director, Medical Services or designee at the executive level

        • Headquarters Deputy Medical Executive chairperson

        • Two Headquarters Physicians at the executive or management level

        • Four Institutional or Regional Physicians at the executive or management level

        • Deputy Director, Nursing Services or designee

        • One Headquarters Chief Nurse Executive

        • Deputy Director, Mental Health Services (if psychiatrist) or designated psychiatrist at the executive or management level

        • Statewide Chief Psychiatrist or designee

        • Statewide Chief Telepsychiatrist or designee

        • One Psychiatric Inpatient Program Chief Psychiatrist or designee

        • Deputy Director, Dental Services or designee

        • Statewide Chief, Pharmacy Services or designee

        • Two Pharmacy Services Managers

        • One Deputy Medical Executive, Quality Management or designee

      • The Systemwide P&T Committee shall maintain a list of permanent designees for voting members. Designees for voting members of the Systemwide P&T Committee are permitted. Prior notification to the chairperson at least three working days in advance is requested when a designee shall attend for a voting member.  All designees must sign a confidentiality statement pursuant to Section (c)(3)(D).

      • Non-voting members shall include:

        • Deputy Director, Fiscal Services, or designee, at the Assistant Deputy Director level

        • An attorney from the CCHCS Office of Legal Affairs (COLA), to be designated by COLA’s Director and Chief Counsel

        • Pharmaceutical Program Manager and Pharmaceutical Consultant II, Department of General Services

        • Support staff

      • Guests for Systemwide P&T Committee meetings are permitted.  Prior notification to the chairperson at least three working days in advance is requested.  All guests must sign conflict of interest and confidentiality forms pursuant to Section (c)(3)(D) and understand that their attendance is as an observer and comments during the meeting are at the discretion of the chairperson.

    • Duties

      • The Systemwide P&T Committee is responsible for overseeing policies and procedures related to all aspects of medication use within CCHCS including, but not limited to:

      • Maintaining a formulary of medications, including standardizing the strengths and dosage forms for medications used across institutions.

      • Reviewing procurement and medication selection processes to promote cost-effective formulary management.

      • Conducting regular therapeutic category reviews for formulary selection.

      • Ensuring that pharmacy services address the health care and security needs of the institution.

      • Reviewing and monitoring medication usage and therapeutic use of medications within the CDCR.

      • Evaluating medication use and promoting safe medication practices.

      • Evaluating medication therapies and providing input to the development of disease management guidelines.

      • Reviewing and approving proposed changes to pharmacy policies. The Systemwide Medication Management Subcommittee shall be consulted for policymaking on any matters related to medication management processes.

    • Meetings

      • The Systemwide P&T Committee shall meet at least quarterly or as often as necessary to carry out its responsibilities.

      • Meetings via teleconference shall be made available to members of the Systemwide P&T Committee.

      • A record of the proceedings shall be kept which records committee activities, recommendations, and attendance.

      • Confidentiality/Non-Conflict

        • The proceedings and records of the Systemwide P&T Committee shall be kept confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

        • Any attendees shall provide a completed copy of a Conflict of Interest Form and a Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement.  Completed copies of each document shall be maintained with the Systemwide P&T Committee records.  Members may not have any financial or business relationships with entities doing business with the State of California.

        • If any attendee has an interest that may affect or be perceived to affect the member’s independence of judgment, the member shall recuse themself from the voting process for the drug class or other agenda items concerned.  This recusal includes, but is not limited to, refraining from deliberation or debate, making recommendations, volunteering advice, and participating in the decision-making process in any way.

      • Voting

        • Each voting member shall have one vote.  A quorum is designated as 50 percent of voting members, excluding vacancies and abstentions.

        • Action on a motion requires the total number of votes to be equal to or greater than a quorum.

        • The Systemwide P&T Committee may use electronic voting to address issues when it is determined that waiting until the next scheduled meeting is suboptimal.  Electronic voting may be used to resolve an existing agenda item or to address an urgent or emergent new agenda item.

        • An abstention is considered a non-vote, and thus does not accrue to the total number of votes.

    • Subcommittees

      • The Systemwide P&T Committee may charter standing subcommittees and establish ad hoc workgroups to plan and develop new or modify existing programs. The charter for each subcommittee shall be reviewed and updated as often as needed but no less than every two years. Standing subcommittees include, but are not limited to:

      • Systemwide Medication Management Subcommittee

        • The Systemwide Medication Management Subcommittee is a multidisciplinary group that works to ensure medication practices support the safety of the individuals served and improve the quality of care by developing and modifying processes as they relate to planning, procurement, ordering, preparing and dispensing, distribution, storage, and administering medications with the goal to reduce any potential harm that could be caused by medications.

      • Drug Utilization Review Subcommittee

        • The Drug Utilization Review Subcommittee shall:

        • Review prescription drug utilization and costs and identify clinical criteria, decision support, and methods for managing prescription drug cost and optimizing prescribing practices.

        • Develop and provide evidence-based recommendations to the Systemwide P&T Committee with respect to formulary selection, electronic health record system (EHRS) medication catalog availability, and use criteria or prior authorization criteria, if needed.

      • 340B Oversight Subcommittee

        • The 340B Oversight Subcommittee assists in monitoring, directing, and overseeing the CCHCS’ implementation of its 340B Program. The 340B Oversight Subcommittee’s reporting provides direction and ongoing surveillance of the organization’s 340B Program for compliance with policy and federal rules.

      • Nutrition Subcommittee

        • The Nutrition Subcommittee shall meet on an ad hoc basis when required to develop and provide evidence-based recommendations to the Systemwide P&T Committee with respect to enteral and parenteral nutrition and nutritional supplements that are deemed necessary to make available in the CCHCS Drug Formulary or make available in the EHRS medication catalog as a non-formulary item.

  • References

    • California Civil Code, Division 1, Part 2.6, Chapter 1, Section 56 et seq.

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 2, Section 3413 (b)

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 3, Article 5, Section 72525, Required Committees

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12, Article 5, Section 79781, Required Committees

    • California Government Code, Title 2, Division 5, Part 2.6, Chapter 2.5, Article 10, Section 19990

    • California Government Code, Title 9, Chapter 7, Article 1, Section 87100 et seq.

    • California Penal Code, Section 5024.2

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.4, Quality Management Program, Statewide Governance

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.12, Outpatient Dietary Intervention

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 5, Section 3.5.5, CCHCS Drug Formulary

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 5, Section 3.5.10, CCHCS Pharmacy Policy and Procedure Manual Review, Revisions, and Additions

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 03/2007
      Revised: 10/22/2025

1.2.14 Medical Classification System

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) and California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) shall utilize a Medical Classification System (MCS) to serve as the system for considering medical factors in making patient placement decisions. The MCS shall be used to match patients’ medical needs with the capabilities of facilities and programs. The MCS is intended to:

    • Ensure all patients are assigned Medical Classification Factors that allow matching of medical needs to institutions/facilities to support efficient bed management.

    • Eliminate redundant and unnecessary forms, screenings, and evaluations.

    • Reduce or prevent inefficiencies caused by disparity between patient medical needs and facility capabilities and resources.

    • Provide department-wide capacity to profile the medical needs of the patient population.

  • Purpose

    • To provide guidance to clinical and custody staff in considering medical factors in making patient placement decisions.

  • Responsibility

    • The Chief Executive Officer, or designee, is responsible for the implementation, monitoring, and evaluation of this policy and its corresponding procedures.

    • The Health Care Placement Oversight Program (HCPOP) at headquarters is responsible for various population management functions. HCPOP is responsible for maintaining a unit procedure, as well as for maintaining and issuing medical classification matrices and Decision Support Material.

  • Procedure

    • Medical Classification Chrono General Process

      • Medical Classification Chrono (MCC)

        • Physical Description: The MCC is generated via the electronic MCC database. It is viewable in the Strategic Offender Management System (SOMS).

        • Distribution: A copy of the MCC shall be printed for the patient’s records; the transmission must ensure confidentiality.

        • Decision Support Material: Decision Support Material shall be updated as necessary under the authority of the Chief Medical Executive (CME) and the Chief Nurse Executive. Issues, questions, and suggestions regarding the materials shall be routed to the HCPOP. CCHCS and CDCR shall issue Decision Support Material that includes reference material regarding:

          • Criteria for medical risk determination

          • Criteria for nursing acuity determination

          • Pregnancy Program

          • Transplant Program

          • Hemodialysis Program

          • Therapeutic Diet Policy

          • CDCR 7410, Comprehensive Accommodation Chrono

          • CDCR 1845, Disability Placement Program Verification

      • Completing the MCC in the Reception Center (RC)

        • An MCC is completed at the time of the RC physical examination. If the Medical Classification Factors (Refer to Appendix 1, The Medical Classification Factors) change during the RC stay, a new MCC must be issued.

        • There may be situations where further clinical data are needed in order to make a clear determination of the appropriate Medical Classification Factors. In this case, the MCC is completed based on medical judgment. For example, the patient has cirrhosis, but the degree of stability and severity has not been assessed because laboratory studies are pending.

      • Relationship to CDCR 1845 and CDCR 7410

        • The CDCR 1845 provides details regarding disabilities that impact placement and assistive devices such as wheelchairs, walkers, and hearing aids.

        • The CDCR 7410 provides details regarding other patient needs such as lower bunks and bottom tiers. Many of these needs do not impact placement.

        • Specified Medical Classification Factors, if present, require a matching CDCR 1845 or CDCR 7410 in order to provide supporting details. These factors are marked with a superscript “1.”

      • Issuing an MCC

        • The MCC is normally completed by a Primary Care Provider (PCP) (Physician, Nurse Practitioner, or Physician Assistant). Chief Physicians & Surgeons (CP&S) and CMEs may also complete the MCC.

        • The PCP may need to seek input from nursing staff in order to accurately determine the Nursing Care Acuity (Refer to Appendix 1). Nursing staff is responsible for reporting changes in patient status to the PCP that result in a change in Medical Classification Factors.

        • In the case of an outside hospital admission or discharge, the CP&S or designee is responsible for completing the new MCC.

        • Overrides may only be requested through HCPOP. This is normally initiated by the institution Classification and Parole Representative (C&PR) or RC Correctional Counselor III (CC-III). Only a Regional Deputy Medical Executive (RDME) or designee may issue an Override MCC. (Refer to Section (d)(3)(F)3).

      • Triggers for Change in Classification

        • A new MCC is issued whenever the patient’s medical condition changes in a way that changes Medical Classification Factors (Level of Care, Classification Factors, Intensity of Services, Specialized Services, and/or Institutional-Environmental). Whenever a patient’s need for a medical level of care changes, either to higher or lower level, a new MCC shall be issued. Examples include admission to or discharge from a Correctional Treatment Center (CTC), placement into or return from an outside hospital stay, or a new requirement for medium-intensity nursing.

        • The MCC must be completed promptly on admission and again on discharge from an outside hospital stay in order to show the placement into a new level of care. This placement into a new level of care may require a telephone order from the on-call provider.

      • Temporary and Permanent Chronos

        • Permanent Chronos: A Permanent Chrono indicates that the Medical Classification Factors are not expected to change in the next six months. Automatic or periodic reclassification is not needed if the MCC is a Permanent Chrono.

        • Temporary Chronos: A Temporary Chrono indicates that the Medical Classification Factors are expected to change within six months or that an automatic requirement for Medical Reclassification is needed within six months.

          • Defined Expiration Date: An MCC with a defined expiration date will cease to be valid on that date. On the defined expiration date, the patient will no longer have a valid MCC, which will require issuance of a new MCC. A temporary MCC is used, for example, when a patient is pregnant and qualifies for the pregnancy program. The expiration date would be set by the estimated date of confinement or estimated delivery date.

          • Undefined Expiration Date: An MCC with an undefined expiration date is used, for example, when a patient is admitted to an acute care hospital for an acute disease whose course is not certain. The “temporary” designation indicates that the need is expected to be time-limited; however, the duration of the need is unpredictable. The MCC must be reviewed and re-issued within six months.

    • Medical Classification Matrices

      • Medical Classification Planning Matrix

        • The Medical Classification Planning Matrix (MCPM) shows the Specialized Medical Bed (SMB) and medical program capacities and census at each CDCR institution. The MCPM allows CDCR to review and plan for an efficient match of Institution Attributes to the demand across the various custody levels and programs. Where custody program is important (e.g., Security Housing Unit, Special Needs Yard, Minimum Support Facility [MSF]), the MCPM includes information for that program.

        • The MCPM is maintained by HCPOP.

      • Medical Classification Matrix

        • The Medical Classification Matrix (MCM) is a tool that supports the task of matching a patient’s Medical Classification Factors with the available facility’s medical capabilities.

      • Maintaining and Issuing the Matrix

        • The MCM is maintained by HCPOP. As the availability of beds, programs, and other capacities change, HCPOP staff updates the MCM. The MCM is available via SOMS.

    • Placement Authority

      • Routine Placements

        • Routine placements for patients classified with Outpatient level of care are done using the CDCR endorsement process. The MCM and the MCC provide inputs to the endorsement process.

        • Specialized Outpatient (SOP) endorsements to California Health Care Facility, Stockton (CHCF) shall be made by HCPOP. SOPs who are not endorsed to CHCF shall be endorsed to an intermediate institution. All SOP transfer endorsements require transfer referral from a classification committee prior to endorsement. When necessary, HCPOP is authorized to endorse SOP patients to a basic institution to accommodate required case factors, such as Enhanced Outpatient Program, when there are no available intermediate institutions commensurate with the patient’s case factors.

        • All SMB endorsements shall be made by HCPOP. At HCPOP’s request, patients with an SMB level of care shall be taken to committee prior to endorsement.

      • Medical Classification Factor Priorities

        • Decision support for using the MCM includes a tool that shows which Medical Classification Factors represent absolute requirements and which represent preferences (Refer to Appendix 2, Medical Classification Factor Priorities). For example, “Requires Electrical Access” is an absolute factor: a patient on life-support equipment that requires electricity must be in housing with electricity available. “Proximity to Tertiary Consultations” is a preference factor: a patient who needs a retinal specialist is best managed where the specialist is available nearby, but the patient can be managed at any institution as long as transportation to a very distant specialist can be accomplished.

        • The Medical Classification Factors listed as preferences on Appendix 2 can be overridden by a Classification Staff Representative (CSR) or a CC-III with endorsement authority as part of matching overall patient medical needs with facility capabilities in a particular institution. If a CSR approves a placement using a Medical Classification Factor listed as a preference on Appendix 2, the CSR approval noted on the CDC 128-G, Chrono Classification (Regular), must include the reason for using the flexibility provided by the preference.

        • The Medical Classification Factors marked as absolute can only be overridden by a new MCC marked as “Override” and completed by the responsible RDME (Refer to Section (d)(3)(F)3) at the request of the institution CME.

      • Medical Placement Based on Level of Care Medical Classification Factors

        • Placement of a patient into and from the level of care factors (Refer to Appendix 1) is done by medical staff without classification action as part of the patient care routine. Placement based on level of care factors does not require endorsement action. CDCR will be notified of a change in level of care via the MCC.

        • If the institution does not have the needed level of care but has a higher level of care, the patient is normally placed into the higher level of care. Mismatches in actual level of care compared with needed level of care shall be referred to HCPOP for population management.

        • Returns from a higher level of care outside CDCR institutions and facilities that require a level of care not available at the institution shall be noticed to HCPOP for potential medical endorsement.

      • Medical Endorsement

        • All patients requiring placement into an SMB as indicated by their medical level of care on the MCC shall be reviewed and endorsed by HCPOP. The patient may be placed immediately into an appropriate health care setting by institution medical staff. HCPOP shall consider permanent endorsement into an appropriate institution SMB within 45 days of the date the MCC is completed.

        • Patient transfers to SMBs do not require classification committee action, as the placement decision is made to provide necessary health care treatment or access; however, at HCPOP’s request, patients with an SMB level of care shall be taken to committee prior to endorsement.

      • Decision Support Materia

        • HCPOP shall issue and maintain Decision Support Material that includes:

        • Detailed guidance regarding this policy

        • Medical Classification Factor Priorities (Refer to Appendix 2)

        • Sample chrono

      • Processes for Resolving Ambiguity or Difference of Opinion

        • Concerns from CSR

          • Concerns from the CSR shall be resolved by a case conference between the Classification Services Unit, the Population Management Unit, the Class Action Management Unit, and HCPOP. If the issue cannot be resolved, the RDME shall be consulted.

        • Resolution of Inappropriate Placement

          • Concerns from nursing staff, custody staff, or providers that a placement is medically inappropriate must be forwarded to the institutional CME. If the CME determines that a medical placement was inappropriate based on the Medical Classification System policy or patient safety considerations, the CME must notify the RDME. The CME must provide appropriate clinical detail.

          • The RDME shall take appropriate action, in cooperation with HCPOP if necessary, to resolve the issue. HCPOP shall be notified of the issue and resolution for tracking and quality improvement purposes.

        • Override Process

          • The institution C&PR or RC CC-III shall request guidance from HCPOP and the Classification Services Unit by a case conference if it appears that a placement that meets all classification and medical requirements is not possible. The RDME shall be consulted if the issue cannot be resolved during the case conference. If the RDME determines that an override of one or more Medical Classification Factors is appropriate, the RDME shall issue an MCC with an override.

          • If the RDME cannot resolve the issue, it shall be referred to the Departmental Review Board. All overrides shall be noticed to HCPOP for action and tracking.

      • Required Training

        • Orientation to the Medical Classification System shall be included in the orientation of new classification staff, PCPs, nursing staff, and health records staff.

      • Quality Improvement

        • The institution CME is accountable for the accuracy of MCCs issued by that institution. The institutional Local Operating Procedure must include processes for monitoring the consistency, reliability, accuracy, and variability of the MCCs. The results of monitoring are provided to the institution Quality Management Committee (QMC), which forwards them to the statewide QMC.

        • The institution Classification Committee Chairperson is accountable for the accuracy of placement recommendations by the Classification Committee. The accountability process is the same as used for custody placements.

      • Local Operating Procedure

        • Each Chief Executive Officer is responsible for ensuring that the institution has an approved and current Local Operating Procedure that includes, at a minimum:

          • Description of Institution Attributes including the Institution Medical Grouping for the institution (Refer to Appendix 3, Institutional Medical Groupings).

          • Contact information for the C&PR, RC CC-III (if applicable), RDME, the HCPOP contact, and Institution Medical Executive.

          • MCCs including a description of:

            • Who completes the MCC and when.

            • Who is responsible to complete an MCC when a patient changes level of care within a facility (sending provider or receiving provider).

            • When the MCC is completed in the RC and whether laboratory results are required before it can be completed.

            • Detailed process for obtaining a new MCC when a temporary has expired.

            • Interaction between nursing and providers to accurately determine Nursing Care Acuity.

            • Changes in patient condition that prompt nursing to notify the provider for completion of an updated MCC.

          • Distribution

            • How the patient copy is handled and how confidentiality is ensured.

          • Decision Support Material

            • How Decision Support Material will be distributed, where it will be available, and how obsolete versions will be removed.

            • Local additions to Decision Support Material (if any) and process for approval, distribution, and revision.

            • Process for recommending changes to Decision Support Material.

          • Quality Improvement

            • Periodic sampling for accuracy and completeness.

            • Statement that required detail is entered into the “Comments” section.

            • Statement that confidential information is entered into the “Confidential Comments” and not the “Comments” section.

            • Patient movements based on incorrect MCCs that required a re-endorsement of the patient.

            • Patients with more than three changes to their MCC in seven days; results of CME review.

          • Local Training Plan

            • Description of who provides local training, staff who receive training, and frequency of training.

          • Approval Process

            • Description of the Local Operating Procedure approval process including any local sign-off.

            • Statement that final approval is obtained from the Regional Health Care Executive, acting in concert with the Regional Leadership Team.

      • Unit Procedures

        • Classification Services Unit

          • The Classification Services Unit is responsible for maintaining a unit procedure that includes, at a minimum, a description of the following:

          • Training plan for the Classification Services Unit, C&PRs, RC CC-IIIs, and CSRs.

          • Process for elevating suggestions regarding revision to the Medical Classification System.

          • Process and responsibilities for the case conference between the Classification Services Unit and HCPOP.

        • Health Care Placement Oversight Program

          • HCPOP is responsible for maintaining a unit procedure that includes, at a minimum, a description of the following:

          • Detailed processes for maintaining the MCPM.

          • Detailed processes for maintaining the MCM.

          • Process for elevating suggestions regarding revision to the Medical Classification System.

          • Detailed process for endorsing a patient to an appropriate institution SMB.

          • Detailed process for approval, distribution, and revision of Decision Support Material.

          • Process and responsibilities for the case conference between the Classification Services Unit and HCPOP.

          • Detailed process for resolution of inappropriate placements in concert with the RDME, including tracking of cause, resolution, and impact on the patient and the system and interface with the QMC.

          • Process for HCPOP to receive notification of overrides from the RDME, including tracking and reporting and interface with the QMC.

          • Training plan.

  • Appendices

    • Appendix 1: The Medical Classification Factors

    • Appendix 2: Medical Classifications Factor Priorities

    • Appendix 3: Institutional Medical Groupings

  • References

    • Plata v. Newsom, Order Granting Plaintiffs’ Motion for Relief Re: Valley Fever at Pleasant Valley and Avenal State Prisons, June 24, 2013

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4, Article 10, Section 3379, Inmate Transfers

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 3, Subdivision 1, Chapter 8, Article 1, Sections 58018, Hospice Services

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 72103, Skilled Nursing Facility

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12, Article 1, Section 79516, Correctional Treatment Center

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12, Article 1, Section 79555, Outpatient Housing Unit

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 6, Article 12, Sections 62080.1-62080.6

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.9, Health Care Transfer

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 6, Section 3.6.2, Comprehensive Accommodation

    • National Fire Protection Association 1582, Standard on Comprehensive Occupational Medical Program for Fire Departments

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 11/2009
      Revised: 09/2017

  • Appendix 1

  • The Medical Classification Factors

  • (a) Level of Care Based on Patient Need

    • This Factor rates the medical setting the patient currently needs; the patient may not actually be housed in that setting.  For example, a patient may be currently housed in a Correctional Treatment Center but need only Outpatient Housing Unit level of care.  By collecting this Factor, users of the Medical Classification System can take appropriate actions for bed management.

    • Outpatient (OP):  No need for a medical setting that provides the patient with daily nursing care.

    • Specialized Outpatient (SOP):  A high medical risk outpatient with the potential for clinical deterioration, decompensation, morbidity, or mortality who has long-term care needs.  This patient population needs frequent supportive care management, care coordination, nursing education, nursing interventions, and may need specialized nursing care.  Endorsements shall be made by the Health Care Placement Oversight Program (HCPOP).  All SOP transfer endorsements require a classification committee referral to HCPOP.

    • Outpatient Housing Unit (OHU):  A housing unit of a city, county, or city and county law enforcement facility established to retain patients who require special housing for security or protection.  Typically, these are patients whose health condition would not normally warrant admission to a licensed heath care facility and for whom housing in the general population may place them at personal or security risk.  Outpatient housing unit residents may receive outpatient health services and assistance with the activities of daily living.  Outpatient housing unit beds are not licensed correctional treatment center beds.

    • Correctional Treatment Center (CTC):  A health facility with a specified number of beds within a state prison, county jail, or California Division of Juvenile Justice facility designated to provide health care to that portion of the patient population who do not require general acute care level of services but are in need of professionally supervised health care beyond that normally provided in the community on an outpatient basis.

    • Acute Rehabilitation:  An acute rehabilitation hospital provides intensive physical, occupational, and speech therapy and supportive nursing services to patients recovering from strokes, amputations, severe burns, etc.  This is a community placement.

    • Hospice:  Services that are designed to provide palliative care, alleviate the physical, emotional, social, and spiritual discomforts of an individual who is experiencing the last phases of life due to the existence of a terminal disease, and to provide supportive care to the primary care giver and the family.  Care may be provided by a skilled or unskilled person under a plan of care developed by a physician or a multidisciplinary team under medical direction.

    • Skilled Nursing Facility:  A health facility or a distinct part of a hospital which provides continuous skilled nursing care and supportive care to patients whose primary need is for availability of skilled nursing care on an extended basis.  It provides 24-hour inpatient care and, at a minimum, includes physician, skilled nursing, dietary, and pharmaceutical services as well as an activity program.

  • (b) Classification Factors

    • These Medical Classification Factors guide the operation of procedures in the Medical Classification System rather than specify any placement eligibility.

    • Temporary Medical Hold: A Temporary Medical Hold is used when a patient requires medically necessary health care services, and it is medically prudent to provide these services at the institution where the patient is currently housed.  The Medical Classification Chrono (MCC) will be “Temporary.”  Examples of patients who should be reviewed for potential medical holds include, but are not limited to the following:

      • Medical:

        • Patients scheduled for major surgery or recovering from major surgery and requiring close post-operative review by the surgical team.

        • Patients having chemotherapy or radiation therapy treatment.

        • Patients undergoing a diagnostic workup.

        • Patients being fitted for a major prosthetic, requiring temporary prostheses adjustments and frequent visits.

        • Patients awaiting major Durable Medical Equipment.

        • Patients scheduled for a specialist visit, which cannot easily be duplicated elsewhere (e.g., surgical subspecialties such as retinal surgery, or specialized oncology surgery).

        • All urgent Requests for Services or specialty appointments.

        • Hemophiliac, Hepatitis C virus, post-transplant, or human immunodeficiency virus/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome patients requiring close management of medication access and continuity.

        • Patients in the middle of a speech therapy, occupational therapy, or physical therapy regimen which would be adversely impacted by transfer.

      • Dental:

        • Patients for whom an immediate denture was recently inserted.

        • Patients at a Program Facility awaiting completion of endodontic treatment.

        • Patients awaiting or in the middle of care for jaw fractures.

        • Untreated Dental Priority Classification 1A conditions.

      • Mental Health:

        • Patients receiving Clozapine.

        • Patients awaiting Court or other hearings.

      • Obstetrics and Gynecology:

        • Patients with high risk pregnancies, in late second trimester or third trimester.

      • Patients in the middle of a diagnostic workup for cancer or other high risk conditions.

      • Public Health:

        • Patients in quarantine or isolation for a variety of conditions including, but not limited to: TB, influenza-like illness, gastroenteritis, sexually transmitted diseases under treatment, source cases until clearance obtained, and contact cases until clearance obtained.

    • Temporary Medical Isolation:  Temporary Medical Isolation means the patient may not be endorsed to another institution unless prompted by a Medical Reason for Endorsement.  Patients requiring temporary medical isolation shall also have a temporary medical hold entered on the MCC.  Medical Isolation may be confinement to quarters or isolation in a medical setting.  For example, a patient with Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcal infection may be placed on Medical Isolation.  If that patient should develop a need for dialysis, the patient could be moved for medical reason to an institution with a dialysis program.  The type of isolation must be listed in the Comments section.  If the patient requires negative pressure respiratory isolation, the Respiratory Isolation Specialized Service factor must be checked as well.  Medical Isolation is always temporary.  Closure of institutions or housing units for public health issues does not require an MCC.

    • Long-Term Stay:  This applies only to Levels of Care other than OP.  This factor means that the patient is expected to continue to need at least the indicated Level of Care for the rest of his/her life.

    • Override:  Override means that the MCC has been reviewed by a Regional Health Care Executive and permission has been granted to depart from the usual placement requirements for one or more Medical Classification Factors.  The patient’s actual Medical Classification Factors are still completed according to usual procedure and the specific directions regarding permitted departures are listed in the Comments section.

  • (c) Intensity of Services

    • The Intensity of Services Medical Classification Factors are a set of scales that indicate the patient’s need for medical services and the institution’s ability to provide those services.

    • Proximity to Consultation indicates the frequency and intensity of the patient’s need for specialty medical services.  These services are typically provided in the community by contracted providers.  The availability and distance to the services varies by institution.  A match between patient need and institution capability reduces risk and cost.

      • No Particular Need means there is no anticipated need for consultations at the present time.

      • Basic Consultations are consultative services typically available in a medium-sized community such as general surgery, orthopedics, obstetrics, radiology, ophthalmology, and internal medicine.

        • Infrequent – There is an anticipated need for fewer than four Basic Consultations per year.

        • Frequent – There is an anticipated need for more than four Basic Consultations per year.

      • Tertiary Consultation are consultative services typically available in the university or large medical center setting such as oncology, endocrinology, neurology, neurosurgery, radiation therapy, interventional cardiology, nephrology, and cardio-thoracic surgery.

      • Community Placement indicates the patient requires placement into a community hospital or other medical setting on a permanent basis.  The patient should be assigned to an institution that can most efficiently provide the necessary custody services to that outside level of care.

    • Functional Capacity

      • Functional Capacity is a scale for the patient’s ability to be assigned to particular jobs.  That ability affects placement into certain settings.

      • Vigorous Activity:  Qualified for all assignments including food-handling and firefighting.  Able to dig ditches, chop wood, haul water, and wear a respirator.  Good mobility, endurance, and bilateral grip strength.

        • For California Correctional Health Care Services/California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) purposes, Chronic Active Hepatitis is defined as patients who are antibody positive, viral load negative, and whose FIB is less than 1.45.

        • Patients must meet the National Fire Protection Association’s (NFPA) standards in order to work as firefighters at fire camps.  Patients who do not meet the NFPA standards for firefighters may still be able to work at fire camps in non-firefighter positions (e.g., cooks, clerks, clerical support, porters, mechanics, and those who support other functions).  Refer to Appendix 3, Institutional Medical Groupings, “Fire Camps Special Skills” section.

        • Below are the 2013 NFPA standards which disqualify patients from fire camps.  (Note: See NFPA Annex A, Explanatory Material for all asterisked items within this section):

          • Head and Neck

            • Defect of skull preventing helmet use or leaving underlying brain unprotected from trauma.

            • Any skull or facial deformity that would not allow for a successful fit test for respirators used by that department.

            • Any head condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

            • Any neck condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Eyes and Vision

            • *Far visual acuity less than 20/40 binocular, corrected with contact lenses or spectacles, or far visual acuity less than 20/100 binocular for wearers of hard contacts or spectacles, uncorrected.

            • *Color perception – monochromatic vision resulting in inability to use imaging devices such as thermal imaging cameras.

            • *Monocular vision.

            • Any eye condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Ears and Hearing

            • Chronic vertigo or impaired balance as demonstrated by the inability to tandem gait walk.

            • On audiometric testing, average hearing loss in the unaided better ear greater than 40 decibels (dB) at 500 Hz, 1000 Hz, 2000 Hz, and 3000 Hz when the audiometric device is calibrated to ANSI Z24.5, Audiometric Device Testing.

            • Any ear condition (or hearing impairment) that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

            • *Hearing aid or cochlear implant.

          • Dental

            • Any dental condition that results in inability to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Nose, Oropharynx, Trachea, Esophagus, and Larynx

            • *Tracheostomy.

            • *Aphonia.

            • Any nasal, oropharyngeal, tracheal, esophageal, or laryngeal condition that results in inability to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks including fit testing for respirators such as N-95 for medical response, P-100 for particulates and certain vapors, and SCBA for fire and hazmat operations.

          • Lungs and Chest Wall

            • Active hemoptysis.

            • Current empyema.

            • Pulmonary hypertension.

            • Active tuberculosis.

            • *A forced vital capacity (FVC) or forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) less than 70 percent predicted even independent of disease.

            • *Obstructive lung diseases (e.g., emphysema, chronic bronchitis, asthma) with an absolute FEV1/FVC less than 0.70 and with either the FEV1 below normal or both the FEV1 and the FVC below normal (less than 0.80).

            • *Hypoxemia – oxygen saturation less than 90 percent at rest or exercise desaturation by four percent or to less than 90 percent (exercise testing indicated when resting oxygen is less than 94 percent but greater than 90 percent).

            • *Asthma – reactive airways disease requiring bronchodilator or corticosteroid therapy for two or more consecutive months in the previous two years, unless the candidate can meet the requirement in 6.8.1.1.

            • Any pulmonary condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

            • Lung transplant.

          • Aerobic Capacity

            • An aerobic capacity less than 12 metabolic equivalents (METs) (1 MET = 42 mL O2/kg/min).

          • Heart and Vascular System

            • *Coronary artery disease, including history of myocardial infarction, angina pectoris, coronary artery bypass surgery, coronary angioplasty, and similar procedures.

            • *Cardiomyopathy or congestive heart failure, including signs or symptoms of compromised left or right ventricular function or rhythm including dyspnea, S3 gallop, peripheral edema, enlarged ventricle, abnormal ejection fraction, and/or inability to increase cardiac output with exercise.

            • *Acute pericarditis, endocarditis, or myocarditis.

            • *Syncope, recurrent.

            • *A medical condition requiring an automatic implantable cardiac defibrillator or history of ventricular tachycardia or ventricular fibrillation due to ischemic or valvular heart disease, or cardiomyopathy.

            • Third-degree atrioventricular block.

            • *Cardiac pacemaker.

            • Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy including idiopathic hypertrophic subaortic stenosis.

            • Any cardiac condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

            • Heart transplant.

            • Hypertension.

            • *Uncontrolled or poorly controlled hypertension.

            • *Hypertension with evidence of end organ damage.

            • *Thoracic or abdominal aortic aneurysm.

            • Carotid artery stenosis or obstruction resulting in greater than or equal to 50 percent reduction in blood flow.

            • *Peripheral vascular disease resulting in symptomatic claudication.

            • Any other vascular condition that results in the inability to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Abdominal Organs and Gastrointestinal System

            • Presence of uncorrected inguinal/femoral hernia regardless of symptoms.

            • Any gastrointestinal condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Metabolic Syndrome

            • Metabolic syndrome with aerobic capacity less than 12 METs.

          • Reproductive System

            • Any genital condition that results in inability to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Urinary System

            • Renal failure or insufficiency requiring continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis or hemodialysis.

            • Any urinary condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Spine and Axial Skeleton

            • Scoliosis of thoracic or lumbar spine with angle greater than or equal to 40 degrees.

            • History of spinal surgery with rods that are still in place.

            • Any spinal or skeletal condition producing sensory or motor deficit(s) or pain due to radiculopathy or nerve root compression.

            • Any spinal or skeletal condition causing pain that frequently or recurrently requires narcotic analgesic medication.

            • Cervical vertebral fractures with multiple vertebral body compression greater than 25 percent; evidence of posterior element involvement, nerve root damage, disc involvement, dislocation (partial, moderate, severe), abnormal exam, ligament instability, symptomatic, and/or less than six months post injury or less than one year since surgery.

            • Thoracic vertebral fractures with vertebral body compression greater than 50 percent; evidence of posterior element involvement, nerve root damage, disc involvement, dislocation (severe-with or without surgery), abnormal exam, ligament instability, symptomatic, and/or less than six months post injury or less than one year since surgery.

            • Lumbosacral vertebral fractures with vertebral body compression greater than 50 percent; evidence of posterior element involvement, nerve root damage, disc involvement, dislocation (partial, moderate, severe), fragmentation, abnormal exam, ligament instability, symptomatic, and/or less than six months post injury or less than one year since surgery.

            • Any spinal or skeletal condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Extremities

            • Joint replacement, unless all the following conditions are met:

              • Normal range of motion without history of dislocations post-replacement.

              • Repetitive and prolonged pulling, bending, rotations, kneeling, crawling, and climbing without pain or impairment.

              • No limiting pain.

              • Evaluation by an orthopedic specialist who concurs that the candidate can complete all essential job tasks listed in Chapter 5.

            • Amputation or congenital absence of upper-extremity limb (hand or higher).

            • Amputation of either thumb proximal to the mid-proximal phalanx.

            • Amputation or congenital absence of lower-extremity limb (foot or above) unless the candidate meets all of the following conditions:

              • Stable, unilateral below-the-knee amputation with at least the proximal third of the tibia present for a strong and stable attachment point with the prosthesis.

              • Fitted with a prosthesis that will tolerate the conditions present in structural firefighting when worn in conjunction with standard firefighting personal protective equipment.

              • At least six months of prosthetic use in a variety of activities with no functional difficulties.

              • Amputee limb healed with no significant inflammation, persistent pain, necrosis, or indications of instability at the amputee limb attachment point.

              • No significant psychosocial issues pertaining to the loss of limb or use of prosthesis.

              • Evaluated by a prosthetist or orthopedic specialist with expertise in the fitting and function of prosthetic limbs who concurs that the candidate can complete all essential job tasks listed in Chapter 5, including wearing personal protective ensembles and self-contained breathing apparatus while climbing ladders, operating from heights, and walking or crawling in the dark along narrow and uneven surfaces that may be wet or icy.

              • Has passed the department’s applicant physical ability test as a condition of appointment without accommodations or modification of the protocol.

            • Chronic non-healing or recent bone grafts.

            • History of more than one dislocation of shoulder without surgical repair or with history of recurrent shoulder disorders within the last five years with pain or loss of motion, and with or without radiographic deviations from normal.

            • Any extremity condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Neurological Disorders

            • Ataxias of heredo-degenerative type.

            • Cerebral arteriosclerosis as evidenced by a history of transient ischemic attack, reversible ischemic neurological deficit, or ischemic stroke.

            • Hemiparalysis or paralysis of a limb.

            • *Multiple sclerosis with activity or evidence of progression within previous three years.

            • *Myasthenia gravis with activity or evidence of progression within previous three years.

            • Progressive muscular dystrophy or atrophy.

            • Uncorrected cerebral aneurysm.

            • All single unprovoked seizures and epileptic conditions including simple partial, complex partial, generalized, and psychomotor seizure disorders other than as allowed in 6.17.1.1.

            • Dementia (Alzheimer’s and other neurodegenerative diseases) with symptomatic loss of function or cognitive impairment (e.g., less than or equal to 28 on Mini-Mental Status Exam).

            • Parkinson’s disease and other movement disorders resulting in uncontrolled movements, bradykinesia, or cognitive impairment (e.g., less than or equal to 28 on Mini-Mental Status Exam).

            • Any neurological condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Skin

            • Metastatic or locally extensive basal or squamous cell carcinoma or melanoma.

            • Any dermatologic condition that would not allow for a successful fit test for any respirator required by the fire department.

            • Any dermatologic condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Blood and Blood-Forming Organs

            • Hemorrhagic states requiring replacement therapy.

            • Sickle cell disease (homozygous).

            • Clotting disorders.

            • Any hematological condition that results in inability to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Endocrine and Metabolic Disorders

            • *Type 1 diabetes mellitus, unless a candidate meets all of the following criteria:

              • Is maintained by a physician knowledgeable in current management of diabetes mellitus on a basal/bolus (can include subcutaneous insulin infusion pump) regimen using insulin analogs.

              • Has demonstrated over a period of at least six months the motivation and understanding required to closely monitor and control capillary blood glucose levels through nutritional therapy and insulin administration.  Assessment of this shall take into consideration the erratic meal schedules, sleep disruption, and high aerobic and anaerobic workloads intrinsic to firefighting.

              • Has a dilated retinal exam by a qualified ophthalmologist or optometrist that shows no higher grade of diabetic retinopathy than microaneurysms, as indicated on the International Clinical Diabetic Retinopathy Disease Severity Scale.

              • Has normal renal function based on a calculated creatinine clearance greater than 60 mL/min and absence of proteinuria.  (Creatinine clearance can be calculated by use of the Cockroft-Gault or similar formula.  Proteinuria is defined as 24-hour urine excretion of greater than or equal to 300 mg protein or greater than or equal to 300 mg of albumin per gram of creatinine in a random sample.)

              • Has no autonomic or peripheral neuropathy.  (Peripheral neuropathy is determined by diminished ability to feel the vibration of a 128 cps tuning fork or the light touch of a 10-gram monofilament on the dorsum of the great toe proximal to the nail.  Autonomic neuropathy might be determined by evidence of gastroparesis, postural hypotension, or abnormal tests of heart rate variability.)

              • Has normal cardiac function without evidence of myocardial ischemia on cardiac stress testing (to at least 12 MET) by electrocardiogram (ECG) and cardiac imaging.

              • Has a signed statement and medical records from an endocrinologist or a physician with demonstrated knowledge in the current management of diabetes mellitus as well as knowledge of the essential job tasks and hazards of firefighting as described in 5.1.1, allowing the fire department physician to determine whether the candidate meets the following criteria:

                • Is being successfully maintained on a regimen consistent with 6.20.1(1)(a) and 6.20.1(1)(b).

                • Has had hemoglobin A1C measured at least four times a year (intervals of two to three months) over the last 12 months prior to evaluation if the diagnosis of diabetes has been present over one year.  A hemoglobin A1C reading of eight percent or greater shall trigger a medical evaluation to determine if a condition exists in addition to diabetes that is responsible for the hemoglobin A1C not accurately reflecting average glucose levels.  This shall include evidence of a set schedule for blood glucose monitoring and a thorough review of data from such monitoring.

                • Does not have an increased risk of hypoglycemia due to alcohol use or other predisposing factors.

                • *Has had no episodes of severe hypoglycemia (defined as requiring assistance of another) in the preceding one year, with no more than two episodes of severe hypoglycemia in the preceding three years.

                • Is certified not to have a medical contraindication to firefighting training and operations.

            • Insulin-requiring Type 2 diabetes mellitus, unless a candidate meets all of the following criteria:

              • Is maintained by a physician knowledgeable in current management of diabetes mellitus.

              • Has demonstrated over a period of at least three months the motivation and understanding required to closely monitor and control capillary blood glucose levels through nutritional therapy and insulin administration.  Assessment of this shall take into consideration the erratic meal schedules, sleep disruption, and high aerobic and anaerobic workloads intrinsic to firefighting.

              • Has a dilated retinal exam by a qualified ophthalmologist or optometrist that shows no higher grade of diabetic retinopathy than microaneurysms, as indicated on the International Clinical Diabetic Retinopathy Disease Severity Scale.

              • Has normal renal function based on a calculated creatinine clearance greater than 60 mL/min and absence of proteinuria.  (Creatinine clearance can be calculated by use of the Cockroft-Gault or similar formula.  Proteinuria is defined as 24-hour urine excretion of greater than or equal to 300 mg protein or greater than or equal to 300 mg of albumin per gram of creatinine in a random sample.)

              • Has no autonomic or peripheral neuropathy.  (Peripheral neuropathy is determined by diminished ability to feel the vibration of a 128 cps tuning fork or the light touch of a10-gram monofilament on the dorsum of the great toe proximal to the nail.  Autonomic neuropathy can be determined by evidence of gastroparesis, postural hypotension, or abnormal tests of heart rate variability.)

              • Has normal cardiac function without evidence of myocardial ischemia on cardiac stress testing (to at least 12 METS) by ECG and cardiac imaging.

              • Has a signed statement and medical records from an endocrinologist or a physician with demonstrated knowledge in the current management of diabetes mellitus as well as knowledge of the essential job tasks and hazards of firefighting as described in 5.1.1, allowing the fire department physician to determine whether the candidate meets the following criteria:

                • Is maintained on a stable insulin regimen and has demonstrated over a period of at least three months the motivation and understanding required to closely monitor and control capillary blood glucose levels despite varied activity schedules through nutritional therapy and insulin administration.

                • Has had hemoglobin A1C measured at least four times a year (intervals of two to three months) over the last 12 months prior to evaluation if the diagnosis of diabetes has been present over one year.  A hemoglobin A1C reading of eight percent or greater shall trigger a medical evaluation to determine if a condition exists in addition to diabetes that is responsible for the hemoglobin A1C not accurately reflecting average glucose levels.  This shall include evidence of a set schedule for blood glucose monitoring and a thorough review of data from such monitoring.

                • Does not have an increased risk of hypoglycemia due to alcohol use or other predisposing factors.

                • *Has had no episodes of severe hypoglycemia (defined as requiring assistance of another) in the preceding one year, with no more than two episodes of severe hypoglycemia in the preceding three years.

                • Is certified not to have a medical contraindication to firefighting training and operations.

            • Any endocrine or metabolic condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Systemic Diseases and Miscellaneous Conditions

            • Any systemic condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Tumors and Malignant Diseases

            • Malignant disease that is newly diagnosed, untreated, or currently being treated, or under active surveillance due to the increased risk for reoccurrence.

            • Any tumor or similar condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Psychiatric Conditions

            • Any psychiatric condition that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

          • Chemicals, Drugs, and Medications

            • Those that require chronic or frequent treatment with any of the following medications or classes of medications:

              • Narcotics, including methadone.

              • Sedative-hypnotics.

              • Full-dose or low-dose anticoagulation medications or any drugs that prolong prothrombin time, partial thromboplastin time, or international normalized ratio.

              • Beta-adrenergic blocking agents at doses that prevent a normal cardiac rate response to exercise, high-dose diuretics, or central acting antihypertensive agents (e.g., clonidine).

              • *Respiratory medications: inhaled bronchodilators, inhaled corticosteroids, systemic corticosteroids, theophylline, and leukotriene receptor antagonists (e.g., Montelukast).

              • High-dose corticosteroids for chronic disease.

              • Anabolic steroids.

              • Any chemical, drug, or medication that results in the candidate not being able to safely perform one or more of the essential job tasks.

            • Tobacco use shall be a Category A medical condition (where allowed by law).

            • Evidence of illegal drug use detected through testing, conducted in accordance with Substance Abuse and Mental Health Service Administration, shall be a Category A medical condition.

            • Evidence of clinical intoxication or a measured blood alcohol level that exceeds the legal definition of intoxication according to the authority having jurisdiction at the time of medical evaluation shall be a Category A medical condition.

      • Full Duty:  Qualified for all institutional assignments (including food-handling) without restrictions.

      • Limited Duty:  Restrictions on duty assignment, which are listed in the Comments section.  For example, no assignment to work where standing for longer than two hours is required.  Qualified for food-handling unless specifically noted.

      • Totally Disabled:  Incapable of any duty assignment.

    • Medical Risk

      • Medical Risk provides a scale of the risk of adverse outcome caused by the patient’s medical conditions.

      • Low Risk:  Routine medical conditions, focused on preventative care.  Chronic care of common conditions in good control throughout the last year.

      • Medium Risk:  Chronic care of well or moderately-controlled common conditions.  Requires time-sensitive laboratory studies.

      • High Risk:  Chronic care of complicated, unstable, or poorly-controlled common conditions (e.g., asthma with history of intubation for exacerbations, uncompensated end-stage liver disease, hypertension with end-organ damage, diabetes with amputation).  Chronic care of complex, unusual, or high risk conditions (e.g., cancer under treatment or metastatic, coronary artery disease with prior infarction).  Implanted defibrillator or pacemaker.  High risk medications (e.g., chemotherapy, immune suppressants, Factor 8 or 7, anticoagulants other than aspirin).  Transportation over a several day period would pose a health risk, such as hypercoagulable state.  Case management is required.

    • Nursing Care Acuity

      • Nursing Care Acuity is a scale for the extent, frequency, and complexity of nursing interventions and activities needed.

      • Basic, Uncomplicated Nursing (Population Risk Stratification Level I: Primary Prevention):  Care of largely well population; prevention and wellness; stable, uncomplicated chronic disease; episodic care of acute injury and illness; routine nursing care in primary care clinic; annual or semi-annual patient service plans; Keep on Person Medications available seven days per week or Nurse administered (NA) medications no more frequent than twice daily.

      • Low-Intensity Nursing (Population Risk Stratification Level II: Secondary Prevention):  Care of chronic stable disease; functional limitations compensated by adaptive equipment; patients able to participate in Activities of Daily Living; maintenance of status; prevention of exacerbation; symptom control and management of pain; uncomplicated wound care (time-limited); uncomplicated chemo/radiation therapy; quarterly patient service plans; Unit medication line: Direct Observed Therapy, Nurse Administered Medications, Intramuscular or subcutaneous injections, and Keep on Person Medications.

      • Medium-Intensity Nursing (Population Risk Stratification Level III: Tertiary):  Care of complex, stable or at-risk patients; uncomplicated post-surgical care; dementia, quadriplegia, hemiplegia who are able to participate in self-care; uncomplicated wound care;  high risk for skin breakdown; Outpatient Housing Unit (OHU) placement; monthly or every two month patient service plans.  Case management/care coordination is required.

      • High-Intensity or Specialized Nursing (Population Risk Stratification Level IV: Catastrophic/Complex):  Direct, total and/or specialized nursing care of complex, complicated, unstable, or high risk patients; daily nursing plan update; significant dementia, paraplegia, hemiplegia or quadriplegia who are unstable and unable to participate in self-care; complex medication protocols.  Care management/care coordination is required.  Inpatient level of care.

  • (d) Minimum Support Facility Criteria

    • To be medically eligible for Minimum Support Facility (MSF) Placement, patients must have a MCC Risk Category designation of Low Risk or meet the Medium Risk criteria for MSF eligibility (see Clinical Risk Definitions on the Lifeline Quality Management Portal).  Additionally, patients must also meet all custodial criteria required for MSF placement (i.e., Time in Custody, no S or R Suffix, etc.).  

  • (e) Specialized Services

    • Specialized Services are special programs or patient needs that are provided by certain specified institutions.

    • Pregnancy Program:  Medical program for pregnant and post-partum patients.

    • Transplant Center:  Medical program at institutions with agreements with a local transplant center.  Currently these patients are managed as part of the continuum of care; this factor then flags these patients for purposes of population management and census.

    • Hemodialysis:  Medical program for patients requiring hemodialysis.  The program may provide dialysis within the institution or by transportation outside the institution.

    • Dementia:  Medical program for patients with dementia.  Currently these patients are managed as part of the continuum of care; this factor then flags these patients for purposes of population management and census.

    • Therapeutic Diet:  Specified therapeutic diets are available to outpatients and in medical settings.  Authorized therapeutic diets include:

      • Gluten-free diet

      • Hepatic diet

      • Renal diet

      • Pre-renal diet

    • Respiratory Isolation:  Low-pressure respiratory isolation room is required.  These rooms are included in CTCs and used primarily in the care of patients with active tuberculosis.

    • Speech/Occupational Therapy: Speech and occupational therapy services.  These are most commonly provided for patients being rehabilitated from strokes who are being cared for in a medical setting.

    • Physical Therapy:  Physical therapy services, which can be provided both in medical settings and as outpatients.

    • Durable Medical Equipment:  Provisioning and repair of durable medical equipment including wheelchairs, prostheses, portable oxygen concentrators, and continuous positive airway pressure devices which are available both in medical settings and as outpatients.

    • Transgender:  Medical program for transgender patients.

  • (f) INSTITUTIONAL-ENVIRONMENTAL

    • These Classification Factors are related to institutional capabilities or characteristics that are due to the physical location and architectural design.

    • Restricted-Altitude:  The patient has a condition that is placed at risk by high altitude (above 3,500 feet) including patients who require supplemental oxygen and patients with sickle-cell disease (sickle-cell trait does not require restriction).

    • Restricted-Cocci Areas

      • Institutions in Restricted-Cocci Area 1 include: Avenal State Prison, California City Correctional Center, California Correctional Institution, California Men’s Colony, California State Prison, Corcoran, California Substance Abuse Treatment Facility and State Prison at Corcoran, Kern Valley State Prison, North Kern State Prison, Pleasant Valley State Prison, Wasco State Prison, and any Community Correctional Facility/Modified Community Correctional Facility that has these institutions as their hub.

        • Patients who are designated as Restricted-Cocci Area 1 are precluded from endorsement to the institutions listed above.

        • Patients with Clinical Category 1 or 2, pregnancy, a history of lymphoma, status post solid organ transplant, chronic immunosuppressive therapy, moderate to severe Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (on intermittent or continuous O2,) or cancer patients on chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy are restricted from placement in Cocci Area 1, unless they have a history of cocci disease.

      • Institutions in Restricted-Cocci Area 2: Avenal State Prison, Pleasant Valley State Prison, and any Community Correctional Facility/Modified Community Correctional Facility that has these institutions as their hub.

        • Patients who are designated as Restricted-Cocci Area 2 are precluded from endorsement to the institutions listed above.

        • High Medical Risk patients and those who test negative with the cocci skin test, have not been offered the cocci skin test, or have an incomplete skin test (e.g., consented to testing but the test has not yet been completed) are absolutely restricted from Cocci Area 2, unless they have a history of cocci disease; these patients cannot waive the restriction.

        • Patients with diabetes or who are Filipino or African American are restricted from Cocci Area 2, unless they have a history of cocci disease or test positive with a cocci skin test; these patients may waive the restriction.

    • Restricted-No Stairs:  Patients who require an environment without stairs for their activities of daily living.  This may be due to mobility impairment or to other functional impairments such as heart failure.

    • Requires Electrical Access:  Patients with electrically-operated supportive equipment such as portable oxygen concentrators or continuous positive airway pressure devices that require an electrical outlet within six feet of the head of the bed.

    • Requires Adaptive Equipment:  Patients who require adaptive equipment in their living area such as grab bars in the toilet or shower or trapeze bars over the bed.

    • Requires Medical Transport:  The patient cannot safely be transported using custody staff and a state car, state bus, or state transport van.  For example, a quadriplegic with autonomic instability.

    • See 1845 and 7410:  The patient has medical needs that are specified on a CDCR 1845, Disability Placement Program Verification, and/or a CDCR 7410, Comprehensive Accommodation Chrono.

  • (g) COMMENTS

    • Specified Medical Classification Factors, if present, require supporting details to be written into the “Comments” section of the MCC.  These factors are marked with a superscript “*”.

    • Comments that contain protected health information should be entered into the “Confidential Comments” section.

  • Appendix 2

  • Medical Classification Factor Priorities

    Medical Classification FactorAbsolute (A) or Preference (P)Comment
    Level of CareP


    A


    A
    Preference ONLY in that a higher level of care may be used. For example, an Outpatient Housing Unit or Hospice patient may be housed in a Correctional Treatment Center.

    Specialized Outpatient transfers require classification committee referral and endorsement to California Health Care Facility, Stockton or an intermediate institution.

    Op-Outpatient
    Proximity to ConsultACan always be obtained at high extra cost if needed.
    Functional CapacityAImportant particularly with regard to Camp placement and Armstrong.
    Medical RiskA


    P
    In California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions, Medium Intensity Nursing can be provided at extra cost.

    If alternative is Basic Institution
    Nursing Care AcuityP


    A
    In California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions, Medium Intensity Nursing can be provided at extra cost.

    In all other cases.
    Clinical Category 1A

    P
    In anything but CDCR institutions.

    Can be done in a Clinical Category 2 institution at extra cost.
    Clinical Category 2A
    Pregnancy ProgramA
    Transplant CenterPCan always be obtained at extra cost if needed.
    HemodialysisPCan always be obtained at high extra cost if needed.
    DementiaPNo special program yet exists; tracked for reporting purposes only.
    Therapeutic DietA
    Respiratory IsolationA
    Speech/Occupational TherapyPCan always be obtained at extra cost if needed.
    Physical TherapyPCan always be obtained at extra cost if needed.
    Durable Med EquipmentA
    TransgenderA
    Restricted – AltitudeA
    Restricted – Cocci Area 1A
    Restricted – Cocci Area 2A
    Restricted – No StairsA
    Requires Electrical AccessA
    Requires Adaptive EquipmentA
    Requires Medical TransportA
  • Appendix 3

  • Institutional Medical Groupings (Medical Classification System Criteria)

    Description of Institutional SettingFunctional CapacityLevel of CareProximity to ConsultationMedical RiskNursing Care Acuity
    Minimum Support Facilities: These settings require that patients be located in a facility attached to but separate from an institution.  Nursing and primary care provider care is available, but patients must be taken into the secure perimeter in order to access urgent care.Limited Duty (Or Better)Outpatient (OP)Frequent Basic Consultation (Or Less)Medium Risk (Or Less)Basic, Uncomplicated Nursing or Low Intensity Nursing (Or Less)
    Community Correctional Facilities: These settings require that the patient be able to be located in a small to medium sized contracted facility that may be many miles from a hub institution.  These facilities provide limited nursing and primary care provider access.  Patients must be taken to local emergency rooms or transported to the hub for urgent care.Limited Duty (Or Better)OPInfrequent Basic Consultation (Or Less)Low RiskBasic, Uncomplicated Nursing
    Fire Camps Firefighters: These settings require that the patients be able to be located in remote areas, capable of vigorous physical activity if in firefighter assignments, and require no daily nursing care.Vigorous ActivityOPNo Particular Need Or Infrequent Basic ConsultationMedium Risk
    (Or Less)
    Basic, Uncomplicated Nursing
    Fire Camps Special Skills:  Non-firefighters assigned to fire camps such as cooks, clerks, clerical support, porters, mechanics, and those who support other functions.  These patients shall not be assigned to firefighting duties. Vigorous Activity or Full DutyOPNo Particular Need Or Infrequent Basic ConsultationMedium Risk (Or Less)Basic, Uncomplicated Nursing
    Out-of-State Facilities: These settings require that patients must be able to be located in a medium-sized contracted facility in another state.  These facilities provide nursing and primary care provider services on a continuous basis and can provide urgent care onsite.  Short and long term placements into Outpatient Housing Unit (OHU) or Correctional Treatment Center (CTC) are available onsite.  Patients must be able to be transported to and from California
    using routine custody transportation. 
    Limited Duty (Or Better)OPFrequent Basic Consultation (Or Less)Medium Risk (Or Less)Low Intensity Nursing
    (Or Less)
    Basic Institutions: These facilities provide nursing and primary care provider services on a continuous basis and can provide urgent care onsite.  Short and long term placements into OHU or CTC are available onsite.  Basic consultations (general surgery, orthopedics, obstetrics, radiology, ophthalmology, internal medicine) are available.OP, OHU, or CTCFrequent Basic Consultation (Or Less)Medium Risk (Or Less)Medium Intensity Nursing
    (Or Less).  Example: Calipatria State Prison
    Intermediate Institutions: These facilities provide nursing and primary care provider services on a continuous basis and can provide urgent care onsite.  Short and long term placements into OHU and CTC are available onsite.  Basic Consultations (general surgery, orthopedics, obstetrics, radiology, ophthalmology, internal medicine) and Tertiary Care Consultations (oncology, endocrinology, neurology, neurosurgery, interventional cardiology, nephrology, cardio-thoracic surgery) are close and readily available.  Specialized Services, such as HIV Clinical Category 1, pregnancy services, therapeutic diets, and hemodialysis may be provided.OP, OHU, or CTCTertiary Consultation (Or Less)High Risk (Or Less)High Intensity or Specialized Nursing (Or Less).  Example: Mule
    Creek
    State Prison
    Center Institutions: These facilities are restricted to patients with significant medical needs.  They provide nursing and primary care provider services on a continuous basis and can provide urgent care onsite.  Short and long term placements into OHU and CTC are available onsite.  Basic Consultations (general surgery, orthopedics, obstetrics, radiology, ophthalmology, internal medicine) and Tertiary Care Consultations (oncology, endocrinology, neurology, neurosurgery, interventional cardiology, nephrology, cardio-thoracic surgery) are close and available.  Specialized Services, including HIV Clinical Category 1, pregnancy services, therapeutic diets, speech therapy, occupational therapy, dementia support program, transplant center, respiratory isolation, complex durable medical equipment, and hemodialysis are all provided.Specialized OutpatientTertiary Consultation (Or Less)High Risk (Or Less)High Intensity or Specialized Nursing
    (Or Less).  Example: California Medical Facility.

1.2.15 Utilization Management Program

  • Policy

    • The California Correctional Health Care Services’ (CCHCS) Utilization Management (UM) Program shall ensure the appropriate use of limited health care resources including, but not limited to, medical procedures, consultations with specialists, diagnostic studies, inpatient beds, and outpatient beds allocated for health programs to promote the best possible patient outcomes, eliminate unnecessary cost, and maintain consistency in the delivery of health care services. The UM Program shall:

      • Implement evidence-based medical necessity criteria statewide.

      • Manage requests for specialty services to reduce backlogs, wait times, custody and transport demands, and to improve timely access to care.

      • Manage care transitions for patients in community hospitals and specialized health care housing beds (e.g., Outpatient Housing Unit, Correctional Treatment Center, Skilled Nursing Facility) through care coordination and complex case management to optimize patient health outcomes and the use of resources.

      • Provide a centralized process for reviewing and analyzing clinical, financial, and operational data to identify trends and patterns in the use of contract medical services and health care beds within California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR).

      • Develop the statewide UM Improvement Work Plan at least biennially to include improvement priorities, performance objectives, and associated strategies and activities.

      • Maintain a committee structure at headquarters and in the field to provide oversight of the UM work plans and UM Program requirements.

  • Purpose

    • The purpose of the UM Program is to optimize the value of contract medical services and the use of specialized health care housing by ensuring appropriate, timely, safe, and cost-effective care for patients who require specialty, hospital, emergency, skilled nursing, and diagnostic services and who are admitted to specialized health care housing within CDCR.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • The Deputy Director, Medical Services, and Deputy Medical Executive, UM, are jointly responsible for the planning, implementation, evaluation, and monitoring of the UM Program at the statewide level.

      • CDCR and CCHCS departmental leadership at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, shall ensure administrative, custodial, and clinical systems are in place and resources are available to ensure appropriate, timely, safe, and cost-effective care for patients.

      • The Headquarters UM Committee (HUMC) is a subcommittee of the statewide Quality Management Committee (QMC) and is responsible for providing oversight of the UM Program at the statewide level, identifying and communicating program goals, developing program-specific improvement plans, and overseeing and supporting implementation of improvement initiatives.

    • Regional

      • Regional Health Care Executives are responsible for adherence to the UM Program policy and procedure at a subset of institutions within an assigned region.

      • The UM Nurse Consultant Program Reviewers are responsible for:

        • Regular monitoring of dashboards and patient registries to identify and address potential issues in accessing contract medical services.

        • Ensuring UM Registered Nurses are adequately trained on their role and responsibilities including the use of dashboards, patient registries, and other clinical decision support tools to support timely, safe, efficient, and cost-effective use of contract medical services and specialized health care housing beds at a subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • Institutional

      • The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Support Executive (CSE), Chief Medical Executive (CME), and Chief Nurse Executive (CNE) are responsible for the planning, implementation, evaluation, and monitoring of the UM Program and ensuring adherence to the UM Program policy and procedure at the institutional level.

      • The CSE has overall responsibility for the administrative and support functions of the health care system ensuring local policies and procedures align with and support the goals and objectives of the UM Program.

      • The CEO has overall responsibility for implementation and ongoing oversight of the health care system at the institution. The CEO may delegate decision-making authority to the CME and CNE for daily operations including, but not limited to, the following:

        • Ensuring that resources are effectively deployed to support timely, safe, efficient, and cost-effective use of contract medical services and specialized health care housing beds.

        • Providing access to equipment, supplies, health information systems, patient registries, patient summaries, and evidence-based guidelines.

        • Reviewing and comparing institution Care Team performance including:

          • The overall quality of services.

          • Health outcome data.

          • Assignment of consistent and adequate resources.

          • Utilization of dashboards, patient registries, patient summaries, and decision support tools.

          • Addressing issues as necessary.

        • Updating procedures, roles and responsibilities, and training as new tools and technology become available.

      • The CME is responsible for the overall medical management of patients and ensures resources are available to meet the needs of the population.

      • The CNE is responsible for managing and overseeing the daily operations of the scheduling system and coordinating the delivery of health care services by monitoring, identifying, and addressing barriers in accessing contract medical services.

      • All members of the institution leadership team are responsible for establishing an organizational culture that promotes interdisciplinary teamwork and continuous process improvement.

      • The Institution UM Committee (IUMC) is a subcommittee of the institution QMC and is responsible for oversight of the UM Program at the local level, developing program-specific improvement plans, and managing implementation of improvement initiatives.

      • The institution QMC reports to the statewide QMC and is responsible for coordinating institution-wide performance evaluation and improvement activities and communicating UM Program performance improvement activities to the statewide QMC.

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure outlines major structures, processes, resources, and requirements of the UM Program.

  • Procedure

    • Utilization Management Case Review Process

      • The UM Program shall require review of select patient cases that are high cost, high risk, exceptional, or complex. This process includes up to three levels of review and shall cover prospective, concurrent, and retrospective reviews. The UM case review process shall follow the procedure outlined in the Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Section 3.1.11, Outpatient Specialty Services.

    • Utilization Management Program Committees and Plans

      • Headquarters and institution committee structures shall be maintained to provide oversight of the UM Program. At least biennially, the statewide UM Program shall prepare an improvement plan that describes statewide priorities and performance objectives for the UM Program. The institution shall establish and maintain a UM Subcommittee Improvement Priorities List and Project Pipeline that tracks underperforming areas per the UM Measurement Plan, identifies other quality or patient safety issues related to UM processes, and assesses each issue to determine a risk score for prioritization and initiation of improvement activities.

    • Institutional Utilization Management Committee

      • Responsibilities

        • The IUMC duties shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

          • Ensure compliance with the HCDOM for the Complete Care Model policies and procedures including systems and processes that support timely access, population health management, care coordination, and complex care management.

          • Ensure compliance with the UM Program policy and procedure and other related policies and procedures.

          • At least quarterly, review and analyze data including, but not limited to, dashboards, Health Care Incident and Potential Quality Issue reports, and UM operational reports to ensure timely, safe, efficient, and cost-effective access to specialized health care housing beds and to specialty, hospital, emergency, diagnostic, and other contract medical services.

          • Develop and monitor UM work plans that improve timely, safe, efficient, and cost-effective access to and utilization of specialty, hospital, emergency department, and other contract medical services.

          • Establish interdisciplinary workgroups to conduct Root Cause Analyses, and to assess and improve timely access to health care services including, but not limited to, specialty services, care coordination, and care management to ensure that these systems and processes are highly reliable over time.

          • Ensure that institutions’ health care staff receive training on the UM Program policy and procedure and that providers receive feedback regarding adherence to the policy and procedure.

          • Identify gaps in specialty provider network resources and provide this information to the HUMC through the institution QMC.

      • Membership

        • The IUMC shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following members:

          • CME (Chairperson)

          • CEO (health care)

          • CNE or Supervising Registered Nurse (SRN) III

          • CSE

          • Supervising Dentist

          • Chief Deputy Warden or Associate Warden for Health Care

          • Chief, Mental Health Services

          • Chief Psychiatrist

          • Chief Physician and Surgeon

          • SRN II staff involved with UM, Triage and Treatment Area, specialty services, and hospital services

      • Reporting Structure

        • The IUMC reports to the institution QMC. The IUMC shall submit timely and accurate reports at least quarterly to the institution QMC that include its major activities, accomplishments, requests for assistance and training, and recommendations that may include changes to contracts, policy, clinical criteria, or decision support.

      • Meetings

        • The IUMC shall meet as often as necessary to carry out its responsibilities, but not less frequently than monthly.

        • Meetings shall be conducted informally using a consensus approach. If a consensus cannot be reached on an agenda item, the Chairperson may call for a vote.

        • A quorum of members must be present at all meetings to ensure diversity of view point and well-rounded discussion. A quorum is met when a minimum of five members are in attendance, either in person or telephonically.

        • Records of committee proceedings shall be kept at a secure, accessible medical program site for a period of three years. At a minimum, the record shall describe all committee actions and recommendations.

        • The proceedings and records of the IUMC shall be confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

    • Headquarters Utilization Management Committee

      • Responsibilities

        • The HUMC’s duties shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

          • Develop and ensure adherence to the UM Program policy and procedure and clinical criteria that define medical necessity.

          • Implement and oversee the Statewide UM Program Improvement Plan.

          • Develop and report UM Program performance indicators based on the Statewide UM Program Improvement Plan.

          • Analyze and report trends and patterns related to utilization and cost associated with contract medical services.

          • Establish interdisciplinary workgroups to assess and improve timely access to health care services including, but not limited to, specialty services, care coordination, and care management to ensure that these systems and processes are highly reliable over time.

          • Assess and recommend interventions to improve timeliness, safety, efficiency, and cost effectiveness of contract medical services and specialized health care housing.

          • Provide direction for specialty care referrals and bed usage through defining medical necessity, selecting appropriate referral, admission and discharge criteria, and setting statewide standards for UM.

          • Recommend strategies to modify provider network capacity and medical contracts.

          • Refer institution-specific concerns to the respective regional leadership and IUMC for appropriate action.

          • Refer to other headquarters committees for action as appropriate.

      • Membership

        • The HUMC shall consist of the following voting members:

          • Deputy Medical Executive, UM Program (Co-Chairperson)

          • Deputy Director, Field Operations, Corrections Services (Co-Chairperson)

          • Deputy Director, Business Services

          • Deputy Director, Dental

          • Deputy Director, Fiscal Services

          • Deputy Director, Mental Health Program

          • Deputy Director, Medical Services

          • Deputy Director, Nursing Services

          • Deputy Director, Quality Management

          • Regional Health Care Executives, Region I, II, III and IV

        • Members may designate another manager from their program area, and a Co-Chairperson may add additional members and invite other stakeholders as necessary.

      • Reporting Structure

        • The HUMC reports to the statewide QMC.

      • Meetings

        • The HUMC shall meet as often as necessary to carry out its responsibilities but not less frequently than bimonthly.

        • Meetings shall be conducted informally using a consensus approach. If a consensus cannot be reached on an agenda item, a Co-Chairperson may call for a vote.

        • A quorum of members must be present at all meetings to ensure diversity of view point and well-rounded discussion. A quorum is met when a minimum of 50 percent of the members are in attendance, either in person or telephonically.

        • Records of committee proceedings shall be kept at a secure, accessible medical program site for a period of three years. At a minimum, the record shall describe all committee actions and recommendations.

        • The proceedings and records of the HUMC shall be confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

  • References

    • California Civil Code, Division 1, Part 2.6, Section 56 et seq.

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 2, Article 1, Section 3999.98

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 2, Subchapter 2, Article 1, Section 3999.200

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Sections 1.2.2 through 1.2.9

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.11, Outpatient Specialty Services

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2003
      Revised: 07/30/2025

1.2.16 Gender Affirming Surgery Review Committee

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) patients may request gender affirming surgery (GAS) or revision to GAS, in accordance with California Code of Regulations Title 15, Section 3999.200. Patient requests for GAS, including revisions to GAS shall be referred by the institution to the Gender Affirming Surgery Review Committee (GASRC).

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • CCHCS and California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) departmental leadership, at all levels of the organization shall ensure administrative, custodial, and clinical systems are in place and appropriate tools, training, technical assistance, and levels of resources are available so that care teams can successfully implement the GASRC policy.

      • CCHCS Deputy Director (DD), Medical Services, and the CDCR DD, Statewide Mental Health Program, are responsible for the statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of the GASRC policy.

    • Regional

      • Regional Health Care Executives are responsible for adherence to this procedure at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

  • Procedure

    • Referral Process

      • When a patient or staff member on behalf of a patient submits a verbal or written request for GAS to any health care staff, an appointment shall be scheduled with the primary care provider (PCP) within 30 calendar days.

      • The PCP shall submit an electronic Request For Service (eRFS) for GAS as treatment for Gender Dysphoria (GD) at the time of this initial visit.

      • If a GD diagnosis is not currently established by a mental health clinician, the PCP shall order a Mental Health Gender Dysphoria Diagnostic Evaluation, which is to be completed within five business days by utilizing the Mental Health Gender Dysphoria Diagnostic Criteria PowerForm in the Electronic Health Record Systems (EHRS).

        • The institution shall compile and submit all required information within 90 calendar days following the original eRFS generated for GAS, absent a showing of good cause for an extension, in which case an extension may be granted by the GASRC Co-Chairperson(s) or designee in consultation with GASRC voting or non-voting members if necessary.

        • The institution staff shall follow the referral guidelines and required information as outlined in the Referral for Consideration for Gender Affirming Surgery.

        • The institution shall neither recommend approval nor disapproval of the request for GAS at the first and second institutional levels of review.

    • GASRC Membership and Meetings

      • Voting members (and alternate designees) shall be appointed by the DD, Medical Services, and the DD, Statewide Mental Health Program, as follows:

        • A minimum of three physicians or advanced practice providers (APPs) from Medical Services, at least one of which must be a physician;

        • A minimum of three psychiatrists from the Statewide Mental Health Program; and

        • A minimum of three psychologists or Licensed Clinical Social Workers (LCSW) from the Statewide Mental Health Program.

      • The two Co-Chairpersons shall be appointed by the DD, Medical Services, and the DD, Statewide Mental Health Program and shall consist of:

        • One Deputy Medical Executive (DME), Assistant DME, CME, or Chief Physician and Surgeon (CP&S); and

        • One Chief Psychologist, Senior Psychologist, Chief Psychiatrist, or Senior Psychiatrist.

        • The Co-Chairpersons are non-voting members, unless needed to reach a quorum as noted below.

        • The Co-Chairpersons may designate any voting member to chair the GASRC in their absence.

        • There must be at least one Co-Chairperson, or designee, present at each GASRC meeting.

      • Mandatory standardized training requirements approved by the GASRC shall be completed prior to serving as the committee Co-Chairperson, a voting member, or an alternate designee for the GASRC.

      • A quorum for purposes of voting shall include at least two psychologists or LCSWs, two psychiatrists, and two physicians or APPs from Medical Services. In reaching the quorum requirement, alternate designees of the same clinical discipline may be counted toward a quorum, and the Co-Chairpersons may serve as a member for their clinical discipline, if necessary, to reach a quorum.

        • In the event of a tie amongst voting members, the Co-Chairpersons have the option to request additional information and review the case additional time(s) at a future GASRC meeting.

      • Non-voting participants may include the author of the mental health evaluation (or designated Mental Health clinician), the author of the medical evaluation or a provider familiar with the patient’s physical health, and may include, if deemed appropriate for the discussion by the Co-Chairperson(s):

        • Institution medical, mental health, or nursing leadership.

        • Warden or designee.

        • The patient’s care team, including medical, mental health, or nursing.

        • Nursing representation from headquarters including, but not limited to, the Statewide Chief Nurse Executive or designee.

        • Other pertinent CCHCS or CDCR staff.

      • All voting members (including when there is more than required for a quorum) who are present at a GASRC meeting, vote to approve or not approve GAS, unless there are an even number of voting members, in which case the least senior voting member of the GASRC does not vote. Voting members with conflict of interest shall not vote [see Section (c)(3) below]. The Co-Chairpersons may also, at their sole discretion, postpone any meeting in which the number of available attendees will not achieve a quorum or allow for a full discussion and review.

      • The GASRC shall be scheduled to meet weekly unless there are no requests for the committee to consider.

    • GASRC Conflict of Interest

      • A committee member shall not participate in the committee deliberation or vote on a case being reviewed if the member was a designated provider or author in the GASRC evaluation and review, or has provided longitudinal care for the patient in the past 12 months. This member may still present information to the committee and be available for questions.

      • The GASRC committee member shall self identify a potential conflict and voluntarily notify the committee chair and recuse themselves for that case(s).

    • GASRC Scope of Review

      • Submissions for GAS shall be considered by the GASRC in the order in which they are received, absent extenuating circumstances approved by the Co-Chairpersons.

      • The GASRC shall review cases within 90 calendar days from receipt of the required information as outlined in the Referral for Consideration for Gender Affirming Surgery guidelines, absent extenuating circumstances.

      • The GASRC shall review, evaluate, and discuss the information provided by the institution (and the patient, if applicable) and obtain additional information as deemed necessary.

      • If the GASRC deems additional information is required prior to making a final decision, the GASRC review shall be deferred until the additional information is collected.

      • In the event that the GASRC requires additional information from a surgeon who specializes in GAS, the patient shall be scheduled for a consultation with the patient’s care team and the GASRC review deferred until such time that the consultation notes are available in the health record.

      • The following shall be considered by the GASRC when reviewing a GAS request, if applicable based on the current version of the World Professional Association for Transgender Health Standards of Care and the type of surgery requested:

        • The patient has been diagnosed with GD and diagnosis has been confirmed by a CDCR mental health provider; the diagnosis is supported with appropriate documentation and clinical justification as set forth by CCHCS policies and care guides.

        • Any known contraindications to surgery or other medical conditions that may impact surgical recovery, and whether medical or co-existing mental health conditions have been fully assessed and have been well-controlled for an appropriate amount of time relevant to the patient on a case-by-case basis.

        • The level of distress demonstrated by the patient. The GASRC shall review all relevant documents and determine whether the patient’s GD symptoms are primarily due to the conditions of confinement, mental illness, or any other factor. The GASRC shall consider whether available treatments other than GAS that are likely to improve or alleviate the patient’s symptoms.

        • There is no evidence suggestive of any external coercion or predation, and the desire for GAS is freely given by the patient.

        • The patient understands that appropriate housing placement will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis by CCHCS/CDCR staff. If applicable, the patient has been provided with necessary and relevant information to enable them to understand that their environment may be evaluated after GAS and any new environment may be unfamiliar and pose significant adaptive challenges.

        • Whether evidence exists that suggests the patient does not have the ability to successfully and safely transfer, and adjust medically and psychologically to their environment postoperatively.

        • If applicable to the GAS requested:

          • Whether the patient received 12 continuous months of medically supervised hormone therapy appropriate to their gender goals and whether the patient’s hormone levels meet the minimum requirements for the requested procedure (unless the patient has a medical contraindication, is unable or does not desire to take hormones, or the gender embodiment goals do not include hormone levels at a specific minimum threshold/range).

        • Any other information available, which may be relevant to the discussion or determination.

      • The findings of the committee shall be based on a majority vote of the members.

      • If additional information is obtained after the GASRC has issued an approval, but prior to the completion of the surgery, the GASRC can reconsider the approval if deemed necessary.

    • GASRC Decisions

      • Once the GASRC has made a decision, a memorandum shall be completed conveying the decision and factors considered in the decision based on the criteria noted in Section (c)(4)(F) above, and specific information that the GASRC determines would be helpful to the patient and their care team to understand the decision. The decision memorandum shall be addressed to the CME and copies shall be provided to the following:

        • Patient

        • CP&S

        • Chief of Mental Health

        • Chief of Psychiatry

        • PCP

        • Mental Health Primary Clinician (MHPC), if applicable

        • Mental Health Primary Psychiatrist, if applicable

        • Utilization Management Registered Nurse

        • Applicable to approvals, designees from Health Care Invoicing and Direct Care Contracts

      • The decision memorandum shall be distributed by the GASRC support staff to the CME via email within seven calendar days from the GASRC decision, absent extenuating circumstances. The GASRC decision shall be entered into the health record via one of the committee Co-Chairpersons.

      • Patients who are approved for GAS shall be scheduled with their MHPC to discuss the findings of the GASRC within 14 calendar days of the decision entry in the EHRS. A copy of the GASRC decision memorandum shall be provided to the patient at that time. When an approval is entered into the EHRS, the patient shall then be scheduled for an initial visit with the surgeon.

      • Patients who are not approved for GAS shall be scheduled with their MHPC to discuss the findings of the GASRC within 14 calendar days of decision entry in the EHRS. A copy of the GASRC decision memorandum shall be provided to the patient at that time.

      • Patients who are not approved for GAS may submit a new request for GAS no sooner than one year after the date of the GASRC decision memorandum not approving the request unless new information is provided that was not previously considered at the time the GASRC reviewed the case.

      • The GASRC shall submit the GAS packet for patients that are approved or not approved to Health Information Management for scanning into the health record within seven calendar days of receipt of the signed GASRC decision memorandum. The packet shall include the following documents:

        • CDCR 7466, Gender Affirming Surgery Request checklist;

        • Mental health evaluation;

        • Medical evaluation;

        • The GASRC decision memorandum; and

        • Any other documents provided to the GASRC for review of the patient GAS referral.

  • References

    • California Code of Regulations Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 2, Subchapter 2, Article 1, Section 3999.200

    • CCHCS/DHCS Care Guide: Transgender

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 6, Article 12, Section 62080.14, Transgender or Intersex Inmates

    • World Professional Association for Transgender Health (WPATH) Standards of Care for the Health of Transgender and Gender Diverse People, Version Eight (8), 2022

    • American Psychiatric Association, Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition Text Revision, 2022

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 07/2021
      Revised: 10/09/2024

1.2.17 Continuing Health Care Education Planning Committee

  • Policy

    • The Continuing Health Care Education (CHCE) Planning Committee provides oversight for the development, implementation, and dissemination of continuing medical education activities that serve to maintain, develop, or increase the knowledge, skills, and professional performance of health care providers. Continuing Medical Education for health care providers improves the quality of care provided to patients. California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall provide continuing education courses and activities which are eligible for Continuing Medical Education credits pursuant to requirements set forth in Business and Professions Code, Section 2190, et seq. and California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Section 1336, et seq.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) Deputy Director (DD), Medical Services, and the Deputy Medical Executive (DME), Policy and Provider Workforce, are responsible for the statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of the CHCE policy.

    • Regional

      • The Regional leadership are responsible for ensuring that primary care providers and other applicable clinical staff attend Continuing Medical Education trainings and apply evidence-based recommendations to their practice as appropriate.

    • Institution

      • Health care leadership is responsible for the following:

      • Overall health care staff adherence to this procedure at the institution within the appropriate discipline.

      • Health care staff participation in appropriate discipline-specific Continuing Medical Education trainings.

      • Implementation of evidence-based health care practices consistent with the content presented within Chief Medical Executive (CME) activities.

    • Medical Services Division

      • Education and Training Unit (ETU) staff are responsible for responding to audits of CME activities and reviewing to ensure the activities meet all criteria if audited by the accrediting organization.

  • CHCE Planning Committee Membership and Meetings

    • The Chair shall be a DME or Assistant DME appointed by the DD, Medical Services. The Chair shall assist the DD, Medical Services, in selecting members of the committee from among CCHCS/California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) staff.

    • Voting members (and alternate designees) shall be appointed by the DD, Medical Services, based on demonstrated expertise and active interest in CHCE from among CCHCS/CDCR staff nominated by relevant clinical leaders for each discipline:

      • Chair, Clinical Documentation and Decision Support Committee

      • Two Headquarters (HQ) Physician Managers

      • One Regional Physician Manager

      • Three Institution Physician Managers

      • One CNE or Nurse Consultant Program Review

      • One Chief or Senior Psychologist

      • One Chief or Senior Psychiatrist

      • One Chief or Supervising Dentist

      • One Quality Management Representative

      • One Pharmacy Services Representative

    • Committee members may choose a designee to serve in their stead. Designees must be approved by the Chair or the Chair’s designee.

    • Non-voting participants shall include:

      • The author of the activity application.

      • Presenter(s).

      • Subject matter expert(s).

    • A quorum for purposes of voting shall include at least six committee members. In the event that six voting committee members are not present or if a tie occurs, agenda items and applicable materials shall be sent to committee members to vote via electronic vote (e-vote).

    • All voting members (including when there are more than required for a quorum) present at the committee meeting shall be eligible to vote to approve or reject an activity application.

    • Committee meetings shall be scheduled monthly but may be cancelled if there are no items for review.

  • Continuing Medical Education Requests

    • Continuing Medical Education Category 1 Credit Application

      • A CME Category 1 Credit Application is required by the committee and shall be submitted for approval. All sections of the form must be filled out prior to submission. A copy of the CME Category 1 Credit Application can be found on the Education and Training Unit SharePoint site on Lifeline under Medical Services: CME Application form.doc (sharepoint.com).

      • The CME Category 1 Credit Application includes extensive planning to outline the Continuing Medical Education description, support, and implementation to ensure education provided is thorough, complete, and appropriate to receive Continuing Medical Education credit.

      • If the application is approved, the committee shall contact the author and determine a mutually acceptable timeframe to present the activity.

      • In preparation for the committee meeting, the author shall create a presentation or visual to share. The presentation shall be sent to the CHCE Planning Committee support staff prior to the presentation date to ensure appropriate visibility and functionality.

    • CHCE Planning Committee Scope of Review

      • Submissions for Continuing Medical Education credits shall be considered by the committee in the order in which they are received, absent extenuating circumstances approved by the Chair.

      • The committee shall review, evaluate, and discuss the information provided by the author of the CME Category 1 Credit Application and obtain additional information as deemed necessary.

      • The committee shall consider the following criteria when evaluating a CME activity:

        • Activity description that includes location, anticipated dates, and type of activity (e.g., internet or webinar, live course, enduring material, other).

        • Professional practice gaps to be addressed and learning objectives to be achieved through activity (e.g., data, sources, physician attributes or core competencies, alignment with CHCE and CCHCS missions).

        • Educational design/methodology and educational strategies to achieve objectives.

        • Cultural and linguistic competency implemented to address competency as required by California Business and Professions Code, Section 2190.1.

        • Addressing biases in health care.

        • Evaluation and outcome measurements based on knowledge, performance, and patient outcomes.

    • Continuing Health Care Education Committee Decisions

      • After reviewing each Category 1 Credit Application, the committee shall take one of the following actions:

        • Approve the application. If the committee approves the activity, the committee support staff shall promptly notify the author in writing of the approval following the meeting.

        • Return the application to the author for revisions. Once the author has made the recommended revisions, the author shall submit the revised application for further evaluation by the committee. The committee shall determine whether an additional meeting is required to further discuss the application, or the committee may determine that no further discussion is required and may vote on the application electronically. The committee support staff shall promptly notify the author in writing of the approval following the meeting.

        • Deny the application. The committee may determine in its discretion that a proposed activity should not be implemented. The committee support staff shall promptly notify the author in writing of the approval following the meeting.

      • When an application is approved, the author shall then proceed to work with the ETU to implement their activity.

    • Live Continuing Medical Education Activities

      • To enroll for an upcoming CME course, clinical staff shall review the corresponding Activity Announcement emails sent from the ETU mailbox, and save the corresponding appointment invite to their Outlook calendar.

      • Attendance for live activities delivered via webinar is captured electronically via the designated platform when attendees sign in from their CDCR account.  Attendance for live in-person activities may be captured via a sign-in sheet.

      • CME credit for in-person activities shall be obtained by submitting sign-in sheets to ETU@cdcr.ca.gov.

    • Enduring Material Continuing Medical Education Activities

      • An enduring material is an on-demand activity that does not have a specific time or location designated for participation; rather, the participant determines whether and when to complete the activity. Enduring material can be found on the ETU SharePoint site under ‘Continuing Medical Education Activities – Enduring Material.’

      • CME credit for enduring materials shall be obtained by completing the post-activity assessment associated with the activity. Credit for completing CME enduring material is given commensurate with the approved AMA PRA Category 1 Credit™ hours.

    • Reporting AMA PRA Category 1 Credit™ hours

      • For staff other than Medical Doctors (MDs) and Doctors of Osteopathic Medicine (DOs), attendance for each activity is tracked by CHCE Planning Committee support staff, and annual transcripts are provided to the field.

      • Attendance for MDs and DOs is reported directly to the Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education’s (ACCME) Program and Activity Reporting System and these MDs and DOs may access their CME activity transcript at any time via ACCME’s https://www.cmepassport.org/.

  • Record Retention

    • Documentation of committee recommendations and resulting decisions shall be retained for three years.

  • References

    • California Business & Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 5, Article 10, Section 2190, et seq.

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 30, Section 15030.8, Program and Policy Coordination Section

    • California Medical Association, CME Accreditation, AMA PRA Category 1 Credits(s)™

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Section 1336, et seq.

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 11/2021f
      Revised: 01/06/2025

1.2.18 Health Care Ethics Committee

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall maintain an Ethics Committee at headquarters to support clinicians and improve patient care by:

    • Consulting on and reviewing cases where ethical dilemmas have been identified and staff, patients, or surrogates have questions or are in conflict.

    • Educating health care staff and patients using the wide body of literature in bioethics and published legal decisions related to clinical ethics.

  • Purpose

    • The CCHCS Ethics Committee shall provide multidisciplinary consultation, guidance, and education about the ethical aspects of providing health care within the California prison system.

    • The Ethics Committee supports ethical reflection, respectful dialogue, and critical analysis based on standard practices from the ethics literature to facilitate resolution of bioethical dilemmas.

    • Organizational benefits from the Ethics Committee include:

      • Enhancing patient care

      • Conserving resources/avoiding unnecessary costs

      • Improving accreditation review

      • Reducing risk of lawsuits

      • Sustaining organizational integrity

      • Encouraging professionalism of all staff within the organization

  • Applicability

    • The Ethics Committee is accountable to and reports to the Governing Body or a subcommittee which reports to the Governing Body.

  • Procedure

    • Ethics Committee Membership

      • Chairperson and Vice-chairperson

        • Chairperson shall be a clinician or nurse from headquarters or the field appointed by the Director, Health Care Operations or designee.

        • Vice-chairperson shall be a clinician or nurse administrator from headquarters appointed by the Director, Health Care Operations or designee.

      • General Membership

        • Members will be nominated by leaders of disciplines which support the Ethics Committee. Individuals nominated should have an interest in the area of health care ethics, be willing to serve a minimum of one year on the Ethics Committee, and attend monthly meetings on a regular basis. Membership is composed of approximately 20 members of a multidisciplinary group of CCHCS and California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) representatives. Each of the following disciplines/groups shall be invited/encouraged to appoint a member to the Ethics Committee:

          • Medical Services

          • Nursing Services

          • Mental Health Services

          • Dental Services

          • Custody

          • CCHCS Office of Legal Affairs

          • CDCR Office of Legal Affairs

          • Chaplaincy

          • CDCR Division of Adult Institutions

          • Community members

        • Ethics Committee members shall be geographically designated throughout the state.

        • Members with expertise in issues relevant to a referred case will be specifically invited to attend meetings where these issues will be discussed (i.e., a mental health representative for a mental health issue, a dental representative for a dental case, etc.).

      • Consult Team

        • As time and support permit, a subset of committee members shall be trained to serve as clinical ethics consultants.

        • Selected individuals shall be among those who have expressed interest and possess the clinical knowledge necessary to triage consult requests.

        • These identified individuals shall receive additional training and mentoring including attending a comprehensive ethics course, if possible, at least once during their first year of service.

        • Attempts shall be made to designate Consult Team members geographically.

        • Designated trained and qualified Consult Team members shall triage Ethics Committee consultation requests from institutions and obtain additional information on each case as needed. In addition, these members may provide ethics education to the referring institution and further guidance if/when an Ethics Committee consultation is deemed not appropriate. Pending the formation of a Consult Team, the Ethics Committee Chairperson, Vice-chairperson, or designee, shall perform these functions.

        • Consultations provided by Consult Team members shall be reviewed at scheduled Ethics Committee meetings.

    • Meetings

      • The Ethics Committee shall meet no less than quarterly.

      • A quorum shall exist when at least six members are present. Each member shall have one vote.

      • Members of the Ethics Committee in any discipline may vote on Ethics Committee recommendations.

      • Ethics Committee action is approved with a majority vote. A record of Ethics Committee proceedings shall be kept in a secure location, in which all Ethics Committee actions and recommendations are described.

    • Ethics Committee Meeting Activities

      • The Ethics Committee consults on and reviews institutional cases referred by individuals from throughout the organization to the Ethics Committee wherein staff has identified ethical dilemmas and when staff, patients, or surrogates have questions or are in conflict.

      • Participation of referring individuals is encouraged when discussing referred, institutional cases.

      • The Ethics Committee also reviews and discusses cases reviewed by Consult Team members.

      • Meeting agenda includes:

        • New active case consultations, presentations, and discussions.

        • Consults managed in the past month by a committee member.

        • Review of recommendations and topics of interest.

        • Journal club, ethics related topics.

      • The Ethics Committee may use the four-box method of ethics consultation for all recommendations. (Refer to Appendix 1).

      • The Ethics Committee does not make health care treatment decisions as these are between providers and their patients. The suggestions presented by the Ethics Committee to the referring institution are not institutionally binding, nor are they legally binding. The Ethics Committee shall make recommendations in specific cases in a prospective manner, but shall not judge the ‘ethics’ of past events or decisions.

      • The Ethics Committee provides relevant education and training on ethics topics to Ethics Committee members and to staff via webinar or other appropriate distribution methods.

    • Confidentiality

      • The proceedings and records of the CCHCS Ethics Committee shall be confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

  • Appendices

    • Appendix 1: Four Box Method of Ethics Consultation

  • References

    • California Civil Code, Division 1, Part 2.6, Section 56, et seq., Confidentiality of Medical Information Act

    • Albert Jonsen, Mark Siegler, William Winslade; Clinical Ethics, A Practical Approach to Ethical Decisions in Clinical Medicine, 4th Edition. McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1998

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2013

  • Appendix 1: Four Box Method of Ethics Consultation

    Medical IndicationsPatient Preferences
    The Principles of Beneficence and Nonmaleficence
     
    1. What is the patient’s medical problem? History? Diagnosis? Prognosis?
    2. Is the problem acute?  Chronic?  Critical? Emergent? Reversible?
    3. What are the goals of treatment?
    4. What are the probabilities of success?
    5. What are the plans in case of therapeutic failure?
    6. In sum, how can this patient be benefited by medical and nursing care, and how can harm be avoided?
    The Principle of Respect for Autonomy
     
    1. Is the patient mentally capable and legally competent?  Is there evidence of incapacity?
    2. If competent, what is the patient stating about preferences for treatment?
    3. Has the patient been informed of benefits and risks, understood this information, and given consent?
    4. If incapacitated, who is the appropriate surrogate?  Is the surrogate using appropriate standards for decision-making?
    5. Has the patient expressed prior preferences,
     e.g., Advance Directives?
    6. Is the patient unwilling or unable to cooperate with medical treatment?  If so, why?
    7. In sum, is the patient’s right to choose being respected to the extent possible in ethics and law?
    Quality of LifeContextual Features
    The Principles of Beneficence and Nonmaleficence and Respect for Autonomy
     
    1. What are the prospects, with or without treatment, for a return to normal life?
    2. What physical, mental, and social deficits is the patient likely to experience if treatment succeeds?
    3. Are there biases that might prejudice the provider’s evaluation of the patient’s quality of life?
    4. Is the patient’s present or future condition such that his or her continued life might be judged undesirable?
    5. Is there any plan and rationale to forgo treatment?
    6. Are there plans for comfort and palliative care?
    The Principles of Loyalty and Fairness
     
    1. Are there family issues that might influence treatment decisions?
    2. Are there provider (physicians and nurses) issues that might influence treatment decisions?
    3. Are there financial and economic factors?
    4. Are there religious or cultural factors?
    5. Are there limits on confidentiality?
    6. Are there problems of allocation of resources?
    7. How does the law affect treatment decisions?
    8. Is clinical research or teaching involved?
    9. Is there any conflict of interest on the part of the providers or the institution?
  • Albert Jonsen, Mark Siegler, William Winslade; Clinical Ethics, A Practical Approach to Ethical Decisions in Clinical Medicine, 4th Edition. McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1998

1.2.19 Headquarters Durable Medical Equipment and Medical Supply Committee and Interdisciplinary Team

  • Policy

  • The Headquarters Durable Medical Equipment and Medical Supply Committee (HDMEC) shall provide statewide oversight and management of Durable Medical Equipment (DME) and medical supplies provided by California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) to California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) patients. Institutions can request changes to the Durable Medical Equipment and Medical Supply Formulary and appeal denials of nonformulary DMEs to the HDMEC.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • CCHCS and CDCR departmental leadership at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, shall ensure administrative, custodial, and clinical systems are in place, and appropriate tools, training, technical assistance, and levels of resources are available so that care teams can successfully implement the HDMEC policy.

      • The Deputy Director (DD) of Medical Services and the Deputy Medical Executive of Utilization Management are responsible for the statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of the HDMEC policy.

    • Regional

      • Regional leadership is responsible for this policy at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • Institutional

      • The Chief Executive Officer, or designee, has overall responsibility for adherence to this policy at the institution.

  • Procedure

    • HDMEC

      • Membership

        • The Chair shall be a Deputy Medical Executive or Assistant Deputy Medical Executive appointed by the DD, Medical Services. The Chair shall assist the DD, Medical Services, in the selection of other members of the HDMEC.

        • Voting Members (and alternate designees) are appointed by the DD, Medical Services, from among CCHCS and CDCR staff nominated by relevant leaders for each discipline:

          • Two or more physician executives or managers, or their designees, from Medical Services.

          • Two or more institution or regional physician executives or managers.

          • Two or more executives or managers, or their designees, from Nursing Services.

          • Two or more institution or regional nursing executives or managers.

          • The Chair may designate any voting member to chair the HDMEC in their absence.

        • Non-Voting Members

          • Members may include one executive or managerial representation from:

            • Dental Services.

            • Psychiatry Services.

            • Procurement Services.

            • Direct Care Contracts.

            • Health Care Correspondence and Appeals Branch.

            • Corrections Services.

            • Division of Adult Institutions.

            • CCHCS Office of Legal Affairs

            • Fiscal Management Section

          • The Chair is a non-voting member unless needed to reach a quorum, as noted below.

      • Meetings

        • The HDMEC shall meet as often as necessary but not less frequently than annually.

        • A quorum shall consist of at least 50% of voting members in attendance. In reaching the quorum requirement, alternate designees of the same clinical discipline may be counted toward a quorum, and the Chair may serve as a member for their clinical discipline, if necessary, to reach a quorum.

          • In the event of a tie amongst voting members, the Chair has the option to serve as the tiebreaker, if not acting as a voting member to reach a quorum, or request additional information and review the case a second time at a future HDMEC meeting with the same voting members present.

        • A record of the proceedings shall be kept and shall record activities, recommendations of the committee, and attendance.

        • The proceedings and records of the HDMEC shall be confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

      • Scope of Review

        • The HDMEC shall report to the Headquarters Utilization Management Committee.

        • The HDMEC is responsible for the following:

          • Review all approved requests for nonformulary DME from institutions.

          • Review and resolve provider appeals of denied nonformulary DME requests.

          • Review and resolve issues pertaining to security concerns versus health care needs.

          • Provide a written response to the requestor, if applicable.

          • Determine the necessity of DMEs and maintain the Durable Medical Equipment and Medical Supply Formulary.

      • Requests to HDMEC

        • To request an addition, change, or deletion of item(s) on the DME and Medical Supply Formulary, institutional staff shall submit a Form OBS 5002.

        • If a request for non-formulary DME or medical supply is denied at the institutional level the primary care provider may request a higher-level review by the HDMEC. The Chief Medical Executive, or designee, shall then forward the denied request for service through the “HQ DME Committee” message pool for further review.

    • Medical Equipment and Supply Interdisciplinary Team

      • Membership

        • The members shall be selected so as to represent the functional areas of the institution that are necessary for the appropriate and coordinated delivery of DMEs and medical supplies, including a minimum of two physicians and two nurses.

      • Meetings

        • The Medical Equipment and Supply (MES) Interdisciplinary Team shall meet at least monthly.

        • A record of the proceedings shall be kept and shall record activities, recommendations of the MES Interdisciplinary Team, and attendance.

      • Scope of Review

        • The MES Interdisciplinary Team shall:

        • Report to the HDMEC.

        • Utilize the Health Care Services Dashboard to monitor and review the timely distribution of DME.

        • Review and address out-of-compliance orders.

        • Review and address discrepancies of DME orders in the Electronic Health Records System and Strategic Offenders Management System.

        • Review and disseminate new statewide guidelines, policies, procedures, and recommendations.

        • Provide oversight and management of institutional practices and processes of DME and medical supplies that is consistent with CCHCS and CDCR standards.

  • References

    • Code of Federal Regulations, Title 42, Chapter 7, Subchapter XVIII, Part E, Section 1395 x(n), Durable Medical Equipment

    • California Civil Code, Division 1, Part 2.6, Section 56, et seq., Confidentiality of Medical Information Act

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 2, Article 1, Section 3999.98, Definitions

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 3, Subdivision 1, Chapter 3, Article 2, Section 51160, Durable Medical Equipment

    • Armstrong Remedial Plan, Armstrong vs. Newsom, U.S. District Court of Northern California, Case No. C94-2307 CW, Amended January 3, 2001

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 43, Section 54030.6, Liability

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 07/22/2024

Article 3 – Health Care Workforce Governance

1.3.2 Medical Peer Review Committee

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure sets forth the composition and general operational rules of the Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC), as well as the procedures under which it conducts non-routine or for cause peer reviews of the clinical practice and professional conduct of licensed medical providers within the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) adult institutions and the regional and headquarters offices of the California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS).  All MPRC recommendations shall ensure the safety of patients and staff and shall be commensurate with the identified deficiencies in clinical practice and professional conduct.

  • Responsibility

    • The Deputy Director, Medical Services, has overall responsibility for ensuring this procedure is applied to all cases where there are allegations of substandard clinical practice or professional misconduct.  The Deputy Director, Medical Services, shall designate the MPRC Chairperson.

    • The Regional Deputy Medical Executives (RDME) are each responsible for the implementation of and compliance with this procedure as it relates to clinical practice and professional conduct for the licensed medical providers who work within their designated institutions.

    • The MPRC Chairperson is responsible for presiding at all meetings, facilitating the clinical discussion, and ensuring actions are taken in accordance with current, accepted meeting procedures and applicable CCHCS policies and procedures.

    • An assigned non-clinical manager and support staff shall attend the meetings to ensure administrative and procedural requirements are met.

  • Procedure

    • Membership

      • The Deputy Director, Medical Services, shall appoint the MPRC voting members to include the following:

        • All RDMEs.

        • Four physician managers, at least two of which are institution based.

        • Two line staff physicians nominated by the Union of American Physicians and Dentists.

      • A Nurse Practitioner or Physician Assistant shall be nominated by the MPRC Chairperson to serve when a matter pending before the MPRC involves a Nurse Practitioner or Physician Assistant.  This member shall only serve on the MPRC for the purpose of reviewing the case involving the Nurse Practitioner or Physician Assistant but shall not continue to serve beyond the time needed to bring the case to resolution.

      • Potential nominees shall submit their Curriculum Vitae to the MPRC for review and recommendation.  The approved membership shall review the candidate(s) and make their recommendations to the Deputy Director, Medical Services, for consideration. The Deputy Director, Medical Services, shall consider but is not bound by their recommendations in making or approving the selection of any nominee to become a member.

      • Term limits for committee membership:

        • Except for the RDMEs who shall serve as voting members throughout their assignment as RDME, the maximum term for voting members of the MPRC shall not exceed 24 months.  Exceptions to this rule may be granted by the Deputy Director, Medical Services, for good cause.

        • After serving a maximum of 24 months, a period of six months must pass during which they do not serve on the MPRC before the member is eligible to return as a voting member of the MPRC. 

        • In order to allow for the creation of staggered terms for the MPRC membership, the term limits outlined above may be waived during the initial establishment of the MPRC by the Deputy Director, Medical Services. The date of initial establishment is the effective date of this procedure.  The Deputy Director, Medical Services, in their sole discretion, may set term limits of up to 36 months for up to half of the voting members.

      • An attorney from the CCHCS Office of Legal Affairs shall be assigned to attend MPRC meetings and provide the MPRC with legal advice regarding any matters pending before the MPRC or any other legal issues which may impact the MPRC. The inability for an attorney to attend will not affect the commencement of the meeting to occur.

    • Conflict of Interest

      • Regular voting members of the MPRC, as CCHCS employees, shall comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding disclosure of outside employment, enterprises or activities, and prohibitions against engaging in conflicts of interest.  These include the California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Sections 3409 and 3413, as well as pertinent provisions of the Government Code, Public Contracts Code, and the Fair Political Practices Act (FPPA).  Among other things, these requirements prohibit CDCR and CCHCS employees from deriving any compensation from any entity doing or seeking to do business with the State of California.

      • If any matter of business before the MPRC represents an actual or potential conflict of interest for any member, they shall disclose the conflict or potential conflict to the MPRC and recuse themself from participating in any discussion or voting on the matter creating the conflict or potential conflict.  They shall provide relevant knowledge of the conflict of interest to the committee.

      • Final decisions regarding conflict of interest questions shall be decided by the MPRC Chairperson.  In the event that the MPRC Chairperson has an actual or perceived conflict of interest, final decisions regarding the conflict of interest shall be decided by the Deputy Director, Medical Services.

    • Meetings

      • The MPRC shall meet no less than two times per month, unless there are no pending matters. Meetings may be conducted in person, or via telephone or video conference. The MPRC shall convene to hear referrals on an emergency basis (Refer to the Health Care Department Operations Manual, Section 1.4.3.3, Safety Assessment Summary and Automatic Privilege Modification).

      • MPRC support staff shall distribute the meeting materials to the MPRC members a minimum of seven calendar days in advance of regularly scheduled meetings; in cases of emergency meetings, distribution of meeting materials shall be sent within two business days. Exceptions to this timeline shall be approved by the MPRC Chairperson for good cause.

      • The proceedings and records of the MPRC shall be confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law including, but not limited to, California Evidence Code Section 1157.

    • Voting

      • MPRC voting members shall include a minimum of 10 physicians and may also include one Nurse Practitioner or one Physician Assistant, if available, and if warranted by the case(s) under review.  Actions taken regarding a Nurse Practitioner or Physician Assistant shall not be invalidated by the absence of a Nurse Practitioner or Physician Assistant during the deliberative process.

      • A quorum shall be defined as 5 committee members in attendance, excluding Nurse Practitioners and Physician Assistants.  MPRC members may select standing alternates to act as their proxy, subject to the consent of the Deputy Director, Medical Services.  MPRC members not able to attend a regularly scheduled meeting shall inform the MPRC Chairperson and MPRC support staff, when feasible, at least three calendar days in advance of the meeting.  The MPRC Chairperson may waive the notification requirement in order to establish a quorum. 

      • Each MPRC voting member, or designee, shall have one vote on any matter that comes before the MPRC.  Only duly appointed members, or their designee, shall vote on MPRC matters.  A motion carries when it receives a simple majority vote.  The MPRC Chairperson may vote in order to reach a quorum or when necessary to break a tie vote.   The MPRC may use electronic voting to address issues when necessary to take immediate action.  

      • The MPRC Chairperson may schedule additional meetings of the MPRC at their discretion.

    • Medical Peer Review Committee Process

      • In reviewing cases before them, the MPRC shall consider all available relevant information including, but not limited to, such matters as:

        • The nature of the licensed medical provider’s actions, conduct, or decision(s) which form the basis of the event(s) under consideration and the extent to which they did or could have affected patient care, patient safety, or the delivery of safe and effective medical care in the facility.

        • The licensed medical provider’s prior history of similar conduct in the past.

        • The licensed medical provider’s prior peer review history, whether routine or non-routine, or relevant prior history with administrative discipline.

        • Any physical, medical, or mental health condition suffered by the licensed medical provider that affects the licensed medical provider’s ability to provide safe, effective, and competent care.

        • The licensed medical provider’s willingness to accept and incorporate corrective measures to prevent future occurrences of similar conduct, actions, or decision-making of the type under review.

      • The MPRC may take one or more of the following actions:

        • Request additional information from the institution, the Clinical Peer Reviewer, or other parties prior to any further consideration of the case. 

        • Refer the matter back to the institution to provide monitoring.

        • Training, education, proctoring, or referral for physical or mental health evaluation for the subject medical provider. 

        • Refer the matter back to the institution for a case conference or education to be provided to all licensed medical providers. 

        • Open a Peer Review Formal Investigation into the matter.  A Peer Review Formal Investigation may include an FPPE.

        • Conduct a Safety Assessment into the matter, which may result in a summary suspension of privileges.

        • Prepare a Final Proposed Action.

        • Close the matter.

      • The MPRC is responsible for ensuring that all reports required by law, based on the interim action taken, are timely filed with the medical provider’s licensing board and the National Practitioner Data Bank.  In cases involving Nurse Practitioners, the MPRC shall report the action taken to the Board of Nursing.

    • Referrals to the Health Care Executive Committee

      • The MPRC shall refer the following matters and actions to the HCEC for review and further action as the HCEC deems appropriate:

        • Final Proposed Actions

          • The MPRC may recommend that the HCEC take any one of the following final actions:

          • Modify, restrict, suspend, deny, or revoke the clinical privileges of the licensed medical provider.

          • Issue a letter of admonition, censure, reprimand, or warning.

        • Consent Calendar Items

          • Consent calendars shall include summaries of all matters discussed and all actions taken at the MPRC meetings.  The consent calendar shall include, but not be limited to, case summaries and recommendations regarding one or more of the following:

          • Opening a Peer Review Formal Investigation.

          • Monitoring of some or all of a licensed medical provider’s clinical encounters.

          • Recommending additional education or training for a licensed medical provider.

          • Safety Assessment determinations including any interim, provisional modifications to the licensed medical provider’s privileges pending a Final Proposed Action. 

          • Recommendations for the Credentialing and Privileging Unit to place a credential alert or a credential bar in a licensed medical provider’s file.

  • References

    • Federal Health Care Quality Improvement Act of 1986, United States Code, Title 42,  Chapter 117, Section 11101, Findings

    • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court of the Eastern District of California, Case No. C01-1351-JST

    • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures

    • California Constitution, Article VII, Public Officers and Employees

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 1, Article 11, Section 800, et seq.

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 5, Article 12, Section 2220, et seq.

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 2, Sections 3409 and 3413

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 1, Article 7, Section 70703, Organized Medical Staff

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Section 1.4.3.3, Safety Assessment Summary and Automatic Privilege Modification

    • Meeting Procedures: Parliamentary Law and Rules of Order for the 21st Century, James Lochrie, 2003

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2017
      Revised: 06/16/2025

1.3.4, Health Care Executive Committee

  • Procedure Overview

    • The Health Care Executive Committee (HCEC) oversees and reviews all peer review matters brought before it by the Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC).  As part of its duties, the HCEC shall perform the following:

    • Receive, review, and make final decisions on licensed medical provider credentialing, privileging and reappointment in accordance with the Health Care Department Operations Manual, Section 1.4.1.2, Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging.

    • Act on all recommendations and Final Proposed Actions submitted by the MPRC which may include accepting findings and recommendations, accepting findings but determining a different Final Proposed Action, remanding matters for additional investigation or deliberation, and rejecting Final Proposed Actions thus terminating peer review or privileging proceedings.

    • Ensure that licensed medical providers subject to HCEC clinical review have been provided due process during that review and that HCEC recommendations are supported by “substantial evidence.”

    • Review and take action as necessary on all consent calendar items.

    • Meet as required to review all matters brought before the HCEC.

    • Appoint the Hearing Officer in Pre-Deprivation Hearings and take action on post-hearing recommendations which may include modifying or affirming a Final Proposed Action.

  • Responsibility

    • The Undersecretary, Health Care Services, shall appoint a member of the HCEC to act as the HCEC Chairperson.

    • The HCEC Chairperson shall preside at all meetings.

    • The Chief Counsel of the California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) Office of Legal Affairs (COLA) shall appoint an attorney from COLA to provide legal counsel to the HCEC.  That attorney shall provide advice to members of the HCEC on procedural and substantive matters, on resolution of appeals taken from actions of the HCEC, and shall coordinate representation on appeals.  Legal counsel shall provide a regular report to the HCEC on legal matters, including the status of appeal cases and changes in legislation or court orders affecting the HCEC.

  • Procedure

    • Membership

      • The HCEC is comprised of the following voting members:

        • Deputy Director, Human Resources

        • Deputy Director, Medical Services

        • Deputy Director, Mental Health Services

        • Deputy Director, Dental Services

        • Deputy Director, Nursing Services

      • Any changes or additions to the membership shall be approved by the Undersecretary, Health Care Services.

    • Meetings

      • The HCEC shall meet monthly or as often as necessary at the request of the HCEC Chairperson to consider MPRC recommendations regarding Final Proposed Actions.  The HCEC may meet in person or via teleconference, as necessary.

      • The HCEC Chairperson shall approve each agenda and direct the HCEC support staff to distribute the agenda to all HCEC members and legal counsel one week before the scheduled meeting.

      • A quorum is necessary to conduct the business of the HCEC and exists when a majority of the voting membership is present.

    • Confidentiality

      • The proceedings and records of the HCEC shall be confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

      • Only the members of HCEC and members of the HCEC support staff and legal counsel are permitted to attend meetings of the HCEC.  However, the HCEC Chairperson may permit a guest to attend on a case-by-case basis.

    • Conflict of Interest

      • Regular voting members of the HCEC, as California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) and CCHCS employees, shall comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding disclosure of outside employment, enterprises or activities, and prohibitions against engaging in conflicts of interest.  These include the California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Sections 3409 and 3413, as well as pertinent provisions of the Government Code, Public Contracts Code, and the Fair Political Practices Act (FPPA).  Among other things, these requirements prohibit CDCR and CCHCS employees from deriving any compensation from any entity doing or seeking to do business with the State of California.

      • Concurrently with their annual completion and submission of the Statement of Economic Interests (Form 700) pursuant to the FPPA, members of the HCEC shall provide a copy of their submitted Form 700 to the HCEC Chairperson to be kept on file for reference in the event that a member’s ability to participate in a HCEC decision may be impacted by an actual or potential conflict of interest.

      • If any matter of business before the HCEC represents an actual or potential conflict of interest for any member, he or she shall disclose the conflict or potential conflict to the HCEC and recuse himself or herself from participating in any discussion or voting on the matter creating the conflict or potential conflict.

      • Final decisions regarding conflict of interest questions shall be decided by the HCEC Chairperson.  In the event that the HCEC Chairperson has an actual or perceived conflict of interest, final decisions regarding the conflict of interest shall be decided by the Undersecretary, Health Care Services.

    • Voting

      • Each HCEC voting member shall have one vote on any matter that comes before the HCEC and shall have no vote if he or she has previously voted on the matter at any other proceeding.  Only duly appointed members shall vote on HCEC matters.  A motion carries when it receives a simple majority of the voting members participating in the meeting.

      • All voting members may vote on matters involving medical, dental, or mental health providers, amendments to policies and procedures, bylaws, resolution of appeals, and any other matters coming before the HCEC.

      • The current edition of Parliamentary Law and Rules of Order for the 21st Century shall govern parliamentary procedures.

      • The HCEC Chairperson may schedule special meetings of the HCEC at his/her discretion.

      • A record shall be kept of the HCEC proceedings in the form of meeting minutes.

    • HCEC Review of MPRC Action

      • The HCEC shall review all MPRC recommendations and Final Proposed Actions and may take one of the following actions:

        • Accept the factual findings and recommendations of MPRC.

        • Accept the factual findings of the MPRC but reject the Final Proposed Action as being inappropriate based on the factual findings and prepare a new Final Proposed Action.

        • Remand the matter to the MPRC for additional investigation or deliberation.  The MPRC shall be provided a date by which the HCEC expects the matter to be returned.

      • Interim privilege modifications such as summary suspensions and provisional privilege restrictions do not require HCEC action until a Final Proposed Action is submitted to the HCEC.

      • The HCEC shall ensure that medical providers subject to MPRC clinical review have been provided due process during that review and the MPRC’s recommendations are supported by substantial evidence.

      • The HCEC shall give great weight to the recommendations of the MPRC.  In carrying out its review, the HCEC may request any additional information from the MPRC that it requires to complete its review of any case before it.

      • In performing its functions, the HCEC may not act in an arbitrary or capricious manner.

      • In instances in which MPRC’s failure to investigate or initiate a privileging action is contrary to the weight of the evidence, the HCEC shall have the authority to direct MPRC to initiate an investigation or a privileging action.

      • If the MPRC fails or refuses to take action in response to a direction from the HCEC, the HCEC shall have the authority to independently take action with respect to a medical provider’s privileges in accordance with the policies and procedures set forth in this chapter.  Prior to taking independent action, the HCEC shall provide notice in writing to the MPRC that it intends to take independent action.

    • Notice of Final Proposed Action

      • The Notice of Final Proposed Action is a notice to the licensed medical provider informing him or her of the HCEC’s decision to take an action pertaining to privileges and possibly employment.  Once the HCEC decides upon a Final Proposed Action, it must serve the action on the licensed medical provider within five business days of the vote to serve the Final Proposed Action.

      • Notice of Final Proposed Action shall contain all of the following information:

        • The nature of the Final Proposed Action (e.g., privileges revoked and employment terminated; privileges suspended and licensed medical provider placed on Administrative Time Off).

        • The consequences of the action with regard to privileges, employment, and reporting required by the licensed medical provider’s licensing board and/or to the National Practitioner Data Bank (NPDB).

        • The effective date of the action.  Insofar as the action pertains to employment, the effective date shall be no fewer than five business days after service of the Notice of Final Proposed Action.

        • The reasons for the action including the acts and/or omissions with which the medical provider is charged.

        • A copy of all material relied upon by the HCEC in making the decision.

        • Notice of the right to respond and request a Pre-Deprivation Hearing before the effective date of the action.

        • Instructions regarding when and how to appeal the HCEC decision.

        • Notice that failing to appeal the HCEC decision shall result in the action taking effect and any corresponding actions such as legally required notifications to the medical provider’s licensing board and/or the NPDB.

      • A copy of the Notice of Final Proposed Action served on the licensed medical provider shall be filed with the State Personnel Board when it impacts any of the terms or conditions of employment, including employment status, grade level, benefits and/or wages.

    • Pre-Deprivation Hearing Process

      • A Pre-Deprivation Hearing shall be offered and, if requested within the time specified in the Final Proposed Action, shall be held before the effective date of the Final Proposed Action.

      • The HCEC shall select the Hearing Officer when the Notice of Final Proposed Action also impacts terms of conditions of employment.  The Hearing Officer shall be a licensed physician.

      • The Hearing Officer shall provide a recommendation to the HCEC following the hearing.

    • When Final Proposed Action Becomes Effective

      • After considering the Hearing Officer’s recommendation, the HCEC shall either modify the Final Proposed Action or affirm it, as noticed.  The Final Proposed Action, insofar as it concerns the employment, shall be considered final and take effect on the date specified in the Final Proposed Action.  In addition, where applicable, employment shall be terminated on the effective date of the action if privileges were revoked.

    • Rescission of Final Proposed Action

      • In the event the HCEC determines that rescission of the Final Proposed Action is warranted, any summary suspension in effect shall be immediately terminated and a written notice shall be sent to the subject medical provider as well as, if necessary, a supplemental report to the applicable licensing board, and the peer review proceedings shall end.

  • References

    • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, Case No. C01-1351 JST

    • California Constitution, Article VII, Public Officers and Employees

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 1, Article 11, Section 800, et seq.

    • California Civil Code, Division 1, Part 2.6, Section 56, et seq.

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Government Code, Title 2, Division 5, Part 2, Chapter 1, Section 18577

    • California Government Code, Title 2, Division 5, Part 2, Chapter 2, Section 18701

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 2, Division 1, Chapter 1, Sections 1-549.74

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 2, Section 3409, Gratuities and Section 3413, Incompatible Activity

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 1, Article 7, Section 70703, Organized Medical Staff

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12, Article 1, Section 79531, Governing Body

    • Skelly v. State Personnel Board (1975) 15 Cal. 3d 194

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.1.2, Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.3.6, Formal Appeal Judicial Review Committee

    • Meeting Procedures: Parliamentary Law and Rules of Order for the 21st Century, James Lochrie, 2003

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2017

1.3.5 Behavioral Health Professional Peer Review Committee

  • Policy

    • This procedure sets forth the composition and general operational rules of the Behavioral Health Professional Peer Review Committee (BHPPRC), as well as the procedures under which it conducts non-routine or for cause peer reviews of the clinical practice and professional conduct of Clinical Social Workers within Medical Services, California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) adult institutions and headquarters offices of the California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS). This policy only applies to behavioral health classifications such as Chief Psychologists, Senior Psychologist (Specialists), Psychologists, Supervising Psychiatric Social Workers, licensed and unlicensed Clinical Social Workers, when employed under Medical Services. All BHPPRC recommendations shall ensure the safety of patients and staff and shall be commensurate with the identified deficiencies in clinical practice and professional conduct.

  • Responsibility

    • The Chief Psychologist in the Integrated Substance Use Disorder Treatment (ISUDT) Program in collaboration with the Deputy Medical Executive (DME) for Integrated Care and Complex Patient Populations (ICCPP) Director, Medical Services, has overall responsibility for ensuring this procedure is applied to all cases where there are allegations of substandard clinical practice or professional misconduct. The Deputy Director, Medical Services shall designate the BHPPRC Chairperson.

    • The Supervising Psychiatric Social Workers within Medical Services are each responsible for the implementation of and compliance with this procedure as it relates to clinical practice and professional conduct for the behavioral health professionals (BHP) who work within Division of Adult Institutions and provide telehealth at headquarters.

    • The BHPPRC Chairperson is responsible for presiding at all meetings, facilitating the clinical discussion, and ensuring consequential actions are in accordance with current, accepted meeting procedures and applicable CCHCS policies and procedures.

    • An assigned non-clinical manager or support staff shall attend the meetings to ensure administrative and procedural requirements are met.

  • Procedure

    • Membership

      • Membership appointed by the DME of ICCPP shall include the following (this policy only applies to behavioral health classifications such as Chief Psychologists, Senior Psychologist (Specialists), Supervising Psychiatric Social Workers, licensed and unlicensed Clinical Social Workers, when employed under Medical Services):

        • Chief Psychologist, ICCPP.

        • At least two Supervising Psychiatric Social Workers working within the Medical Services Division.

        • At least one headquarters based physician manager.

        • At least one headquarters Chief Nurse Executive (CNE).

        • At least two line staff BHPs.

      • Term limits for committee membership:

        • The maximum term for voting members of BHPPRC shall not exceed 24 months.

        • After serving a maximum of 24 months, a period of six months must pass during which he or she does not serve on the BHPPRC before the member is eligible to return as a voting member of the BHPPRC.

        • In order to allow for the creation of staggered terms for the BHPPRC membership, the term limits outlined above may be waived during the initial establishment of the BHPPRC by the Deputy Director, Medical Services. Initial establishment runs for a period of 36 months from the effective date of this procedure. The Deputy Director, Medical Services, in their sole discretion, may set term limits of up to 36 months for up to half of the voting members.

      • An attorney from the CCHCS Office of Legal Affairs shall attend BHPPRC meetings and provide the BHPPRC with legal advice regarding any matters pending before the BHPPRC or any other legal issues which may impact the BHPPRC.

    • Conflict of Interest

      • Regular voting members of the BHPPRC, as CCHCS employees, shall comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding disclosure of outside employment, enterprises or activities, and prohibitions against engaging in conflicts of interest. These include the California Code of Regulations, title 15, Sections 3409 and 3413, as well as pertinent provisions of the Government Code, Public Contracts Code, and the Fair Political Practices Act (FPPA). Among other things, these requirements prohibit CDCR and CCHCS employees from deriving any compensation from any entity doing or seeking to do business with the State of California.

      • Concurrently with their annual completion and submission of the California Fair Political Practices Commission (FPPC) Form 700, Statement of Economic Interests pursuant to the FPPA, members of the BHPPRC shall provide a copy of their submitted FPPC Form 700 to the BHPPRC Chairperson to be kept on file for reference in the event that a member’s ability to participate in a BHPPRC decision may be impacted by an actual or potential conflict of interest.

      • If any matter of business before the BHPPRC represents an actual or potential conflict of interest for any member, he or she shall disclose the conflict or potential conflict to the BHPPRC and recuse himself or herself from participating in any discussion or voting on the matter creating the conflict or potential conflict.

      • Final decisions regarding conflict of interest questions shall be decided by the BHPPRC Chairperson. In the event that the BHPPRC Chairperson has an actual or perceived conflict of interest, final decisions regarding the conflict of interest shall be decided by the Deputy Director, Medical Services.

    • Meetings

      • The BHPPRC shall meet no less than two times per month, unless there are no pending matters.

      • BHPPRC support staff shall distribute the meeting materials to the BHPPRC members a minimum of ten calendar days in advance of regularly scheduled meetings. Exceptions to this timeline may be approved by the BHPPRC Chairperson for good cause.

      • The proceedings and records of the BHPPRC shall be confidential and protected from discovery to the extent permitted by law.

    • Voting

      • BHPPRC voting committee members shall include a minimum of five BHPs.

      • A quorum shall be defined as five of the seven committee members in attendance. BHPPRC members may select standing alternates to act as their proxy, subject to the consent of the Deputy Director, Medical Services. BHPPRC members not able to attend a regularly scheduled meeting shall inform the BHPPRC Chairperson and BHPPRC support staff, when feasible, at least three calendar days in advance of the meeting. The BHPPRC Chairperson may waive the notification requirement in order to establish a quorum.

      • Participation by telephone or video conference shall be permissible.

      • Each BHPPRC voting member or designee shall have one vote on any matter that comes before the BHPPRC.  Only duly appointed members shall vote on BHPPRC matters. A motion carries when it receives a simple majority vote. The BHPPRC Chairperson may not vote unless it becomes necessary to break a tie vote. The BHPPRC may use electronic voting to address issues when necessary to take immediate action.

      • The BHPPRC Chairperson may schedule additional meetings of the BHPPRC at their discretion.

    • BHP Peer Review Committee Process

      • In reviewing cases before them, the BHPPRC shall consider all available relevant information including, but not limited to, such matters as:

        • The nature of the BHP’s, conduct, or decision(s) which form the basis of the event(s) under consideration and the extent to which they did or could have affected patient care, patient safety, or the delivery of safe and effective medical care in the facility.

        • The BHP’s prior history of similar conduct in the past.

        • The BHP’s prior peer review history, whether routine or non-routine, or relevant prior history with administrative discipline.

        • Any physical, medical, or mental health condition suffered by the BHP that affects the BHP’s ability to provide safe, effective, and competent care.

        • The BHP’s willingness to accept and incorporate corrective measures to prevent future occurrences of similar conduct, actions, or decision-making of the type under review.

      • BHPPRC may take one or more of the following actions:

        • Request additional information from the institution, the Clinical Peer Reviewer, or other parties prior to any further consideration of the case.

        • Refer the matter back to the supervisor to provide training, education, proctoring, performance monitoring, or referral for physical or mental health evaluation for the subject medical provider.

        • Refer the matter back to the supervisor for a case conference or education to be provided to all BHPs.

        • Open a Peer Review Formal Investigation into the matter. A Peer Review Formal Investigation may include an FPPE.

        • Send a Letter of Concern when the clinical issues involve a BHP providing registry or contract services.

        • Conduct a Safety Assessment into the matter, which may result in a summary suspension of privileges.

        • Prepare a Final Proposed Action.

        • Close the matter if the BHPPRC determines there are no concerns with clinical care.

      • The BHPPRC is responsible for ensuring that all reports required by law, based on the interim action taken, are timely filed with the Board of Behavioral Sciences and the National Practitioner Data Bank.

    • Referrals to the Health Care Executive Committee

      • The BHPPRC shall refer the following matters and actions to the Health Care Executive Committee (HCEC) for review and further action as the HCEC deems appropriate:

        • Final Proposed Actions

          • The BHPPRC may recommend that the HCEC take any one of the following final actions:

            • Modify, restrict, suspend, deny, or revoke the clinical privileges of the BHP.

            • Issue a letter of admonition, censure, reprimand, or warning.

          • Consent Calendar Items

            • Consent calendars shall include summaries of all matters discussed and all actions taken at BHPPRC meetings. The consent calendar shall include, but not be limited to, case summaries and recommendations regarding one or more of the following:

              • Opening a Peer Review Formal Investigation.

              • Monitoring of some or all of a BHP’s clinical encounters.

              • Recommending additional education or training for a BHP.

              • Safety Assessment determinations including any interim, provisional modifications to the BHP’s privileges pending a Final Proposed Action.

              • Recommendations for the Credentialing and Privileging Unit to place a credential alert or a credential bar in a BHP’s file.

  • References

    • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court of the Eastern District of California, Case No. C01-1351-JST

    • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures

    • California Constitution, Article VII, Public Officers and Employees

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 1, Article 11, Section 800, et seq.

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 14, Section 4991, et seq.,

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 2, Sections 3409 and 3413

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 1, Article 7, Section 70703, Organized Medical Staff

    • Meeting Procedures: Parliamentary Law and Rules of Order for the 21st Century, James Lochrie, 2003

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 10/23/2023

Article 4.1 – Professional Workforce: Credentialing and Privileging

1.4.1.1 Health Care Credentialing

  • Policy

    • The Division of Health Care Services (DHCS) and California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall ensure patients receive health care services from properly licensed and/or credentialed health care providers. Health care providers whose positions or job descriptions by law or regulation require current licensure, certification, and credentialing shall be in compliance with all applicable federal and state requirements. DHCS/CCHCS shall verify all required health care provider licenses, certificates, and credentials with the primary source and document this verification upon hire and when credentials are renewed.

  • Purpose

    • To ensure compliance with all federal and state requirements regarding the credentialing of health care providers within DHCS/CCHCS.

  • Scope

    • Credentials for civil service and contract providers shall be approved on a statewide basis. Reappointment shall occur every three years.

  • Responsibility

    • The Deputy Directors of DHCS and Directors of CCHCS are responsible for the statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of credentialing processes.

  • References

    • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures, Pursuant to Order Approving, With Modifications, Proposed Policies Regarding Physician Clinical Competency, July 9, 2008; Plata v. Newsom, et al., Federal Court Case No. C01-1351 published September 4, 2008, Court ordered procedures

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 1, Article 11, Section 800, et seq.

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 5, Article 12, Sections 2234 and 2261

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Health and Safety Code, Division 2, Chapter 2, Article 3, Section 1277

    • California Penal Code, Part 3, Title 7, Chapter 2, Section 5068.5

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 3, Section 3.3.4.2, Licensure and Credentialing

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Mental Health Services Delivery System Program Guide, Chapter 1, Section G, Standard Program Staffing

    • Joint Commission, Human Resources Standards

    • Clinical Psychology Intern, CalHR Minimum Qualifications
      http://www.calhr.ca.gov/state-hr-professionals/pages/9283.aspx

    • Psychologist – Clinical, Correctional Facility, CalHR Minimum Qualifications
      http://www.calhr.ca.gov/state-hr-professionals/Pages/9252.aspx

    • Clinical Social Worker (Health Facility/Correctional Facility) – Safety, CalHR Minimum Qualifications http://www.calhr.ca.gov/state-hr-professionals/Pages/9877.aspx

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2017

    • Revised: 05/05/2023

1.4.1.2 Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall maintain a process to credential and privilege all licensed medical providers who provide patient care services at California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions to ensure that they meet minimum credentials, privileging, and performance standards. Licensed medical providers shall not perform any job duties prior to having their credentials approved nor provide direct patient care until privileges have been granted. CCHCS considers credentialing and privileging activities to be peer review activities within the meaning of Business and Professions Code, Section 805 and Evidence Code, Section 1157.

  • Purpose

    • To ensure that all licensed medical providers subject to this policy and who provide patient care services at CDCR institutions meet minimum credentials, privileging, and performance standards.

  • Applicability

    • This policy and procedure applies to all licensed medical providers.

  • Responsibility

    • Hiring or Contracting Authority

      • The Hiring or Contracting Authority (HCA) is responsible for ensuring that licensed medical providers are appropriately credentialed and operate within the scope of their clinical privileges. Prior to submitting a request for credentialing and privileging, the HCA shall ensure that all pre-appointment human resources requirements have been met including, but not limited to, completing Live Scan reviews.

    • Medical Reviewer

      • The Medical Reviewer (MR) shall review and make a determination regarding all credential and core privileging applications referring to the Medical Peer Review Committee for a recommendation as specified in Referral Criteria (Appendix 4).

    • Physician Manager

      • The physician manager is responsible for reviewing requested additional clinical privileges and for making a determination regarding privileging actions and for monitoring and surveillance of the professional competency and clinical performance of those who provide patient care services with delineated clinical privileges.

    • Medical Executive

      • The medical executive is responsible for coordinating and facilitating the Performance Evaluation Meeting (PEM) where a recommendation regarding advancing provisional privileges to active privileges for newly hired civil service licensed medical providers, including those who are not subject to a probationary period, is made.

    • Local Governing Body

      • The Local Governing Body (LGB) for each institution or facility where direct patient care services are provided within a licensed unit is responsible for reviewing requested clinical privileges and for making a determination regarding privileging actions.

    • Credentialing and Privileging Support Unit

      • The Credentialing and Privileging Support Unit (CPSU) shall review and process all applications for credentials and privileges in accordance with this policy and procedure.

    • Medical Peer Review Committee

      • The Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC) shall review and act on credentialing and privileging application referrals received from the MR.  The committee shall monitor credentialing and privileging activities within CCHCS and ensure that program-specific standards for credentials and clinical privileges remain current and up-to-date under applicable legal, accreditation, and community standards.

      • The MPRC shall refer all proposed actions that will impact the privileges of a licensed medical provider to the Health Care Executive Committee (HCEC) for approval and further action. All other actions taken by the MPRC shall be reported to the HCEC on an informational consent item report. This includes placement of credential alerts and credential bars as well as privilege modifications which are not taken for medical disciplinary cause or reason (i.e., lapse or expiration of credentials or privileges or a failure to secure required certifications or licenses).

    • Health Care Executive Committee

      • The HCEC shall oversee the MPRC’s credentialing and privileging activities and shall review all privileging actions taken by the MPRC.  The HCEC may act independently as necessary to ensure that patient health care at CCHCS meets the standard of care.

    • Licensed Medical Providers

      • Licensed medical providers are responsible for the following items:

        • Providing evidence of licensure, registration, certification and other relevant credentials as set forth in this section for verification prior to appointment and throughout the appointment process as requested.

        • Notifying CCHCS of information or actions that would adversely affect or otherwise limit their privileges at the earliest date after information is received by the licensed medical provider but no later than 15 calendar days. This includes not only final actions but also pending and proposed actions.

        • Maintaining licenses, registrations, and certifications in good standing and informing the HCA of any changes in these statuses, including but not limited to, any pending or proposed actions, at the earliest date after notification is received by the licensed medical provider but no later than 15 calendar days.

        • Obtaining and producing all required information for a proper evaluation of professional competence, character, ethics, and other qualifications. The information shall be complete and verifiable. The licensed medical provider has the responsibility for furnishing information that will help resolve any questions concerning these qualifications.

      • Failure to keep CCHCS fully informed on these matters may result in administrative or disciplinary action.

  • Procedure Overview

    • The credentialing and privileging process includes primary source verifications for credentialing determinations for licensed medical providers.  The minimum qualifications reviewed for all providers shall include, but not be limited to, licensure, certification, education, training and experience, competence, and physical and mental ability to discharge patient care responsibilities appropriately in a correctional setting.  This includes any information which impacts a provider’s:

      • Clinical skills, competency, and judgment necessary to perform the health care services provided to patients.

      • Judgement and ability to perform procedures required of any specialty for which credentials are reviewed.

      • Consistent observance of professional and ethical standards including a history of acting in a professional and collegial manner.

      • Written and verbal communication skills.

    • The CPSU shall work collaboratively with appropriate stakeholders in collecting, reviewing, tracking, and evaluating licensures, relevant training, experience, and competencies of each licensed medical provider.

    • Credential decisions for licensed medical providers shall be made on a statewide basis. If credentials are approved, core privileges shall be granted on a statewide basis.

    • Additional privileges (not included in the core privilege or procedure list) shall be evaluated by the physician manager at the institution where such additional privileges are requested once credentials have been approved and core privileges have been granted.

    • Reappointment shall occur every three years.

  • Procedure

    • Initial Appointment

      • During initial appointment credentialing and privileging, the type of privileges that may be granted will depend on employment status.  Initial privileges may be provisional, active or contract, depending upon whether the applicant is required to serve a civil service probationary period or is providing services pursuant to a contract.

      • The applicant shall submit a completed CCHCS credential and privilege application package as outlined in the Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging Documentation Requirements (Appendix 1) within 30 calendar days of receipt of the application. In addition, the applicant shall:

        • Attest that all information submitted for the credentialing and privileging process is accurate.

        • Agree to immediately report any change in the status of the information in the application or maintained in the credentials file.

        • Agree to abide by the CDCR Code of Conduct, CDCR Department Operations Manual, Section 33030.3.1, and the Licensed Medical Provider Code of Professional Conduct.

        • Agree to renew credentials and active privileges at least every three years.

      • The CPSU shall review the application and supporting documentation, which shall include the documents listed in the Primary Source Verification Documents (Appendix 2), to determine whether the applicant meets credentialing and privileging standards as listed in the Minimum Professional Requirements for Credentialing and Privileging Approval (Appendix 3).

        • If the application is incomplete, the CPSU shall actively work with the applicant and physician manager or HCA to gather missing information until the necessary information is obtained.

        • If unable to gather information within 30 days of receipt of the credential request, the CPSU shall inform the HCA and the medical executive or physician manager who will make a determination on whether to close the request or continue with the credentialing and privileging process.

      • When the application is determined to be complete, the CPSU shall forward the credentialing and privileging application and supporting documentation to the MR for review and a determination within seven calendar days of the review being assigned.

      • For institutions with a licensed unit, the Chief Medical Executive (CME) shall make a privilege recommendation to the LGB for determination.  The CME shall report the LGB’s privilege determination to the CPSU.

      • Upon receipt of the credentialing and privileging determination, the CPSU shall do the following:

        • Civil service applicants subject to a probation period: If credentials were approved, and provisional privileges granted, the CPSU shall inform the HCA, physician manager, medical executive, and applicant of the determination.  The length of time for provisional privileges shall be equivalent to the probationary period not to exceed 365 calendar days.

        • Civil service applicants not subject to a probationary period: If credentials were approved, and active privileges granted, the CPSU shall inform the HCA, physician manager, medical executive, and applicant of the decision.  The length of time for active privileges shall not exceed three years.

        • Contract Applicants: If credentials are approved and contract privileges granted, the CPSU shall inform the Contracting Authority of the decision.

      • For primary care advanced practice providers (APP), the CPSU shall request that the physician manager or medical executive complete and submit a signed APP Practice Agreement within five calendar days from the applicant’s start date.

      • If credentials are not approved, the CPSU shall notify the HCA, medical executive or DD, Medical Services or designee, and the Contracting Authority (for licensed contract providers) of the decision.

      • Additional Privileges

        • A licensed medical provider may request additional privileges based on their training, experience, and the institution’s needs. The licensed medical provider shall “self-report” competency which means they are attesting that they are proficient in the procedure and have successfully completed at least three cases within the past 24 months without complications.

        • If the licensed medical provider has requested additional privileges, the CPSU shall forward the application for additional privileges and supporting documentation to the physician manager for review and determination. For CMEs who have requested additional privileges, upon credential approval, the CPSU shall forward the privileging application and supporting documentation to the Regional Deputy Medical Executive (RDME) for review and determination.

        • When privileges for additional procedure(s) are requested, the physician manager or peers competent in the requested procedure(s) shall proctor a minimum of three cases. If the licensed medical provider requesting privileges has demonstrated competency in performing the procedure(s), this shall be noted in the privileging record and no further evaluation is needed.

        • If additional oversight is needed in the performance of a procedure, the physician manager shall make the determination regarding how many more cases need to be proctored. If the physician manager or peers at the institution are unable to provide proctoring, the institution may reach out to the RDME for assistance. If proctoring is unavailable, the request for additional privileges shall not be granted.

    • Provisional to Active Privileges

      • No less than 60 calendar days prior to expiration of provisional privileges, the CPSU shall:

        • Inform the medical executive that the licensed medical provider’s provisional privileges will be expiring, the date of expiration, and the PEM due date.

        • If applicable, the CPSU shall also identify any referral criteria items which are listed in Referral Criteria (Appendix 4) and:

          • Inform the physician manager of any referral criteria items.

          • Request that the physician manager provide additional information regarding any referral criteria items.

      • Once all necessary materials are gathered and no less than 30 calendar days prior to expiration of provisional privileges, the medical executive shall facilitate a PEM to review the Initial Focused Professional Practice Evaluation (IFPPEs), available peer review documentation, and referral criteria items to make a determination regarding active privileges for the licensed medical provider. The following individuals may participate in the PEM:

        • DD, Medical Services or designee

        • Assistant Deputy Medical Executive (optional)

        • Deputy Medical Executive

        • MR

        • Both the CME and Chief Physician and Surgeon

        • Institution Hiring Authority

        • Health Care Employee Relations Officer (HCERO) (if there are significant concerns regarding the licensed medical provider’s performance which may warrant progressive discipline or rejection during probation)

      • Once the PEM has been completed, the physician manager or medical executive shall inform CPSU of the outcome and provide a signed Attestation of Clinical Competence (ACC).  If the physician manager or medical executive is unable to attest to the medical provider’s clinical competency, an explanation of the reasons they are unable to do so shall be provided to the CPSU.

      • If active privileges are granted, the CPSU shall notify the licensed medical provider.

      • For licensed medical providers subject to a probationary period: If, after the PEM, the determination is that active privileges shall not be granted, the CPSU shall inform the MPRC of their recommendation, and the HCA shall work with the HCERO to prepare a Rejection During Probation (RDP). A copy of the RDP shall be provided to the MPRC.  The MPRC shall determine whether or not the RDP was for medical disciplinary cause or reason and thus needs to be reported to the licensed medical provider’s licensing board or the National Practitioner Data Bank.

    • Reappointment

      • No less than 60 calendar days prior to expiration of active credentials or privileges, the CPSU shall:

        • Inform the HCA, physician manager, medical executive, and licensed medical provider of the pending credentials or privileges expiration date.

        • Identify and gather available peer review documentation and professional practice evaluations from the MPRC.

        • Identify any referral criteria items which are listed in the Referral Criteria (Appendix 4).

        • Request that the physician manager or medical executive submit an ACC based on the clinical performance over the preceding three years for licensed medical providers.

        • For primary care APPs, request that the physician manager or medical executive review and submit an APP Practice Agreement.

        • Inform and request from the physician manager any referral criteria items.

      • The licensed medical provider shall submit the reappointment application no less than 30 calendar days prior to expiration of active credentials or privileges.

      • When all required elements of the application have been received, the CPSU shall forward the credentialing and privileging application and supporting documentation to the MR for review and determination within seven calendar days of the review being assigned.

      • Upon approval of credentials and granting of statewide core privileges, the CPSU shall notify the HCA, physician manager, medical executive, and the licensed medical provider of the decision.

      • If the licensed medical provider has requested additional privileges, upon approval of credentials and granting of statewide core privileges, the CPSU shall forward any application for additional privileges and supporting documentation to the physician manager. For CMEs who have requested additional privileges, upon credential approval, the CPSU shall forward the privileging application and supporting documentation to the RDME for review and determination.

      • If a licensed medical provider will be providing patient care services within a licensed unit, the CPSU shall forward the approved credentialing and privileging application and supporting documentation to the HCA and their designee.  Upon completion of the review and determination, the HCA, or designee, shall forward the LGB determination to CPSU.

      • If reappointment is not approved, the CPSU shall notify the HCA of the decision and shall concurrently refer the file to the MPRC to determine whether any reports are required by law to be filed with the licensed medical provider’s licensing board, the National Practitioner Data Bank, or both, and whether a referral to the HCA is necessary for further disciplinary action as a result of privileges not being granted.

    • Changes to Privileging Status

      • Privileging status changes may be initiated by the MPRC, HCEC, HCA, physician manager, medical executive, DD, Medical Services or designee, or licensed medical provider. Changes to privileging status include, but are not limited to, expiration, resignation, rejection, denial, termination, revocation, suspension, restriction, withdrawal, or abandonment of a request for credentials or privileges.

      • Expiration of Privileges

        • Licensed medical providers shall not be allowed to continue providing patient care if the licensed medical provider’s privileges expire.

        • If a civil service licensed medical provider’s privileges have expired for any reason (including the licensed medical provider’s failure or refusal to complete the reappointment process), the CPSU shall notify the HCA, physician manager, medical executive, or DD, Medical Services or designee of the expiration of privileges.  The HCA shall ensure that the licensed medical provider is removed from providing patient care and shall initiate any further action which may be warranted, including progressive discipline.  The CPSU shall concurrently refer the file to the MPRC which shall take further action pursuant to Section (d)(7).

        • Contracted licensed medical providers shall be subject to termination of contract services upon the expiration of privileges.

      • Automatic Termination of Privileges

        • Privileges shall automatically be terminated under the following circumstances:

          • Upon permanent separation from civil service employment.

          • Upon the passage of 180 consecutive calendar days without providing contract services as a licensed medical provider, for any reason.

          • Upon termination or expiration of the contract pursuant to which the licensed medical provider is providing services

        • A licensed medical provider whose privileges were automatically terminated shall be required to reapply for credentials and privileges prior to resuming clinical care.

      • Voluntary Termination of Privileges

        • A licensed medical provider who currently possesses any type or set of privileges and no longer wishes to exercise such privileges may voluntarily terminate their privileges by providing written notice to their HCA or physician manager, or medical executive, which shall include the effective date of the termination. The HCA, physician manager, or medical executive shall forward the notice of voluntary termination of privileges to the CPSU within five calendar days of the licensed medical provider’s written notice.

        • Voluntary changes to any privileging status initiated by a licensed medical provider shall not automatically be deemed to be an unfavorable action for medical disciplinary cause or reason, triggering any form of peer review.  However, the MPRC and HCEC retain the discretion to review all voluntary changes to a licensed medical provider’s privileging status and to make an independent determination as to whether the change in privileging status warrants further reporting or action as required by law.

      • Leaves of Absence

        • In the event that a licensed medical provider’s active statewide privileges expire during a leave of absence, temporary privileges may be granted without the need for a new application, not to exceed 60 calendar days from the date the licensed medical provider returns to work.

        • The CPSU shall forward the most recent privileging application and supporting documentation to the MR to determine if temporary privileges should be granted.

        • The licensed medical provider shall submit a current reappointment application within ten calendar days of returning to work.

    • Disaster Privileges

      • Disaster privileges may be granted to administer care, treatment, and services to patients when a disaster has been declared by the individual or agency with authority to declare a disaster or state of emergency (such as the Governor). The institution’s local emergency operations plan must be activated to authorize disaster privileges. At a minimum, the process for granting disaster privileges shall include:

      • A completed Disaster Privileging Form.

      • A valid, government-issued photo ID (i.e., driver’s license or passport) and at least one the following:

        • Current picture identification card from a health care organization that clearly identifies professional designation.

        • Current license, certification, or registration to practice.

        • Identification indicating that the practitioner is a member of a Disaster Medical Assistance Team, the Medical Reserve Corps, the Emergency System for Advance Registration of Volunteer Health Professional, or other recognized federal or state response organization or group.

        • Identification indicating that the practitioner has been granted authority by a government entity to provide patient care, treatment, or services in a disaster circumstance.

        • Confirmation by a licensed medical provider currently privileged by the hospital or by a staff member with personal knowledge of the practitioner’s ability to act as a licensed independent practitioner during a disaster.

        • The CPSU shall confirm and verify the information above and Disaster Privileges shall be reviewed and granted by the MR. The physician manager or medical executive shall document their review of the licensed medical provider’s clinical performance within 72 hours of granting disaster privileges to determine whether the privileges shall be continued.

    • Emergency Privileges

      • For the purpose of this section, an “emergency” is defined as an unexpected or sudden event that significantly disrupts the ability to provide care or that results in a sudden, significant change or increase in the demand for the services, or a condition in which serious or permanent harm would result to a patient or in which the life of the patient is in immediate danger and any delay in administering treatment would add to that danger.

      • In the case of an emergency, any licensed medical provider, to the degree permitted by their license and regardless of service or staff status or lack of it, shall be permitted and assisted to do everything possible to save the life of a patient, using every facility of the institution necessary, including the calling for any consultation necessary or desirable.

      • When an emergency situation no longer exists, such licensed medical provider shall request the privileges to continue to treat the patient. In the event such privileges are denied, or they do not desire to request privileges, the patient shall be assigned to health care staff as appropriate.

    • File Closure

      • The CPSU shall close the credentialing and privileging file when any of the following conditions are met:

      • The licensed medical provider withdraws the credentialing or privileging application.

      • The HCA, physician manager, medical executive, or MR withdraws the credentialing or privileging request.

      • The CPSU is notified of a licensed medical provider’s resignation, retirement, or death.

      • The MR determines that an application will no longer be pursued.

    • Privileging Actions

      • One of the following actions may occur upon request for approval of credentials and granting of privileges:

        • Credentials approval: The MR determines the licensed medical provider meets the standards for credentialing and core privileging.

        • Credential alert: If the MPRC determines that certain facts should be considered as part of the current or any subsequent request to approve credentials or grant privileges to the licensed medical provider, then a credential alert shall be placed in the credentials file and the MPRC, HCA, physician manager, medical executive, DD, Medical Services or designee, and MR shall consider the facts before acting on any subsequent application for credentials or privileges.

        • Credential bar: The MPRC shall place a credential bar in the credentials file if the MPRC determines that the licensed medical provider’s unsatisfactory service has resulted in any one or more of the following:

          • Suspension or revocation of the licensed medical provider’s privileges by the HCEC.

          • Separation for cause from civil service employment with the CCHCS.

          • Termination for cause of the licensed medical provider’s services as a contract licensed medical provider with the CCHCS.

          • Any legally enforceable agreement including, but not limited to, a settlement agreement prohibiting the licensed medical provider from practicing as an employee or contract licensed medical provider with the CCHCS.

          • The placement of a credential bar by the MPRC shall be forwarded to the HCEC as a consent calendar item. After placement of a credential bar in the credentials file, any subsequent application for credentials or privileges shall be reviewed by the HCEC.

        • Referral to the MPRC: The MR shall refer the credentials and privilege application to the MPRC for a determination in the event that the MR determines there is a need for further review of the application by the committee due to concerns as outlined in categories I & II of the Referral Criteria (Appendix 4).  The MR is not required to refer the file to the MPRC for matters that occurred more than five years prior to the date of application submission.

      • Denial of Privileges: If the MPRC determines that the privileges of the licensed medical provider shall be denied, the MPRC shall prepare a recommendation and referral to the HCEC.  The MPRC shall also determine whether the denial is for a medical disciplinary cause or reason, and whether the denial shall be reported to the licensed medical provider’s licensing board or the National Practitioner Data Bank, or the HCA for potential disciplinary action.

    • Consideration of Requests for Credentials or Privileges

      • Before making a determination on a credential and privilege request, the MR shall:

        • Consider all credentialing and peer review information including credential alerts or bars, in the credentials file.

        • Confirm that the HCA who requested the credentialing is informed of and has considered all facts relevant to the employment or contracting decision including facts that resulted in the placement of a credential alert or bar.

      • If the credentials file contains a credential bar, the MR shall refer the request to the MPRC with a recommendation for approval or disapproval. The MR is not required to refer files containing a credential alert to the MPRC if they have previously reviewed the information on which the alert is based and are satisfied that the information will not negatively reflect on the competence of the licensed medical provider.

      • The MR shall approve credentials and core privileges only if they determine that the licensed medical provider:

        • Meets all credentialing and privileging requirements as delineated in this section.

        • Possesses the current competence and mental and physical ability to adequately discharge patient care responsibilities in a correctional setting.

    • Referring Actions for Medical Disciplinary Reasons

      • The MR is not authorized to deny any application for credentials or privileges based on a medical disciplinary cause or reason within the meaning of the California Business and Professions Code, Section 805, et seq.

      • Where the MR recommends denial of the credentials and privilege request based on a medical disciplinary cause or reason, the MR shall refer the case to the MPRC which shall take further action pursuant to Section (d)(6).

    • Civil Service Licensed Medical Provider Transfers and Promotions

      • Regardless of whether statewide privileges have expired, upon appointment to a new classification, licensed medical providers shall submit a new credentialing and privileging application pursuant to Section (f)(1) prior to starting the new position.

      • If a licensed medical provider laterally transfers to a different institution or facility and stays in the same job classification, full reappointment is not required prior to the expiration of the licensed medical provider’s current credentials and statewide privileges, but the licensed medical provider may apply for additional privileges at the new facility or institution.

  • Appendices

    • Appendix 1: Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging Documentation Requirements

    • Appendix 2: Primary Source Verification Documents

    • Appendix 3: Minimum Professional Requirements for Credentialing and Privileging Approval

    • Appendix 4: Referral Criteria

  • References

    • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures, Pursuant to Order Approving, With Modifications, Proposed Policies Regarding Physician Clinical Competency, July 9, 2008; Plata v. Newsom, et al., Federal Court Case No. C01-1351 published September 4, 2008, Court ordered procedures

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 5, Article 12, Sections 2234 and 2261

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Penal Code, Part 3, Title 7, Chapter 2, Section 5068.5

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12. (22 CCR 79501 et seq.)

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 22, Section 33030.3.1, Code of Conduct

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 12/2017
    Revised: 06/23/2025

  • Appendix 1: Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging Documentation Requirements

  • Licensed medical providers shall complete a credentialing and privileging application and show proof of:

    • Licensure information on any active or inactive licenses.

    • Current certification as a Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) Specialist by the American Academy of HIV. (Only applicable to licensed medical providers in the Statewide HIV Management Team).

    • California registered Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) certificate or attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain a California registered DEA certificate within 30 calendar days of start date. DEA certificate must possess the authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances. Contract licensed medical providers shall have a California registered DEA certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.

    • Active Controlled Substance Utilization Review and Evaluation System (CURES) registration by providing a screenshot of User Profile.

    • Work History (gaps greater than six months shall be accounted for).

    • Complete contact information for three professional peer references.

    • Attestation Questionnaire that includes:

      • Licensed medical provider attesting to reasons for inability to perform the essential functions of the position with or without accommodation.

      • Lack of present illegal drug use.

      • History of loss of license or criminal convictions.

      • History of loss or limitation of privileges or disciplinary activity.

    • Attestation to the correctness and completeness of the credentialing and privileging application.

    • Authorization to Release Information Form.

    • Professional Liability Insurance (Contract Only).

    • Advanced Cardiovascular Life Support (ACLS) certification from an accredited American Heart Association (AHA) training site or, for licensed civil service medical providers only, an attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain AHA ACLS certification within 30 calendar days from the date of appointment is required for all licensed primary care medical providers. Contract licensed primary care medical providers shall have current AHA ACLS certification.

    • Attestation of Clinical Competence (Civil Service Only).

    • Code of Conduct and Professional Behavior Form.

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) Privilege Request Form.

    • Advanced Practice Provider Practice Agreement or Delegation of Services Agreement.

  • The CCHCS Human Resources or Contract Branch shall verify that the licensed medical provider requesting approval of credentials and privileges is the same licensed medical provider identified in the credentialing and privileging documents.

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 12/2017
    Revised: 06/23/2025

  • Appendix 2: Primary Source Verification Documents

  • The Credentialing and Privileging Support Unit shall verify the following list of documents, as required according to the licensed medical provider’s classification and credential review type:

    • California Health Care License (i.e., Medical Board of California).

    • California registered Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) certificate, or an attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain a California registered DEA certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date. DEA certificate must possess the authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV and V controlled substances. Contract licensed medical providers shall have a California registered DEA certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.

    • Proof of active CURES registration.

    • National Practitioner Data Bank report.

    • Office of Inspector General exclusions.

    • American Medical Association or American Osteopathic Association.

    • Educational Commission for Foreign Medical Graduates.

    • American Academy of HIV Medicine (only applicable to licensed medical providers in the Statewide HIV Management Team).

    • Curriculum Vitae (Current within 30 calendar days), including:

      • Education.

      • Training.

      • Work History to include clinical duties and responsibilities (last five years).

    • Professional Liability Insurance (Contract Only).

    • Explanations to attestation and disclosure questions.

    • Signature and date on Authorization to Release Information form.

    • Signature and date on Affirmation of Information form (Contract Only).

    • Advanced Cardiovascular Life Support (ACLS) from an accredited American Heart Association (AHA) site or attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain AHA ACLS certification within 30 calendar days from the start date. Contract licensed medical providers shall have current AHA ACLS certification.

    • Attestation of Clinical Competence (Civil Service Only).

    • The Hiring or Contract Authority’s recommendation for requested privileges.

    • Current peer review recommendations and decisions.

    • References and recommendations from former California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation institutions where the licensed medical provider has previously provided services.

    • Verification of residency will be requested from the program director or coordinator if the completion cannot be verified via the AMA or AOIA Profile Report.

    • References and recommendations will be requested from any other relevant individuals who may have firsthand knowledge of the applicant’s ability to competently perform the requested privileges.

    • Hospital Affiliation verification will be requested from any hospital or entity where the applicant has provided clinical services in the past five years, or is currently providing services, in order to attest to the applicant’s current standing.

    • APP Practice Agreement or Delegation of Services Agreement.  For specialty APPs, the supervising physician is currently credentialed with CCHCS and practicing within the same specialty as the APP.

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 12/2017
    Revised: 06/23/2025

  • Appendix 3: Minimum Professional Requirements for Credentialing and Privileging Approval
    (Requirements listed shall be reviewed annually and updated for each discipline as needed)

  • Physician and Surgeon

    M.D.D.O.
    LicenseCurrent unrestricted license as a Physician and Surgeon issued by the Medical Board of California.Current unrestricted license as an Osteopathic Physician and Surgeon issued by the California Board of Osteopathic Examiners.
    TrainingCompletion of a three-year residency in Internal Medicine, Family Medicine, or Family Practice (IM, FM, or FP) in a program accredited by the American Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) or certified by the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada (RCPSC).
     
    NOTE: Licensed medical providers who have not completed all three years of residency in IM, FM, or FP may satisfy this requirement by demonstrating that their certifying board approved any non-IM, FM, or FP portion of the residency.
     
    OR
     
    Completion of one year transitional or internship in an ACGME accredited program AND completion of a two-year residency in IM or FM in an ACGME or RCPSC accredited program.
    Completion of a three-year residency in IM, FM, or FP in a program accredited by the ACGME, the Bureau of Osteopathic Education of the American Osteopathic Association (AOA), or certified by the RCPSC.
     
    NOTE: Licensed medical providers who have not completed all three years of residency in IM, FM, or FP may satisfy this requirement by demonstrating that their certifying board approved any non-IM, FM, or FP portion of the residency.
     
    OR
     
    Completion of one year transitional/internship in an ACGME accredited program or one-year traditional rotating osteopathic internship at an AOA accredited residency program AND completion of a two-year residency in IM, FM, or FP in an ACGME, AOA, or RCPSC accredited program.
    CertificationsCurrent board certification in IM, FM, or FP issued by the American Board of Medical Specialties (ABMS).
     
    OR (Civil Service only)
     
    Applicants who have completed their residency program within six months prior to applying for credentials and privileges may be appointed without current board certification but will be required to become board certified in IM, FM, or FP (issued by the ABMS) before the end of their state civil service probationary period.
     
    Current employees who were board certified in IM, FM, or FP while employed with CCHCS but have had their board certification lapse may be reappointed or re-privileged without current board certification.
    Current board certification in IM, FM, or FP issued by the ABMS or AOA.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants who have completed their residency program within six months prior to applying for credentials and privileges may be appointed without current board certification but will be required to become board certified in IM, FM, or FP (issued by the ABMS or AOA) before the end of their state civil service probationary period.
     
    Current employees who were board certified in IM, FM, or FP while employed with CCHCS but have had their board certification lapse may be reappointed or re-privileged without current board certification.
    CertificationsAdvanced Cardiovascular Life Support (ACLS) certification obtained from the American Heart Association.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current ACLS certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain an AHA ACLS certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    ACLS certification obtained from the American Heart Association.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current ACLS certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain an AHA ACLS certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    CertificationsCalifornia registered Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current DEA certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will update or obtain a California registered DEA certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    California registered DEA certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.

    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current DEA certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will update or obtain a California registered DEA certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    Proof of active Controlled Substance Utilization Review and Evaluation System (CURES) registration.Proof of active CURES registration.
  • NOTE: A licensed medical provider may be appointed to the Civil Service Physician and Surgeon, Correctional Facility (P&S, CF) classification only if they will be primarily practicing in a specialty area. Such licensed medical providers shall meet the following training and board certification requirements, in addition to the above requirements for license, ACLS, and DEA:

  • Completion of residency in a specialty program accredited by the ACGME, AOA, or certified by the RCPSC.

  • Current board certification issued by the AOA or ABMS.

  • Current and former civil service physicians and surgeons in the P&S, CF classification who passed the Quality Improvement in Correctional Medicine Physician Assessment (QICM) pursuant to orders of the Court in Plata v. Newsom, U.S. District Court, Northern District, Case No. C01-1351 JST, are exempt from the training and board certification requirements listed above. However, such licensed medical providers shall still maintain a current unrestricted license to practice medicine, ACLS certification, and DEA certificate.

  • Statewide HIV Management Team: Licensed medical providers on the Statewide HIV Management Team shall have current certification as an HIV Specialist by the American Academy of HIV.

  • Chief Physician and Surgeon

    M.D.D.O.
    LicenseCurrent unrestricted license as a Physician and Surgeon issued by the Medical Board of California.Current unrestricted license as an Osteopathic Physician and Surgeon issued by the California Board of Osteopathic Examiners.
    TrainingCompletion of a three-year residency in Internal Medicine, Family Medicine, or Family Practice (IM, FM, or FP) in a program accredited by the American Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) or certified by the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada (RCPSC).
     
    OR
     
    Completion of one year transitional/internship in an ACGME accredited program AND completion of a two-year residency in IM, FM, or FP in an ACGME or RCPSC accredited program.
    Completion of a three-year residency in IM, FM, or FP in a program accredited by the ACGME, the AOA, or certified by the RCPSC.
     
    OR
     
    Completion of one year transitional/internship in an ACGME accredited program or one-year traditional rotating osteopathic internship at an AOA accredited residency program AND completion of a two-year residency in IM, FM, or FP in an ACGME, AOA, or RCPSC accredited program.
    CertificationsCurrent board certification in IM, FM, or FP issued by the American Board of Medical Specialties (ABMS).
     
    OR (Civil Service only)
     
    Current employees who were board certified in IM, FM, or FP while employed with CCHCS but have had their board certification lapse may be reappointed or re-privileged without current board certification.
    Current board certification in IM, FM, or FP issued by the AMBS or AOA.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)
     
    Current employees who were board certified in IM, FM, or FP while employed with CCHCS but have had their board certification lapse may be reappointed or re-privileged without current board certification.
    CertificationsAdvanced Cardiovascular Life Support (ACLS) certification obtained from the American Heart Association.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)
     
    Applicants may be appointed without current ACLS certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain an AHA ACLS certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    ACLS certification obtained from the American Heart Association.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)
     
    Applicants may be appointed without current ACLS certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain an AHA ACLS certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    CertificationsCalifornia registered Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)
     
    Applicants may be appointed without current DEA certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will update or obtain a California registered DEA certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    California registered DEA certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)
     
    Applicants may be appointed without current DEA certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will update or obtain a California registered DEA certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    Proof of active CURES registration.Proof of active CURES registration.
  • Receiver’s Medical Executive

    M.D.D.O.
    LicenseCurrent unrestricted license as a Physician and Surgeon issued by the Medical Board of California.Current unrestricted license as an Osteopathic Physician and Surgeon issued by the California Board of Osteopathic Examiners.
    CertificationsCurrent board certification issued by the ABMS.Current board certification issued by the ABMS or AOA.
    CertificationsACLS certification obtained from the American Heart Association.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current ACLS certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain an AHA ACLS certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    ACLS certification obtained from the American Heart Association.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current ACLS certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain an AHA ACLS certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    CertificationsCalifornia registered DEA certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current DEA certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will update or obtain a California registered DEA certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    California registered DEA certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current DEA certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will update or obtain a California registered DEA certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    Proof of active CURES registration.Proof of active CURES registration.
  • Advanced Practice Registered Nurse – Nurse Practitioner

    LicenseCurrent unrestricted license as a Registered Nurse issued by the California Board of Registered Nursing.
    LicenseCurrent unrestricted certificate as a Nurse Practitioner issued by the California Board of Registered Nursing.
    LicenseCurrent Nurse Practitioner Furnishing Number issued by the California Board of Registered Nursing.
    CertificationsACLS certification obtained from the American Heart Association.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current ACLS certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain an AHA ACLS certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    CertificationsCalifornia registered DEA certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.
     
    OR (Civil Service only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current DEA certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will update or obtain a California registered DEA certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    Proof of active CURES registration.
  • Physician Assistant

    LicenseCurrent unrestricted license as a Physician Assistant issued by the California Physician Assistant Board.
    CertificationsACLS certification obtained from the American Heart Association.
     
    OR (Civil Service applicants only)
     
    Applicants may be appointed without current ACLS certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will obtain an AHA ACLS certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.   
    CertificationsCalifornia registered DEA certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule II/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.
     
    OR (Civil Service Only)

    Applicants may be appointed without current DEA certification if an attestation that the licensed medical provider will update or obtain a California registered DEA certificate within 30 calendar days from the start date is received.
    Proof of active CURES registration.
  • Specialty Licensed Medical Provider

    LicensePhysician (MD):  Current unrestricted license as a Physician and Surgeon issued by the Medical Board of California.
     
    Osteopathic Physician (DO):  Current unrestricted license as an Osteopathic Physician and Surgeon issued by the California Board of Osteopathic Examiners.

    Podiatrist:  Current unrestricted license as a Podiatrist issued by the Podiatric Medical Board of California.
     
    Nurse Anesthetist: Current unrestricted License as a Registered Nurse AND advance practice certification as a Nurse Anesthetist issued by the California Board of Registered Nursing.
     
    Nurse Practitioner Specialist:  Current unrestricted License as a Registered Nurse, certification as a Nurse Practitioner, and a current Nurse Practitioner Furnishing Number issued by the California Board of Registered Nursing.
     
    Physician Assistant Specialist: Current unrestricted license as a Physician Assistant issue by the California Physician Assistant Board.
     
    Optometrists: Current unrestricted licenses as an Optometrist issued by the California State Board of Optometry
    TrainingPhysician (MD): Successful completion of a residency or fellowship program in the relevant specialty that is accredited by the American Council for Graduate Medical Education or certified by the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada.

    Osteopathic Physician (DO): Successful completion of a residency or fellowship program in the relevant specialty that is accredited by the Bureau of Osteopathic Education of the American Osteopathic Association or the American Council for Graduate Medical Education or certified by the Royal College of Physician and Surgeons of Canada.
     
    Podiatrists:  Successful completion of a Council on Podiatric Medical Education (CPME) approved.
     
    Optometrists:  Twelve (12) continuous months of experience within in the last three (3) years performing optometry services.  Note: Internship does not count toward the required experience.
    CertificationsPhysician (MD): Current board certification in the relevant specialty or subspecialty issued by the American Board of Medical Specialties (ABMS).
     
    Osteopathic Physician (DO):  Current board certification in the relevant specialty or subspecialty issued by the ABMS or American Osteopathic Association.
     
    Podiatrist:  Current board certification in Podiatry issued by the American Board of Foot and Ankle Surgery or the American Board of Podiatric Medicine.
     
    Nurse Anesthetists:  Current certification issued by the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) or the American Academy of Nurse Practitioners (AANP)
     
    Nurse Practitioner Specialist: Current certification issued by the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) or the American Academy of Nurse Practitioners (AANP)
     
    Physician Assistant Specialist: Current certification issued by the National Commission on the Certification of Physician Assistants (NCCPA). A Certificate of Added Qualification (CAQ) issued by the NCCPA is required if offered in the provider’s specialty.

    California registered DEA certificate with authority to prescribe Schedule 11/IIN, III/IIIN, IV, and V controlled substances.

    Proof of active CURES registration.
     
    NOTE: Nurse Anesthetists, Sleep Medicine Specialists, Radiologists, ECG Cardiologists, eConsult providers, and Optometrists are not required to possess a CA registered DEA or provide proof of active CURES registration.
    Additional
    Requirement
    Specialty Advance Practice Providers

    The supervising physician on the APP Practice Agreement or Delegation of Services Agreement must be currently credentialed by CCHCS and practicing within the same specialty as the specialty APP.
  • Revision History

  • Effective: 12/2017
    Revised: 06/23/2025

  • Appendix 4: Referral Criteria

  • Additional evaluation by the Hiring or Contracting Authority and the Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC) is required based on the presence of one or more of the issues identified below. However, if any of the following referral criteria items have previously been reviewed and credentials were approved, they do not need to be reviewed as part of any subsequent credentialing or privileging evaluations if it is the exact same referral criteria item. In addition, if the MR determines that the identified issue is minor in nature or occurred over five years ago with no subsequent issues or concerns, additional evaluation by the MPRC is not required but may be requested at the MR’s discretion.

    License Status
    State health care license presents with a Board Accusation.
    State health care license presents with a Board Action – Suspension, Probation.
    Business and Professions Code section 805 report (exclude reports for non-change of address).
    National Practitioner Data Bank Report
    Any claims history.
    Performance
    The current supervisor, or former supervisor does not endorse the applicant for core privileges.
    Prior peer review proceedings which were initiated, but not completed, or action items resulting from the prior peer review finding remain incomplete.
    Criminal Background
    Practitioner attests to drug use or criminal activity or background check – misdemeanor or felony.
    Certifications
    Change in Drug Enforcement Administration Certification status.
    Change in Advanced Cardiovascular Life Support Certification status.
    Miscellaneous
    Federal Office of Inspector General exclusions.
  • Revision History

  • Effective: 12/2017
    Revised: 06/23/2025

1.4.1.3 Behavioral Health Professional Credentialing Privileging

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall maintain a process to credential and privilege all behavioral health professionals within Medical Services who are subject to this policy and provide patient care services at California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions and from the regional and headquarters offices of CCHCS to ensure that they meet minimum credentials, privileging, and performance standards. Behavioral health professionals, to include Clinical Social Workers and psychologists, shall not provide any direct patient care services to CDCR patients prior to having their credentials approved and privileges granted.  This policy only applies to behavioral health classifications such as Chief Psychologists, Senior Psychologist (Specialists), Psychologists, Supervising Psychiatric Social Workers, licensed and unlicensed Clinical Social Workers when employed under Medical Services. CCHCS considers credentialing and privileging activities to be peer review activities within the meaning of California Business and Professions Code, Section 805 and Evidence Code, Section 1157. (NOTE: Unlicensed clinical social workers are not subject to Business and Professions Code, Section 805(c)).

    • Credentials Review

      • The credentials reviewed for all providers shall include, but not be limited to, licensure, certification, education, training and experience, current competence, and physical and mental ability to discharge patient care responsibilities appropriately in a correctional setting. This includes any information which impacts a provider’s:

      • Clinical skills and competency necessary to perform the health care services provided to patients.

      • Judgment and ability to perform techniques in any specialty for which credentials are reviewed.

      • Consistent observance of professional and ethical standards including a history of acting in a professional and collegial manner.

      • Written and verbal communication skills.

    • Scope

      • Credentials for civil service and contract providers shall be approved on a statewide basis.

      • Privileges shall only be granted for the specific location where a behavioral health professional intends to provide services. If a behavioral health professional intends to provide in-person services at more than one CDCR facility, the behavioral health professional shall apply for privileges specific to each physical location.  Privileges shall only be granted once credentials have been approved.

    • Reappointment, Expiration of Privileges, and Termination

      • Reappointment shall occur every three years and at other times during a behavioral health professional’s reappointment cycle as set forth in this section. If a behavioral health professional fails to complete the reappointment process, they shall not continue providing patient care services, and their privileges shall expire, resulting in an automatic revocation of privileges. The failure of any civil service employee to participate in or complete reappointment shall be subject to progressive discipline, up to and including termination. Contract  providers shall be subject to termination of contract services upon the expiration of privileges.

      • Privileges shall automatically be terminated at the time of separation under the following circumstances. The provider’s credentials and privileges shall be renewed and approved prior to the resumption of clinical care.

        • Any permanent separation from civil service employment.

        • Any separation of 180 calendar days or greater from contract employment as a behavioral health professional.

        • Any contract termination or expiration as a contract behavioral health professional.

  • Purpose

    • To ensure that all behavioral health professionals who are subject to this policy and provide patient care services within the CCHCS Medical Services at CDCR institutions meet minimum credentials, privileging, and performance standards.

  • Applicability

    • This policy and procedure applies to civil service and contract behavioral health professionals used by Medical Services as follows (this policy only applies to behavioral health classifications such as Chief Psychologists, Senior Psychologist (Specialists), Psychologists, Supervising Psychiatric Social Workers, licensed and unlicensed Clinical Social Workers when employed under Medical Services):

    • Chief Psychologist

    • Senior Psychologist, Specialist

    • Psychologist

    • Supervising Psychiatric Social Worker (SPSW)

    • Licensed Clinical Social Worker (LCSW)

    • Unlicensed Clinical Social Worker

  • Responsibility

    • Hiring or Contracting Authority

      • The Hiring or Contracting Authority (HCA) for each CDCR institution or facility where providers provide direct patient care services is responsible for ensuring that health care providers are appropriately credentialed and practice within the scope of their clinical privileges. Prior to submitting a request for credentialing and privileging, the HCA shall ensure that all pre-appointment human resources requirements have been met including but not limited to, checking references and completing Live Scan reviews.

    • Deputy Medical Executive

      • The Deputy Medical Executive (DME) is responsible for reviewing requested clinical privileges for Chief Psychologists.

    • Credentialing Reviewer

      • The Credentialing Reviewer (CR) is responsible for reviewing credentials applications and making a determination as to whether credentials can be approved or whether the application requires additional evaluation.

    • Chief Psychologist

      • The Chief Psychologist is responsible for reviewing requested clinical privileges for SPSWs, Psychologists, and Senior Psychologist, Specialists.

    • Supervising Psychiatric Social Worker

      • The SPSW is responsible for reviewing requested clinical privileges for Clinical Social Workers.

    • Credentialing and Privileging Support Unit

      • The Credentialing and Privileging Support Unit (CPSU) shall review and process all applications for credentials and privileges in accordance with this policy and procedure.

    • Behavioral Health Professional Peer Review Committee (BHPPRC)

      • The Behavioral Health Professional Peer Review Committee (BHPPRC) shall review and act on credentialing and privileging applications that are referred to it, monitor credentialing and privileging activities within  CCHCS and CDCR for Clinical Social Workers and psychologists, and ensure that program-specific standards for credentials and clinical privileges remain current and up-to-date under applicate legal, accreditation, and community standards.

      • The BHPPRC shall refer all proposed actions that will impact the privileges of a social worker or psychologist to the Health Care Executive Committee (HCEC) for approval and further action. All other actions taken by the BHPPRC shall be reported to the HCEC on an informational consent item report. This includes placement of credential alerts and credential bars as well as privilege modifications which are not taken for disciplinary cause or reason (i.e., lapse or expiration of credentials or privileges or a failure to secure required certifications or licenses).

    • Health Care Executive Committee

      • The HCEC shall ensure that providers who provide services to CCHCS and CDCR patients provide clinical services that consistently meet the standard of care. This includes oversight of the BHPPRC’s credentialing and privileging activities.

      • The HCEC shall review all privileging actions taken by the BHPPRC and may act independently as necessary to ensure that patient health care at CCHCS and CDCR meets the standard of care.

    • Applicants and Behavioral Health Professionals

      • Applicants and behavioral health professionals are responsible for the following items:

        • Providing evidence of licensure, registration, certification and other relevant credentials as set forth in this section for verification prior to appointment and throughout the appointment process as requested.

        • Notifying CCHCS and CDCR of information or actions that would adversely affect or otherwise limit their privileges at the earliest date after notification is received by the behavioral health professional but no later than 15 calendar days. This includes not only final actions but also pending and proposed actions.

        • Maintaining licenses, registrations, and certification in good standing and informing the HCA of any changes in the status of these credentials at the earliest date after notification is received by the behavioral health professional but no later than 15 calendar days including, but not limited to, any pending or proposed actions.

        • Obtaining and producing all needed information for a proper evaluation of professional competence, character, ethics, and other qualifications. The information shall be complete and verifiable. The applicant and behavioral health professional has the responsibility for furnishing information that will help resolve any questions concerning these qualifications.

      • Failure to keep CDCR, CCHCS fully informed on these matters may result in administrative or disciplinary action.

  • Procedure Overview

    • The credentialing and privileging process includes primary source verifications and privileging determinations for behavioral health professionals listed in Section (c) who perform services and are requesting privileges related to clinical performance in CCHCS and CDCR.

    • The HCA, CPSU, Headquarters and Regional Medical Executives, CR, DME, Chief Psychologist, SPSW, BHPPRC, and HCEC work collaboratively in collecting, reviewing, tracking, and evaluating licensures, relevant training, experience, and current competencies of each behavioral health professional.

  • Procedure

    • Initial Appointment

      • The applicant shall submit a completed CCHCS credential and privilege application package as outlined in the New Behavioral Health Professional Credentialing and Privileging Documentation Requirements (Appendix 1) within 30 calendar days of receipt of the application. In addition, the applicant shall:

        • Attest that all information submitted for the credentialing and privileging process is accurate.

        • Agree to immediately report any change in the status of the information in the application or maintained in the credentials file.

        • Agree to abide by the CDCR Code of Conduct, CDCR Department Operations Manual, Section 33030.3.1, and the Behavioral Health Professional Code of Professional Conduct (Appendix 2).

        • Agree to renew credentials and active privileges at least every three years.

      • The CPSU shall review the application and supporting documentation, which shall include the documents listed in the Mandatory Primary Source Verification Documents (Appendix 3), to determine whether the applicant meets credentialing and privileging standards as listed in the Minimum Professional Requirements for Credentialing and Privileging Approval (Appendix 4).

        • If the application is incomplete, the CPSU shall actively work with the applicant and DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW or contract vendor to gather missing information until the necessary information is obtained or until the Chief Psychologist or SPSW makes a determination regarding a final disposition for the application.

        • If the CPSU is unable to gather and/or verify all documents in a timely manner due to circumstances beyond either their control, or the behavioral health professional’s control, after the making a good faith and reasonable effort to do so, the CPSU may, in consultation with the Chief Psychologist or SPSW, move the application forward to the next step in the process.

      • When the CPSU determines the application is ready for review, the CPSU shall forward the credentialing application and supporting documentation to the CR for review and determination within seven calendar days.

      • Upon credentials approval, the CPSU shall forward the privileging application and supporting documentation to the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW, for review and determination.

        • For institutions with a Correctional Treatment Center (CTC), the SPSW shall make a privilege recommendation to the Local Governing Body (LGB) for determination. The SPSW shall report the LGB’s privilege determination to the CPSU. For institutions without a CTC, the SPSW shall make a privilege determination to the CPSU.

        • If mentoring or proctoring is requested, proctoring shall be done at the institution by behavioral health leadership or other peers who are experienced with performing the procedures. If there are no peers at the institution who can provide the mentoring, the institution may reach out to the Chief Psychologist for assistance.

        • A provider may request any additional procedures based on their expertise and the institution needs. The provider shall “self-report” competency which means they are proficient in the procedure and have successfully completed at least three cases within the past 24 months without complications.

        • When privileges for an additional procedure or procedures are requested, institution leadership or peers competent in the requested procedure(s) shall proctor a minimum of three cases. If the provider requesting privileges has demonstrated competency in performing the procedure(s), this shall be noted in the privileging record and no further evaluation is needed.

        • If additional oversight is needed, the institution leadership shall make the determination regarding how many more cases need to be proctored. If institution leadership or peers cannot provide proctoring for certain procedures, they shall reach out the Chief Psychologist for assistance.

      • Upon receipt of the credentialing and privileging determination, the CPSU shall do the following:

        • Civil Service Full-Time Applicants with six-month probation period: If credentials are approved and provisional privileges granted for up to 180 calendar days (from the behavioral health professional’s date of appointment), the CPSU shall:

          • Inform the HCA, DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW, and applicant of the decision.

        • Civil Service Full-Time Applicants with one-year probation period: If credentials are approved and provisional privileges are granted for up to 365 calendar days (from the behavioral health professional’s date of appointment) the CPSU shall:

          • Inform the HCA, DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW, and applicant of the decision.

          • Inform the HCA and designated supervisor of the four-month Initial Focused Professional Practice Evaluations (IFPPE) due date.

        • Civil Service Part-Time Applicants: If credentials are approved and provisional privileges granted for a period proportional to the length of the probation period not to exceed 365 calendar days (from the behavioral health professional’s date of appointment, the CPSU shall:

          • Inform the HCA, DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW, and applicant of the decision.

        • Contract Applicants: If credentials are approved and active privileges granted, the CPSU shall:

          • Inform the Contracting Authority of the decision.

      • If credentials are not approved, the CPSU shall notify the HCA and Chief Psychologist of the decision.

    • Provisional to Active Privileges

      • No less than 60 calendar days prior to expiration of provisional privileges, the CPSU shall:

        • Inform the HCA, DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW, that the behavioral health professional’s provisional privileges will be expiring and of the date of the expiration.

        • Inform the HCA, DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW, of the Performance Evaluation Meeting (PEM) due date.

        • Request that the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW, submit an Attestation of Clinical Competency.

        • If applicable, the CPSU shall identify any referral criteria items which are listed in Referral Criteria (Appendix 5) and:

          • Inform the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW of any referral criteria items.

          • Request the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW to provide additional information regarding any referral criteria items.

      • Once all necessary materials are gathered and no less than 30 calendar days prior to expiration of provisional privileges, the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW shall facilitate a PEM to review the IFPPEs, results from IIPs, available peer review documentation, and referral criteria items to make a determination regarding active privileges for the behavioral health professional. The PEM shall be facilitated with the following (this policy only applies to behavioral health classifications such as Chief Psychologists, Senior Psychologist (Specialists), Psychologists, Supervising Psychiatric Social Workers, licensed and unlicensed Clinical Social Workers when employed under Medical Services):

        • Headquarters Medical Executive (optional).

        • DME (required).

        • Chief Psychologist (required).

        • CR (optional).

        • SPSW (required).

        • Institution HCA (required).

        • Health Care Employee Relations Officer (HCERO) (if there are significant concerns regarding the behavioral health professional’s performance which may warrant progressive discipline).

      • If active privileges are granted, the CPSU shall notify the behavioral health professional.

      • If after the PEM, the determination is that active privileges shall not be granted, the HCA shall work with the HCERO to prepare a Rejection During Probation (RDP). A copy of the RDP shall be provided to the BHPPRC.  The BHPPRC shall determine whether or not the RDP was for disciplinary cause or reason and thus needs to be reported to the provider’s licensing board, the National Practitioner Data Bank, or both.

    • Reappointment

      • No less than 60 calendar days prior to expiration of active credentials or privileges, the CPSU shall:

        • Inform the HCA, as well as the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW, and behavioral health professional that the behavioral health professional’s active credentials or privileges will be expiring and the date of the expiration.

        • Identify and gather available Peer Review documentation, including the Ongoing Professional Practice Evaluations (OPPE), any Focused Professional Practice Evaluations (FPPE), and the results from IIPs.

        • Identify any referral criteria items which are listed in the Referral Criteria (Appendix 5).

        • Request that the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW submit an Attestation of Clinical Competence based on the performance results obtained from the behavioral health professional’s OPPEs and IIPs completed over the preceding three years.

        • If applicable:

          • Inform the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW of any referral criteria items.

          • Request additional information from the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW regarding referral criteria items.

      • The behavioral health professional shall submit the reappointment application no less than 30 calendar days prior to expiration of active credentials or privileges.

      • When the CPSU determines the reappointment application is complete, the CPSU shall forward the reappointment application and supporting documentation to the CR for review and credentialing determination.

      • Upon approval of the provider’s reappointment credentials, the CPSU shall forward the reappointment application with requested privileges and supporting documentation to the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW for review. The DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW shall also review the FPPEs, results from IIPs, available Peer Review documentation, and referral criteria items prior to making a determination regarding the reappointment for the behavioral health professional.

      • Behavioral health professionals shall not be allowed to continue providing patient care if the provider’s privileges expire.

      • The CPSU shall refer providers whose privileges have expired to the HCA for further action including, but not limited to, progressive discipline, or an FPPE.

      • If the behavioral health professional fails to complete the reappointment process before their privileges expire, privileges shall not be granted. The CPSU shall notify the HCA, DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW of the expiration of privileges and shall concurrently refer the file to the BHPPRC which shall take further action in pursuant to Section (d)(7).

      • If reappointment is approved, the CPSU shall notify the HCA, as well as the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW, and behavioral health professional of the decision.

      • If reappointment is not approved, privileges shall not be granted. The CPSU shall notify the HCA of the decision and shall concurrently refer the file to the BHPPRC to determine whether any reports are required by law to be filed with the provider’s licensing board, the National Practitioner Data Bank, or both, and whether a referral to the HCA is necessary for further disciplinary action as a result of privileges not being granted.

    • Changes to Privileging Status

      • Privileging status changes may be initiated by the BHPPRC, HCEC, HCA, DME, Chief Psychologist, SPSW, or behavioral health professional. Changes to privileging status include, but are not limited to, resignation, rejection, denial, termination, revocation, suspension, restriction, withdrawal, or abandonment of a request for credentials or privileges.

      • A behavioral health professional who currently possesses any type or set of privileges and no longer wishes to exercise such privileges may voluntarily terminate their privileges by providing written notice to their HCA, as well as the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW, which shall include the effective date of the termination. The HCA or DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW shall forward the notice of voluntary termination of privileges to the CPSU within five calendar days of the behavioral health professional’s written notice.

      • Voluntary changes to any privileging status initiated by a behavioral health professional shall not automatically be deemed to be an unfavorable action for disciplinary cause or reason, triggering any form of peer review.  However, the BHPPRC and HCEC retain the discretion to review all voluntary changes to a behavioral health professional’s privileging status and to make an independent determination as to whether the change in privileging status warrants further reporting or action as required by law.

    • Temporary Privileges

      • In the event that a provider’s active privileges at the current institution expired during a temporary separation or approved leave of absence, temporary privileges may be granted without the need for a new application, not to exceed 60 calendar days from the date the provider returns to work.

        • The CPSU shall forward the most recent privileging application and supporting documentation to the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW to determine if temporary privileges should be granted.

        • The behavioral health provider shall submit a current privileging application within ten calendar days of returning to work.

    • Disaster Privileges

      • Disaster privileges may be granted to administer care, treatment, and services to patients when a disaster has been declared by the individual or agency with authority to declare a disaster or state of emergency (such as the Governor). The institution’s local emergency operations plan must be activated in order to authorize disaster privileges. Privileges that are exercised should be equivalent to those exercised at the practitioner’s primary hospital or within the statutory-defined scope of practice for those without primary hospital affiliations. At a minimum, the process for granting disaster privileges shall include:

        • A completed Disaster Privileging Form.

        • A valid, government-issued photo ID (i.e., driver’s license or passport) and at least one the following:

          • Current picture identification card from a health care organization that clearly identifies professional designation.

          • Current license, certification, or registration to practice.

          • Identification indicating that the practitioner is a member of a Disaster Medical Assistance Team, the Medical Reserve Corps, the Emergency System for Advance Registration of Volunteer Health Professional, or other recognized federal or state response organization or group.

          • Identification indicating that the practitioner has been granted authority by a government entity to provide patient care, treatment, or services in a disaster circumstance.

          • Confirmation by a licensed independent practitioner (LIP) currently privileged by the hospital or by a staff member with personal knowledge of the practitioner’s ability to act as an LIP during a disaster.

          • The CPSU shall confirm and verify the information above and Disaster Privileges shall be reviewed and granted by the designee. The designee shall document their review of the practitioner’s performance within 72 hours of granting disaster privileges to determine whether the privileges shall be continued.

    • Emergency Privileges

      • For the purpose of this section, an “emergency” is defined as an unexpected or sudden event that significantly disrupts the institution’s ability to provide care, or the environment of care itself, or that results in a sudden, significantly changed or increased demand for the institution’s services, or a condition in which serious or permanent harm would result to a patient or in which the life of the patient is in immediate danger and any delay in administering treatment would add to that danger.

      • In the case of emergency, any practitioner, to the degree permitted by their license and regardless of service or staff status or lack of it, shall be permitted and assisted to do everything possible to save the life of a patient, using every facility of the institution necessary, including the calling for any consultation necessary or desirable.

      • When an emergency situation no longer exists, such practitioner shall request the privileges to continue to treat the patient. In the event such privileges are denied or they do not desire to request privileges, the patient shall be assigned to health care staff as appropriate.

    • File Closure

      • The CPSU shall close the credentialing and privileging file if any of the following conditions are met:

        • The behavioral health professional withdraws the credentialing or privileging application.

        • The HCA, DME, Chief Psychologist, SPSW or CR withdraws the credentialing or privileging request.

        • The behavioral health professional fails to submit all required information to constitute a completed application within 30 calendar days of the initial request.

        • The CPSU is notified of a behavioral health professional’s resignation, retirement, or death.

    • Credentialing Actions

      • One of the following actions shall occur upon each review of a request for approval of credentials and granting of privileges:

        • Credentials approved: The CR determines that the credentials of the behavioral health professional have been verified to meet the minimum standards for credentialing. The DME, Chief Psychologist, or SPSW shall then proceed with making a privileging determination.

        • Credential file to be closed: The request to credential a behavioral health professional has been withdrawn or the HCA and DME, as well as the Chief Psychologist, SPSW or CR determines that an application shall no longer be pursued.

        • Credential alert: If the BHPPRC determines that certain facts should be considered as part of the current or any subsequent request to approve credentials or grant privileges to the behavioral health professional, then a credential alert shall be placed in the credentials file and the BHPPRC, HCA, DME, Chief Psychologist, SPSW, and CR shall consider the facts before acting on any subsequent application for credentials or privileges.

        • Credential bar: The BHPPRC shall place a credential bar in the credentials file if the BHPPRC determines that the behavioral health professional’s unsatisfactory service has resulted in any one or more of the following:

          • Suspension or revocation of the behavioral health professional’s privileges by the HCEC.

          • Separation for cause from civil service employment with the CCHCS and CDCR.

          • Termination for cause of the behavioral health professional’s services as a contract behavioral health professional with the CCHCS and CDCR.

          • Any legally enforceable agreement including, but not limited to, a settlement agreement prohibiting the behavioral health professional from practicing as an employee or contract behavioral health professional with the CCHCS and CDCR.

          • The placement of a credential bar by the BHPPRC shall be forwarded to the HCEC as a consent calendar item. After placement of a credential bar in the credentials file, any subsequent application for credentials or privileges shall be reviewed by the HCEC.

      • Referral to BHPPRC: The CR shall defer a recommendation on an application for credential approval and refer the case to the BHPPRC in the event that the CR determines there is a need for additional evaluation of a behavioral health professional’s credentials information due to the presence of referral criteria items or issues in the file; refer to the Referral Criteria (Appendix 5).

      • Credential disapproval: If the BHPPRC determines that the credentials of the behavioral health professional shall not be approved, the BHPPRC shall determine whether the disapproval is for a medical disciplinary cause or reason, and whether the disapproval shall be reported to the provider’s licensing board and the National Practitioner Data Bank, or the HCA for potential action. The BHPPRC shall also prepare a recommendation and referral to the HCEC.

    • Consideration of Requests for Credentials or Privileges

      • Before taking any action on a request to approve credentials or grant privileges, the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW and CR shall:

        • Consider all credentialing and peer review information including credential alerts or bars, in the credentials file.

        • Confirm that the HCA who requested the credentialing is informed of and has considered all facts relevant to the employment or contracting decision including facts that resulted in the placement of a credential alert or bar.

      • If the credential file contains a credential bar, the CR shall refer the request to the BHPPRC with a recommendation for approval or disapproval. The CR is not required to refer files containing a credential alert to BHPPRC if they have previously reviewed the information on which the alert is based, and are satisfied that the information will not negatively reflect on the competence of the provider.

      • The CR shall approve credentials only if they determine that the behavioral health professional:

        • Meets all credentialing requirements as delineated in this section.

        • Possesses the current competence and mental and physical ability to adequately discharge patient care responsibilities in a correctional setting.

      • Where the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW and CR lack sufficient information to make a finding regarding current competence and mental and physical ability, the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW and CR shall refer the request to the BHPPRC for a determination.

    • Referring Actions for Disciplinary Reasons to the BHPPRC

      • The DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW and CR are not authorized to deny any application for credentials or privileges based on a disciplinary cause or reason within the meaning of the California Business and Professions Code, Section 805, et seq. (NOTE: Unlicensed clinical social workers are not subject to Business and Professions Code, Section 805(c)).

      • Where the DME, Chief Psychologist or SPSW and CR determine that they cannot make a recommendation to approve credentials or grant privileges they shall refer their recommendation to the BHPPRC which shall take further action pursuant to Section (d)(7).

    • Civil Service Behavioral Health Professional Transfers and Promotions

      • In addition to reappointment every three years, all civil service behavioral health professionals who are selected for promotional appointments shall be required to undergo initial appointment pursuant to Section (f)(1) prior to beginning job duties for the promotional position. Appointment for a promotion shall be based on available documentation pertaining to the evaluation of the behavioral health professional’s performance.

      • If a behavioral health professional laterally transfers to a different institution or facility and stays in the same job classification, full reappointment is not required prior to the expiration of the behavioral health professional’s current credentialing cycle, but the behavioral health professional shall apply for privileges at the new facility or institution.

      • If a behavioral health professional transfers or promotes while providing services based on provisional privileges, the behavioral health professional shall still be required to complete all aspects of their provisional privileges and probationary period including probationary evaluations, IFPPEs, and IIPs before active privileges may be granted.

  • Appendices

    • Appendix 1: New Behavioral Health Professional Credentialing and Privileging Documentation Requirements

    • Appendix 2: Behavioral Health Professional Code of Professional Conduct

    • Appendix 3: Mandatory Primary Source Verification Documents

    • Appendix 4: Minimum Professional Requirements for Credentialing and Privileging Approval

    • Appendix 5: Referral Criteria

  • References

    • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures, Pursuant to Order Approving, With Modifications, Proposed Policies Regarding Physician Clinical Competency, July 9, 2008; Plata v. Newsom, et al., Federal Court Case No. C01-1351 published September 4, 2008, Court ordered procedures

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 5, Article 12, Sections 2234 and 2261

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Penal Code, Part 3, Title 7, Chapter 2, Section 5068.5

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12. (22 CCR 79501 et seq.)

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 22, Section 33030.3.1, Code of Conduct

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 10/23/2023

  • Appendix 1: New Behavioral Health Professional Credentialing and Privileging Documentation Requirements

  • Behavioral health professionals shall complete a credentialing and privileging application. Contents of the credentialing and privileging application package shall include, at a minimum:

  • Licensure information on any active or inactive licenses.

  • Work History (gaps greater than six months shall be accounted for).

  • Complete contact information for three professional peer references.

  • Attestation Questionnaire that includes:

    • Behavioral health professional attesting to reasons for inability to perform the essential functions of the position with or without accommodation.

    • Lack of present illegal drug use.

    • History of loss of license or criminal convictions.

    • History of loss or limitation of privileges or disciplinary activity.

  • Attestation to the correctness and completeness of the credentialing and privileging application.

  • Authorization to Release Information Form.

  • Code of Conduct and Professional Behavior Form.

  • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) Privilege Request Form.

  • The CCHCS Human Resources or Contract Branch shall verify that the behavioral health professional requesting approval of credentials and privileges is the same behavioral health professional identified in the credentialing and privileging documents.

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 10/23/2023

  • Appendix 2: Behavioral Health Professional Code of Conduct

  • To provide and promote quality health care, emphasizing professionalism, respect and sensitivity, I, _____________________________, will adhere to the following Behavioral Health Professional Code of Professional Conduct in all interactions with patients, colleagues, other health professionals, and the public.

  • The Behavioral Health Professional Code of Professional Conduct (Code) is a series of principles and subsidiary rules that govern professional interactions. The Code applies to all behavioral health professionals, as defined in these policies, in the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) involved in clinical and administrative activities.

  • Failure to meet the professional obligations described below represents a violation of the Code. Items marked with an asterisk (*) indicate behaviors that may also violate federal or state laws.

    • Respect for Persons

      • The basis of all human interactions at any CDCR facility will be to treat each other with respect and dignity, no matter what station, degree, race, age, sexual orientation, religion, gender, disability or disease. To accomplish this, I resolve to:

      • Treat patients, colleagues, other health professionals, and the public with the same degree of dignity and respect I would wish them to show me.

      • Treat patients with kindness and gentleness.

      • Respect the privacy and modesty of patients.

      • Not use offensive language, verbally or in writing, when referring to patients or their illnesses.

      • Not use offensive language when interacting with any others in the community.

      • Not harass others physically, verbally, psychologically, or sexually.*

      • Not abuse one’s power or position for sexual or romantic ends.

      • Not discriminate on the basis of sex, gender, religion, race, national origin, ancestry, color, disability, age, genetic information, marital status, medical condition, political affiliation or opinion, veteran status or military service, or sexual orientation.*

    • Respect for Patient Confidentiality

      • The confidentiality of patient communication and information is the basis of professional care. To realize its achievement, and consistent with the nature and confines of providing care in a correctional environment, I resolve to:

      • Not share the medical or personal details of a patient with anyone except those health care professionals integral to the wellbeing of the patient or within the context of an educational endeavor.*

      • Not discuss patients or their illnesses in public places where the conversation may be overheard.

      • Not publicly identify patients, in spoken words or in writing, without patients’ permission.

      • Not invite or permit unauthorized persons into patient care areas, except as necessary in consideration of the correctional setting where care is provided.

      • Not access or attempt to access confidential data on patients unless the information is necessary for the care of that patient.*

    • Honesty and Integrity

      • Honesty and integrity are the foundations of good physician-patient and professional-professional relationships. To this end, I resolve to:

      • Be truthful in verbal and in written communications.

      • Acknowledge an unanticipated outcome to colleagues and patients when the result of a treatment or procedure differs significantly from what was anticipated.

      • Protect the integrity of clinical decision-making, regardless of financial impact.

      • Not knowingly mislead others.

      • Not otherwise act dishonestly.

    • Responsibility for Patient Care

      • To maintain my responsibility for patient care, I resolve to:

      • Obtain the patient’s informed consent for diagnostic tests or therapies.

      • Not abandon a patient. If unable or unwilling to continue care, I have the obligation to assist in making a referral to another competent practitioner willing to care for the patient.

      • Follow up on ordered laboratory tests and complete patient record documentation conscientiously.

      • Coordinate with clinical care teams about the timing of information sharing with patients to present a coherent and consistent treatment plan.

      • Not document items in the medical record that were not performed.

      • Not abuse alcohol or drugs.

    • Awareness of Limitations and Professional Growth

      • Lifelong learning is critical to the competent practice of our profession. To achieve this end, I resolve to:

      • Be aware of my personal limitations and deficiencies in knowledge and abilities and know when and whom to ask for supervision, assistance, or consultation.

      • Know when and for whom to provide appropriate supervision.

      • Avoid patient involvement when ill, distraught, or overcome with personal problems.

    • Behavior as a Professional

      • Patients expect appropriate dress and identification. To fulfill this, I resolve to:

      • Clearly identify myself and my role to patients and staff.

      • Dress in a neat, clean, professionally appropriate manner.

      • Maintain professional composure despite fatigue, professional pressures, personal problems, or the challenges of a correctional setting.

      • Not write offensive or judgmental comments in patients’ charts.

      • Avoid disparaging and critical comments about colleagues and their medical decisions in the presence of patients.

    • Responsibility for Peer Behavior

      • Peer review, reporting and monitoring is part and parcel of my role as a professional who is allowed the privilege of self-regulation. To this end, I resolve to:

      • Report breaches of the Code to my supervisor, or another individual in my supervisory chain of command if I believe my supervisor has breached this Code.

    • Respect for Personal Ethics

      • Each individual’s beliefs and ethical principles will be respected. To this end, I resolve to:

      • Inform patients of available treatment options that are consistent with acceptable standards of medical and nursing care.

      • Respect patient wishes, including advance directives, consistent with acceptable standards of care.

    • Respect for Property and Laws

      • Adherence to the law is integral to professional behavior. To fulfill my commitment, I resolve to:

      • Adhere to the policies governing CDCR and its institutions.

      • Adhere to local, state, and federal laws and regulations.

      • Not misappropriate, destroy, damage, or misuse state property.

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 10/23/2023

  • Appendix 3: Mandatory Primary Source Verification Documents

  • The Credentialing and Privileging Support Unit shall verify the following list of documents, as required according to the behavioral health professional’s classification and credential review type:

  • California Health Care License (i.e., Board of Behavioral Sciences or the California Board of Psychology).

  • National Practitioner Data Bank report.

  • Office of Inspector General exclusions.

  • Curriculum Vitae (Current within 30 calendar days), including:

    • Education.

    • Training.

    • Work History to include clinical duties and responsibilities (last five years).

  • Explanations to attestation and disclosure questions.

  • Signature and date on Authorization to Release Information form.

  • Signature and date on Affirmation of Information form.

  • Attestation of Clinical Competence.

  • The Hiring or Contract Authority’s recommendation (Attestation) for requested privileges.

  • Current peer review recommendations and decisions.

  • References and recommendations from former California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation institutions where the behavioral health professional has previously provided services.

  • For Clinical Social Workers, Board of Behavioral Sciences approved Clinical Supervisor, if the clinical hours toward independent licensure were completed within past 12 months.

  • References and recommendations will be requested from any other relevant individuals who may have firsthand knowledge of the applicant’s ability to competently perform the requested privileges.

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 10/23/2023

  • Appendix 4: Minimum Professional Requirements for Credentialing and Privileging Approval
    (Requirements listed shall be reviewed annually and updated for each discipline as needed)
    (This policy only applies to behavioral health classifications such as Chief Psychologists, Senior Psychologist (Specialists), Psychologists, Supervising Psychiatric Social Workers, licensed and unlicensed Clinical Social Workers, when employed under Medical Services)

  • Chief Psychologist

  • Behavioral health professional shall meet the following requirements:

    LicenseCurrent unrestricted license as a Psychologist issued by the Board of Psychology.
    EducationCompletion of a doctoral degree program from an accredited school of Psychology (i.e., Psy.D. or PhD).
  • Senior Psychologist, Specialist

  • Behavioral health professional shall meet the following requirements:

    LicenseCurrent unrestricted license as a Psychologist issued by the Board of Psychology.
    EducationCompletion of a doctoral degree program from an accredited school of Psychology (i.e., Psy.D. or PhD).
  • Psychologist

  • Behavioral health professional shall meet the following requirements:

    LicenseCurrent unrestricted license as a Psychologist issued by the Board of Psychology.
    EducationCompletion of a doctoral degree program from an accredited school of Psychology (i.e., Psy.D. or PhD).
  • Supervising Psychiatric Social Worker

  • Behavioral health professional shall meet the following requirements:

    LicenseCurrent unrestricted license as a Licensed Clinical Social Worker issued by the California Board of Behavioral Sciences.
    EducationCompletion of a master’s degree program from an accredited school of Social Work, approved by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE).
  • Licensed Clinical Social Worker

  • Behavioral health professional shall meet the following requirements:

    LicenseCurrent unrestricted license as a Licensed Clinical Social Worker issued by the California Board of Behavioral Sciences.
    EducationCompletion of a master’s degree program from an accredited school of Social Work, approved by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE).
  • Unlicensed Clinical Social Worker

  • Unlicensed Provider shall meet the following requirements:

    LicenseCurrent unrestricted registration as an Associate Clinical Social Worker ASW issued by the California Board of Behavioral Sciences.
    EducationCompletion of a master’s degree program from an accredited school of social work, approved by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE).
  • Revision History

  • Effective: 10/23/2023

  • Appendix 5: Referral Criteria

  • Additional evaluation by the Hiring or Contracting Authority and the Behavioral Health Professional Peer Review Committee (BHPPRC) is required based on the presence of one or more of the issues identified below. However, if any of the following referral criteria items have previously been reviewed and credentials were approved, they do not need to be reviewed as part of any subsequent credentialing or privileging evaluations if it is the exact same referral criteria item.

    License Status
    State health care license presents with a Board Accusation.
    State health care license presents with a Board Action – Suspension, Probation
    Business and Professions Code Section 805 report (exclude reports for non-change of address).
    National Practitioner Data Bank Report
    Any claims history.
    Performance
    The supervisor does not endorse the applicant for core or requested privileges.
    Open or pending peer review action which has resulted in summary suspension of privileges pursuant to a Safety Assessment.
    Prior peer review proceeding which were initiated, but not completed, or action items resulting from the prior peer review finding remain incomplete.
    Criminal Background
    Practitioner attests to drug use or criminal activity or background check – misdemeanor or felony.
    Miscellaneous
    Federal Office of Inspector General exclusions.
  • Revision History

  • Effective: 10/23/2023

Article 4.2 – Professional Workforce: Medical Services

1.4.2.1 New Medical Provider and Physician Manager Onboarding

  • Policy

    • All new civil service medical providers, including Physician and Surgeons, Physician Assistants (PA), and Nurse Practitioners (NP) who work in the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) shall be provided standardized onboarding which includes general and job-specific orientation and training.

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS), CDCR shall provide standardized onboarding, which includes general and job-specific orientation and training, for all new physician managers.

    • All new registry medical providers, including Physician and Surgeons, PAs, and NPs, shall be provided standardized onboarding within the initial 14 days of their job start date not to exceed 40 hours.  This policy and procedure shall not be interpreted as altering or modifying existing laws and regulations governing civil service probationary periods or the provisions of any applicable bargaining unit contract.

  • Purpose

    • To maintain a comprehensive and standardized New Medical Provider Onboarding and New Physician Manager Onboarding process that:

    • Supports new medical providers and new physician managers with required orientation and training facilitated by experienced subject matter experts.

    • Facilitates adherence to applicable clinical guidelines and departmental standards.

    • Promotes job satisfaction and retention while increasing provider effectiveness and efficiency.

  • Applicability

    • This policy applies to all new medical providers and new physician managers with CCHCS, CDCR.

  • Responsibility

    • The Headquarters (HQ) Deputy Director Medical Services, and Deputy Medical Executive (DME), Clinical Policy and Provider Workforce are responsible for statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of this policy at the HQ level within their unit.

    • Regional Health Care Executives and Regional DMEs are responsible for the implementation of this policy for the providers working at their designated regional office and those working at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Medical Executive (CME) are responsible for the implementation of this policy at the assigned institution.

  • Procedure Overview

    • The Credentialing and Privileging Support Unit shall notify the Education and Training Unit of all new civil service medical providers and new physician managers who shall then be enrolled and participate in all aspects of the standardized onboarding process, which is in addition to other standard training and orientation for new employees. New Civil Service Medical Providers shall participate in:

      • Institution orientation and training

      • Peer Mentorship

      • Shadowing and Proctoring

      • Headquarters organizational level orientation and training

      • Electronic Health Records System (EHRS) training

      • Dragon Dictation training (optional)

    • New registry medical providers shall participate in onboarding necessary to perform their assigned duties.  Appropriate onboarding may include some of the following including, but not limited to:

      • Institution or Telemedicine orientation and training

      • EHRS training

      • Dragon Dictation training (optional)

    • New physician managers shall participate in:

      • Headquarters New Physician Manager Onboarding orientation and training

      • New Physician Manager Peer Mentorship Program

    • The following tools shall be maintained and reviewed for updates as appropriate at least annually to ensure onboarding is properly supported with current information and resources:

      • Onboarding Checklist

      • Onboarding Plan Template

      • Onboarding Agenda and Curriculum

      • Physician Resource Library (PRL) Index & User Guide

      • Peer Mentor Guidelines

  • Procedure for New Civil Service Medical Providers

    • Onboarding shall commence after completion of the credentialing process and provisional clinical privileges have been granted.

      • Orientation and Training

        • The DME, or Assistant DME, and CME, or Chief Physician & Surgeon (CP&S), utilizing the Onboarding Checklist, the Onboarding Plan Template, and the PRL shall ensure each new civil service medical provider is properly oriented to all of the outlined areas over the course of the initial 12 weeks of onboarding.

        • It is the responsibility of the physician manager and supervisor to ensure the CDCR New Employee Orientation is completed during the same period. The Onboarding Checklist, the Onboarding Plan Template, and the Sample Schedule are located within the PRL.

      • Peer Mentorship

        • New medical providers shall be assigned a peer mentor who shall serve as a non-managerial point of contact, with whom the new provider can connect. This will help to enculture new providers into the organization’s values, assist with acclimation to their new environment, aid in preventing burnout and increase collegiality by creating a positive atmosphere that encourages growth and support during the onboarding period.

      • Shadowing and Proctoring (for new medical providers involved in direct patient care)

        • New medical providers shall, in the first three weeks of employment, be assigned to a variety of providers across clinical settings with the purpose of shadowing and observing how care is delivered in the various unique correctional settings and how the care teams interact within the Complete Care Model.

        • After the third week of employment, new medical providers may begin seeing patients while being proctored by the CP&S or CME.

      • Headquarters Onboarding

        • ETU staff shall maintain a rolling training calendar and publish a listing of upcoming HQ Onboarding and EHRS training dates for at least a six-month period. An HQ-based training program consisting of the Learning Management System (LMS), remote, and in-person didactic sessions shall be developed and maintained by ETU to include all topics designated to HQ as outlined in the Onboarding checklist.

      • Electronic Health Record Training

        • A training program consisting of approximately 16 hours of basic EHRS training via LMS shall be completed prior to the new provider participating in any direct patient care.

        • After the completion of basic EHRS training and a minimum of two to three weeks of direct patient care and EHRS utilization, the new medical provider shall attend an in-person or virtual eight-hour Optimization training to ensure familiarity and competency with the EHRS and its ancillary electronic documentation requirements.

    • Direct Patient Care Responsibilities during the Onboarding Period

      • Clinical Responsibilities

        • Once the new medical provider has been successfully oriented to all clinical service areas and spent time shadowing and proctoring, they shall be allowed to practice independently with an abbreviated schedule with support from the CP&S and CME as needed. There should be a gradual increase in the number of clinical encounters assigned each day over the course of at least a four-week period before the new provider is expected to perform at full capacity consistent with their experienced peers.

      • Afterhours or Provider On-Call Responsibilities during the Onboarding period

        • On-call duties shall begin no earlier than six to eight weeks after the hire start date with backup support from the CP&S or CME for a minimum of four on-call shifts.

      • Within 90 days of the new civil service medical provider hire date, the institution CP&S or CME shall ensure completion of the Onboarding Checklist, review, sign, and submit the completed checklist to Medical Services at ETU@cdcr.ca.gov as indicated on the form.

  • Procedure for Registry Providers

    • Institution Orientation and Training

    • Registry medical providers shall obtain up to 40 hours of onboarding, typically provided within the initial 14 days of their contract assignment. The 40 hours of initial onboarding shall be paid at the adjusted contract rate. The specific number of hours of onboarding to be provided for registry providers is determined by their area of specialty.

    • It is the responsibility of the physician manager and supervisor to ensure the Registry Medical Provider completes the Registry Medical Provider Onboarding Curriculum and Certification.

  • Procedure for New Physician Managers

    • Onboarding shall commence after completion of the credentialing process.

    • Orientation and Training

      • The hiring authority or physician manager shall ensure that the new physician manager completes the New Physician Manager Onboarding curriculum and the Physician Manager Mentor Program within the first 12 months of their new position.

    • Peer Mentorship

      • The new physician manager shall be assigned a peer mentor who shall serve as a non-supervisory point of contact to help enculture new leaders into the organization’s values, assist with acclimation to their new environment, aid in preventing burnout and increase collegiality by creating a positive atmosphere that encourages growth and support during the onboarding period.

  • References

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 4, Section 3435, In-Service Training

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 18

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2017

    • Revised: 06/02/2025

1.4.2.2 Advanced Practice Provider

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall recruit, train, evaluate, and integrate Advanced Practice Provider (APP) staff, specifically Nurse Practitioners (NP) and Physician Assistants (PA), as part of the CCHCS Medical Services Program.  CCHCS shall promote the use of APP staff in primary care settings and in certain specialty care settings if the APP has achieved advanced training, education, and competency as determined by the physician manager.  CCHCS recognizes that physicians and APP staff are integral and valued members of the CCHCS Medical Services primary care team. 

  • Purpose

    • To provide standardized procedures for APP staff; to outline the functions that APP staff may perform; to assist health care providers in understanding the roles, responsibilities, scope of practice, and level of supervision for APP staff; and to ensure integration of APP staff into the primary care team.

  • Responsibility

    • CCHCS departmental leadership, at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, shall ensure administrative, custodial, and clinical systems are in place and appropriate tools, training, technical assistance, and levels of resources are available.

    • Regional Health Care Executives are responsible for implementation of the procedure at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.  Regional executive teams shall provide training and ongoing support to the Chief Medical Executive (CME) and Chief Physician & Surgeon (CP&S).

    • The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), or designee, of each institution is responsible for the local implementation, monitoring, and evaluation of this procedure.

    • The CEO is responsible for hiring APP staff (civil service or contract employees).  The hiring process for APP staff shall follow established State Personnel Board rules and CCHCS procedures.

    • The CME and CP&S are responsible for onboarding, training, evaluation, and clinical supervision of APP staff.

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure defines the roles and responsibilities of APP staff, specifically NPs and PAs working within their scope of practice as defined by federal and state law, and in accordance with an approved Practice Agreement.

  • Procedure

    • Education, Experience, and Certification

      • The hiring authority shall obtain verification of credentials from the headquarters Credentialing and Privileging Support Unit (CPSU) prior to making a formal job offer to an APP applicant.

      • APP staff hired by CCHCS (civil service and contract employees) shall comply with the minimum professional requirements for credentialing and privileging approval pursuant to the Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Section 1.4.1.2, Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging.

      • For PA staff only, additional qualifications include proof of completion of an approved controlled substance education course. A certificate of completion shall be retained at the hiring institution for the duration of employment.  An electronic copy of the certificate shall be submitted to the headquarters CPSU for retention in the credentialing file. PA staff must ensure that their Practice Agreement is updated to reflect completion of the education course.

        • PA staff who successfully complete a controlled substance education course are authorized to write medication orders for Schedule II through V controlled substances without prior approval from a physician.

        • PA staff who have not successfully completed a controlled substance education course are only authorized to write medication orders for Schedules III through V without prior approval from a physician. Orders for Schedule II medications must have prior approval from a physician.

    • New Medical Provider Onboarding

      • All civil service APP staff shall complete the New Medical Provider Onboarding (NMPO) program at their assigned institution.  NMPO shall include pertinent information regarding the work environment, institution and headquarters resources, as well as job expectations. NMPO shall be completed pursuant to the HCDOM, Section 1.4.2.1, New Medical Provider Onboarding.

    • Scope of Practice Authority

      • APP staff must request and be granted provisional privileges prior to beginning patient care duties and shall follow all CCHCS policies and procedures.  APP staff employed by CCHCS may perform the functions listed in the Practice Agreement that are within their scope of practice and for which they are deemed competent and are consistent with their credentialing, privileging, education, and experience, and that are delegated in writing by their physician manager utilizing the Practice Agreement to delineate the authorized health care services.

      • Practice Agreement

        • Within five calendar days of hire, and prior to providing health care services, all APP staff must review and sign the Practice Agreement with the physician manager at the hiring institution.

        • Signing the Practice Agreement implies:

          • The intent of all parties to comply with the Practice Agreement’s regulations.

          • The willingness of all parties to maintain a collaborative working relationship.

        • Supervising physicians and APP staff can request the Practice Agreement from the CPSU at CredentialsVerificationUnit@cdcr.ca.gov.  The Practice Agreement can also be accessed on CCHCS Lifeline under Medical Services in the Provider Resource Library (PRL) under Administrative Support/HR-Related. If staff requires access to the PRL, a request may be submitted to:  ProviderResourceLibrary@cdcr.ca.gov.

        • The Practice Agreement shall be reviewed and signed upon reappointment, relocation to a new institution, or if a new physician manager is hired at the current institution.  The signed Practice Agreement shall be maintained at the hiring institution for the duration of employment.  An electronic copy of the signed Practice Agreement shall be submitted to the headquarters CPSU for retention in the credentialing file.

          • Delegated Services Agreements signed prior to December 31, 2019, shall remain valid until the time of reappointment, relocation to a new institution, or if a new physician manager is hired at the current institution.

        • The Practice Agreement adheres to the regulations jointly promulgated by the California Board of Registered Nursing and the Medical Board of California.

      • Clinical Direction of Medical Assistants (MA)

        • The CP&S and/or the CME, or other physician manager, serving as the MA staff Physician Manager, may indicate in writing that an APP may provide clinical oversight to MAs functioning as provider support within an APP-lead care team.

    • Care Setting

      • APP staff may perform medical services as specified in the Practice Agreement in Reception Centers, Primary Care Clinics, Specialty Clinics, Outpatient Housing Units, Correctional Treatment Centers, Hospice Units, Triage and Treatment Areas, Skilled Nursing Facilities, and other clinical settings as determined by the physician manager.

      • Credentialing and privileging for practice in licensed inpatient settings shall be in accordance with all applicable State regulations.

        • When providing care in an inpatient setting, the APP staff shall closely collaborate with the physician manager, who shall be the physician of record.

        • In an urgent medical situation, if the physician manager is not readily available, the APP staff may clinically consult with other attending physicians.  The physician manager shall be apprised of the situation when they are available and shall remain the physician of record.

    • Physician Consultation

      • Physician consultation shall be obtained as specified in the Practice Agreement.

      • Whenever a physician is consulted, a notation including the date, time, and physician’s name shall be documented in the health record.

      • All patient consultations or treatment related to new or recurrent diagnosis of depression, anxiety, or any other mental health condition or diagnosis shall be referred to mental health services at the institution consistent with the Mental Health Program Guide.

      • Whenever an APP makes a mental health referral it shall be documented in the health record.

    • Patient Health Records

      • All APP staff shall be responsible for the preparation of a complete health record for each patient encounter.  All information relevant to patient care shall be documented in the health record including, but not limited to:

      • Assessments

      • Diagnoses

      • Treatment plans

      • Consent forms

      • Procedure notes

      • Physician consultations and/or referrals (including the physician’s name)

      • Discharge notes

      • Other procedure specific information.

    • Supervision of Advanced Practice Providers

      • The CME at each institution shall ensure that all APP staff receive the same oversight and supervision including adequate support.  APP staff shall generally receive day-to-day supervision by the CP&S with the CME serving as back-up.  The physician manager shall not supervise more than four NP staff and four PA staff at one time.  It is the responsibility of the physician manager to ensure physician consultation is available at all times either onsite, by telephone, or via electronic device, and that the following occur for all APP staff:

      • APP staff are properly credentialed including appropriate privileges as described in the HCDOM, Section 1.4.1.2, Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging.

      • APP staff receive NMPO in accordance with HCDOM.

      • APP staff comply with all departmental policies, procedures, and the Practice Agreement.

      • Health record reviews for each APP staff are completed within established timeframes as specified in Section (e)(8)(B).

      • Completion of three probationary reports and annual performance evaluations for each APP staff pursuant to State Personnel Board rules.

      • The Practice Agreement is signed by each APP staff and physician manager and is retained at the hiring institution and with the headquarters CPSU for the duration of employment.

    • Evaluation of Clinical Competence

      • Initial Focused Professional Practice Evaluations (IFPPE) shall be completed for every APP staff during their probationary period.  The IFPPE shall be completed pursuant to the HCDOM, Section 1.4.2.5, Professional Practice Evaluation.

      • Health Record Reviews

        • To promote safe, effective prescribing, all patient health records for whom a Schedule II medication was ordered by any APP must be reviewed and co-signed by the physician manager within seven calendar days.

        • The physician manager is responsible for review and co-signature of a minimum of two health records per month from each APP staff.  Health records for review shall include, but not be limited to, the following types of patients and/or situations:

          • Patient cases based on predetermined clinical triggers.

          • Patients discharged from a community hospital or emergency department.

          • High risk patient encounters seen by the APP.

          • Patients not improving with current treatment (e.g., a diabetic patient with persistent A1C results≥ 9%).

          • Medium risk patients with multiple comorbidities.

          • Patients whose clinical presentation is complex.

          • Patients discussed with the physician manager.

        • Health records shall be forwarded through the Electronic Health Record System within one calendar day of the encounter.

        • It is the joint responsibility of the physician manager and the individual APP to ensure the minimum number of health records are submitted and reviewed.

        • The physician manager shall review and countersign the health records submitted by APP staff within seven calendar days of the date of the clinical encounter.

        • Documentation shall be patient-specific and reflect adequate quality of care, completeness, accuracy, and legibility (if applicable).

          • In addition, for health records with orders for Schedule II controlled substances, the physician manager shall review the health record for appropriateness of the order and ensure documentation of follow up and monitoring.

          • The physician manager shall enter a note in the health record either concurring with the APP or providing alternate orders and/or patient management direction as appropriate.

        • If quality of care issues are discovered during the review, the physician manager shall take action to correct immediate problems and communicate with the APP in a timely manner to discuss the review and provide patient management direction and/or additional training. At their discretion, the physician manager may elevate the issue for further review using the Focused Professional Practice Evaluation process as described in the HCDOM, Section 1.4.2.5, Professional Practice Evaluation.

      • Ongoing Professional Practice Evaluations (OPPE) shall be completed for every civil service APP staff for the duration of their employment with CCHCS.  The OPPE shall be completed, and APP staff shall receive an individual improvement plan pursuant to the HCDOM, Section 1.4.2.5, Professional Practice Evaluation.

    • On-Call

      • APP staff may be scheduled to provide on-call services in all areas of the institutions pursuant to the HCDOM Section 5.2.1, On-Call/Standby and Callback.

      • When an APP is on-call, the assigned physician manager shall be available either onsite, by telephone, or via electronic device to provide supervision and clinical support.  In the event that the physician manager is not available, the Regional Deputy Medical Executive or other approved designee may be contacted for supervision or clinical support.

      • APP staff scheduled on-call shall be compensated in accordance with their respective Bargaining Unit Memorandum of Understanding.

  • References

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 6, Article 2, Section 2725(b)(4)

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 6, Article 8, Section 2836.1, 2836.2 and 2836.3

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 7.7, Articles 1-8, Sections 3500-3546

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 9, Article 2, Section 4040

    • California Health and Safety Code, Division 10, Chapter 4, Article 1, Section 11165

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 2, Article 4, Section 3999.133

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 13, Chapter 3, Article 4, Section 1379

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 13.8, Article 7, Sections 1399.610-612

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 13.8, Article 8, Sections 1399.615-618

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 14, Article 7, Section 1474

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 14, Article 8, Section 1480(o)

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.1.2, Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.2.1, New Medical Provider Onboarding

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.2.5, Professional Practice Evaluation

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.6, Population and Care Management Services

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 5, Section 3.5.9, DEA Schedule II-V Controlled Substances

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 2, Section 5.2.1, On-Call/Standby and Callback

    • Bargaining Unit 17 Memorandum of Understanding

    • Bargaining Unit 19 Memorandum of Understanding

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 05/2009

    • Revised: 09/20/2023

1.4.2.3 Medical Assistant

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall recruit, orient, train, evaluate, develop, and integrate Medical Assistant (MA) staff into the health care delivery system. CCHCS shall promote the use of MA staff in ambulatory care settings and in other settings for defined tasks.  CCHCS recognizes that MA staff are integral and valued members of the care team.

  • Purpose

    • To outline the supervision of the MA staff and establish the functions and tasks that MA staff shall perform in support of patient care consistent with the Complete Care Model within Primary Care Clinics and Mental Health Services Delivery System clinical areas.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) and CCHCS departmental leadership, at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, shall ensure administrative, custodial, and clinical systems are in place and appropriate tools, training, technical assistance, and levels of resources are available.

    • Regional

      • Regional Health Care Executives are responsible for the implementation of this policy at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • Institutional

      • The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is responsible for the implementation of this policy at the institution level and for ensuring successful integration of the MA classification into the medical and mental health primary care teams at their institution.  The CEO may delegate the day-to-day operations of this process to the Chief Medical Executive (CME) and/or Chief/Supervising Psychiatrist, and the Chief Nurse Executive (CNE).

      • The CNEis responsible for training and administrative supervision of MAs, providing the initial orientation, testing of proficiencies to perform technical support services prior to performing those tasks, and ongoing mentoring of MAs assigned to their institution.

      • The CME and/or Chief Physician and Surgeon (CP&S) and the Chief/Supervising Psychiatrist are responsible for the clinical supervision of MA staff.

  • Procedure

    • Overview

      • This procedure defines the roles and responsibilities of MA staff working within their scope of practice as defined by federal and state law. CCHCS shall utilize MA staff to perform functions within their scope of practice performed under specific written orders from the licensed health care provider (Physician, Psychiatrist, Podiatrist, or Advanced Practice Provider (APP). 

    • Education, Experience, and Certification

      • MA staff hired by CCHCS shall possess a valid certificate from an agency approved by the Medical Board of California to practice as an MA.

      • Prior to performing technical support services, an MA shall receive training by the Supervising Registered Nurse (RN), nursing instructor, licensed health care provider, or an instructor in an approved school program to ensure the MA’s competence in performing a technical support service at the appropriate standard of care.

    • Medical Assistant Onboarding

      • Civil service MA staff shall complete position specific onboarding and proficiency testing at their assigned institution within 30 calendar days of the date of hire, in addition to New Employee Orientation and one week of nursing on-boarding training that is institution specific.  Onboarding shall include pertinent information regarding the work environment, institution and headquarters resources, as well as job expectations. Proficiency in expected tasks and procedures shall be tested using the current Medical Assistant Technical Supportive Services Proficiency Observation and shall be administered by the institution CNE, or designee.

    • Evaluation of Clinical Proficiency and Duties

      • The CNE, or designee, or nursing or Mental Health (MH) designee, shall ensure that the MA is proficient in the skills necessary to perform essential job functions. During the onboarding process, the MA shall be observed by a Supervising RN, or in the case of MAs working in the MH program, a MH supervisor, demonstrating proficiency in each of the skills listed in Section (d)(4)(B). Prior to the MA independently working in the clinic, the CME or CP&S for Medical MAs or Chief/Supervising Psychiatrist for MH MAs or other Physician Manager shall review and sign the Medical Assistant Technical Supportive Services Proficiency Observation checklist confirming the MA is proficient in the expected skills and noting any exceptions. Exceptions or additions of skills for MH MAs may be noted on the checklist.

      • Expected skills include, but are not limited to:

        • Use of the Electronic Health Record System.

        • First aid.

        • Measuring:

          • Weight

          • Height

          • Oral, tympanic, axillar, and rectal temperature

          • Apical and radial pulses

          • Respiratory rate

          • Manual and automated blood pressure

          • Visual acuity (Snellen Chart)

          • Peak flow

        • Recognizing and reporting abnormal vital signs.

        • Performing 12 lead electrocardiogram.

        • Preparing patients for examinations including positioning and draping.

        • Assisting the licensed health care provider in examinations.

        • Assisting the licensed health care provider in procedures including shaving and disinfecting treatment sites.

        • As authorized by the licensed health care provider, providing the patient information and instructions.

        • Performing patient ear lavage and removing impacted cerumen.

        • Administering medications via oral, sublingual, vaginal, or rectal routes. Inhalation medication requires additional certification/training.

        • Applying topical medication.

        • Performing intramuscular, subcutaneous, and intradermal injections with additional certification/training.

        • Describing and recording skin test reactions. MAs shall not interpret test results.

        • Applying bandages (e.g., dry sterile, steri-strip, ace wrap), dressings, and orthopedic appliances (e.g., knee immobilizer, orthotics).

        • Removing bandages, dressings, orthopedic appliances, casts, splints, external devices, staples, and sutures.

        • Orthotic impression; padding and custom molded shoes.

        • Collecting nasal smears; throat cultures; and urine, stool, sputum, and semen specimens.

        • Performing glucometer calibration; point of care testing for blood glucose; point of care testing-UA Dipstick, point of care testing-Fecal Occult Blood Test.

        • Processing and examining specimens.

        • Selecting and adjusting crutches and canes for patients.

        • Instructing patients on the proper use of crutches and canes.

      • MA duties shall include, but are not limited to:

        • Attending daily huddles and Population Management Working Sessions. MAs shall actively participate in treatment team and primary care clinic huddles.

        • Conducting syringe and tool inventories for the assigned provider clinics and documenting the results of the counts on the appropriate forms.

        • Maintaining accurate logs for needles and syringes utilized.

        • Maintaining security of working areas and materials e.g., ensuring patients do not have access to contraband materials within the working areas.

        • Collecting the CDCR 7362, Health Care Services Request Form, for assigned area(s) of responsibility each day and delivering the forms to the Primary Care RN to determine disposition.

        • Checking-in/out of patients as directed (e.g., directing a patient to a room, recording vital signs, updating scheduling to indicate that the patient arrived for the appointment).

        • MAs shall assist in the management of the clinic schedule by:

          • Utilizing expected skills referenced in Section (d)(4)(B).

          • Ensuring the daily clinic starts as scheduled.

          • Reviewing and printing the Patient Summary Sheet for each patient as directed by care team members.

          • Reviewing Effective Communication (EC) needs of each patient pursuant to the Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Section 2.1.2, Effective Communication Documentation; including ensuring paper forms contain the EC stamp/sticker; coordinating Sign Language Interpreters/Video Remote Interpretation, or other interpreters as needed; and ensuring the designated alternate means of EC are available prior to the scheduled appointment time.

          • Utilizing available resources including decision support tools (e.g., Patient Registries, Patient Summaries, Huddle Reports) to identify prescriptions expiring within seven calendar days. MAs shall review the health record and provide a Medication Reconciliation form to the provider for medication orders and appointment scheduling, if necessary, to ensure continuity of patient care.

          • Preparing the exam room and ensuring the necessary supplies and forms are available prior to each appointment.

          • Ensuring the health care and mental health provider maintains adherence to the clinic schedule.

          • Accurately charting, transcribing, and implementing provider diagnostic orders within their scope of practice.

          • Assisting the Health Care Access Unit officer in maintaining an accurate clinic log.

        • Performing routine testing per the physicians’ order (e.g., electrocardiograms, visual acuity, office pulmonary function tests such as peak flow).

        • Fitting prescription lenses or using optical devices in connection with ocular exercises, visual training, vision training, or orthoptics pursuant to Business and Professions Code, Section 2544 and 3042, if specifically trained.

        • Assisting with telehealth clinic visits including preparing patients and administrative support for clinics as needed.

        • Positioning, operating, and maintaining telehealth equipment including reporting damaged, malfunctioning, and missing equipment to the clinic supervisor.

        • Processing provider’s orders for Durable Medical Equipment (DME) including:

          • Distributing ordered DME (e.g., shoes, orthotics, insoles, glasses)

          • Completing the DME log.  Once logged, the MA shall forward the completed DME receipts to the required departments per institutional local operating procedure (e.g., the ADA Coordinator).

          • Monitoring and ordering medical supplies and DME to maintain minimum clinic levels, completing appropriate paperwork, and distributing to the appropriate departments.

        • Distributing ordered medical supplies to the patient with written instruction by the authorized provider (e.g., catheters for self-catheterization, wound care supplies, diabetic self-care supplies).

        • Providing basic patient information and reinforcing patient education provided by the RN or provider.

        • Assisting in the institution’s response to emergencies as part of the health care team including:

          • Performing basic first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in emergencies per individual certification.

          • Assisting with coordinating the transportation of patients during medical emergencies.

          • Maintaining Basic Life Support certification in accordance with the HCDOM, Chapter 3, Article 7, Emergency Medical Response.

        • Cleaning and performing operator level maintenance on assigned equipment and notifying the appropriate supervisor when equipment is not functioning per the manufacturer’s specifications.

        • Attending in-service training classes, staff or committee meetings as required, and continuing education classes.

        • Maintaining required MA certification(s) and having knowledge of current local operating procedures.

        • Assisting with Quality Management monitoring including compliance reports, medication refusals, and Penal Code 2602 data monitoring.

        • Additional duties as required for MH MAs assigned to telepsychiatry.

    • Care Setting

      • MA staff may perform designated tasks in Reception Centers, Ambulatory Care Clinics, Specialty Clinics, Telehealth, and other clinical settings as determined by the Physician Manager. MAs shall not be utilized in inpatient settings; Triage and Treatment Areas; or specialized health care housing units including Correctional Treatment Centers, Skilled Nursing Facilities, Outpatient Housing Units, and Psychiatric Inpatient Program units.

      • MA staff may provide emergency medical response services in accordance with their training and experience in other areas of the institution when medically necessary for the preservation of life and limb.

    • Health Record

      • Technical supportive services performed by the MA shall be documented in the health record, which shall include the name, initials, or other identifier of the MA; the date, time, and description of the service performed; and the name of the licensed health care provider) who gave the MA patient-specific authorization to perform the service, or who authorized such performance under a patient-specific standing order.

    • Supervision and Clinical Oversight of Medical Assistants

      • An onsite Physician Manager, or APP designee, shall be available at all times for provider consultation while MA staff is working including in the institution or receiving clinical direction from a Telehealth provider.

      • MA staff shall not be scheduled during hours when an onsite Physician Manager, or APP designee, is not available.

      • The CP&S and/or the CME for Medical MAs or Chief/Supervising Psychiatrist for MH MAs serves as the  Physician Manager and may indicate in writing that an APP may provide clinical oversight to MAs functioning as provider support within an APP-lead care team.

      • Daily clinical oversight of the MA is completed by the licensed health care provider working with the MA, and in the care team setting an RN may also provide clinical direction for basic tasks which do not require a specific order. The clinical oversight function for the MA may be delegated to an APP.

      • A licensed health care provider may provide written instructions to be followed by an MA in the performance of tasks or supportive services. The written instructions may provide that a Supervising RN may assign a task that is authorized by a licensed health care provider.

      • The CNE, or Supervising RN designee, at each institution shall ensure that MA staff receive administrative supervision and support.

      • The CNE, or Supervising RN designee, shall complete probationary and annual performance evaluations for MA staff with input from the licensed health care provider and others who work closely with the MA.

  • References

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 5, Article 3, Sections 2069-2071

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 5.4, Section 2544

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 7, Article 3, Section 3042

    • California Health and Safety Code, Division 2, Chapter 1, Article 1, Section 1204

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 13, Chapter 3, Article 2, Sections 1366-1366.4

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manuel, Article 18, Section 32010.14 Non-Custody Staff Required Annual Training

    • California Correctional Health Care Services, Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 2, Article 1, Section 2.1.2, Effective Communication Documentation

    • California Correctional Health Care Services, Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Complete Care Model

    • California Correctional Health Care Services, Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 7, Emergency Medical Response

    • Bargaining Unit 17 Memorandum of Understanding

    • Bargaining Unit 19 Memorandum of Understanding

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 04/2021

1.4.2.4 Medical Provider Documentation Expectations

  • Purpose

    • To ensure that medical providers document all relevant clinical encounters in a complete and timely manner while adhering to all organizational, federal, state, regulatory, and accreditation requirements. The health record is a medical legal document and where every effort shall be made for an accurate and timely record of the patient’s condition, progress, and treatment plans.

  • Responsibilities

    • Statewide

      • The Deputy Director, Medical Services is responsible for the oversight, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of this procedure.

    • Regional

      • The Regional Deputy Medical Executive is responsible for the oversight, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of this procedure at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • Institutional

      • The Chief Medical Executive, or designee, is responsible for ensuring that medical physicians, Nurse Practitioners, and Physician Assistants understand and adhere to documentation expectations.

  • Procedure

    • Medical providers shall adhere to the following documentation requirements:

      • Content and format of the health record shall be uniform, and medical providers shall use only approved California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) documentation formats.

        • For patient safety reasons, abbreviations, acronyms, and symbols shall be used only when they are on the CCHCS approved list of abbreviations and symbols.

        • All documentation shall be entered electronically, except during Electronic Health Record System (EHRS) downtime procedures or when a particular process requires paper documentation. All paper documentation shall be legible so that patient safety is preserved when other health care staff are caring for the patient.

          • Documentation shall be clear, concise, objective, reflect factual information, and shall serve to identify the patient, support and justify the provider’s medical decision making regarding the patient’s diagnosis, care, treatment, and services provided, as well as document the course of treatment and results.

          • Documentation shall not be discourteous to other individuals and shall not include copies of administrative memos, administrative directives or emails, non-clinical information, or other information which is unrelated to the patient’s care.

        • When using templates, care shall be taken to ensure the information entered is accurate and consistent.

      • Frequency and Timeliness of documentation: To provide safe and efficient treatment for patients, all health care staff shall have timely access to health information.

        • Documentation shall be entered in the patient’s medical record whenever the patient is assessed, evaluated, given education, or receives orders for diagnostic testing, medications or other treatment.

          • This includes, but is not limited to, in-person and telemedicine clinic visits, inpatient admissions and rounding, Triage and Treatment Area (TTA) visits, on-call duties and in clinic co-consultations with a nurse.

          • Documentation frequency in the inpatient setting is determined by Title 22 for Correctional Treatment Center (CTC) patients, except for the exemptions CDCR has obtained, and for Psychiatric Inpatient Program (PIP), and Skilled Nursing Facilities (SNFs). Documentation frequency is and as outlined by CCHCS leadership for medical providers seeing patients in Mental Health Crisis Bed (MHCB), and  Outpatient Housing Unit (OHU) patients. Refer to Appendix 1, Documentation Frequency in Inpatient Settings.

        • Medical providers shall document in the medical record after the encounter. Specifically, documentation shall be completed, signed off, and submitted within the following timeframes:

          • For in-person or telemedicine encounters, documentation is expected to be completed the day of the appointment but no later than the next calendar day.

          • For inpatient rounding and on-site after hours encounters, documentation is expected to be completed the day of the encounter but no later than the next calendar day.

          • For on-call encounters done remotely, documentation shall be completed in the EHRS by the end of the next business day. (Health care staff shall have access to the onsite health care staff’s documentation of the TTA visit, etc. to assist with ongoing management).

          • For patients admitted to a CTC, PIP, MHCB, OHU, SNF or hospice, an admitting History and Physical (H&P) shall be performed by a medical provider within 24 hours of admission.

          • In rare circumstances where timeframe extensions are needed, written supervisor approval is required.

        • Telephone and verbal orders shall be reviewed and signed within 48 hours excluding weekends and holidays. Orders placed weekends or holidays shall be reviewed and signed off the next business day.

        • Late Entry: When a pertinent medical record entry was missed or not written in a timely matter, the provider shall follow the requirements:

          • Identify the new entry as a “late entry”

          • Identify or refer to the date and circumstance for which the late entry is written.

          • Enter the current date and time;

          • The entry shall be signed.

          • When making a late entry, document as soon as possible. There is no time limit for writing a late entry; however, the longer the time lapse, the less reliable the entry becomes.

        • Addendum: An addendum is another type of late entry that is used to provide additional information in conjunction with a previous entry.

          • In the EHRS the date, time, and author of the addendum is noted automatically and the addendum is flagged as part of the original note.

      • Identification of Documentation: In order to allow clinical information to be located easily within the EHRS, providers shall ensure that their documentation is made in the appropriate area of the EHRS and that entries are labeled correctly and with as much specificity as possible.

        • Medical notes in the Documentation section of the EHRS are each assigned a note “Type” and a “Title”.

          • The note “Type” is selected using a drop-down menu and includes choices “History and Physical”,” “Outpatient Progress Note”, “Inpatient Progress Note”, “Phone Message/Call” and “Procedure Note”.

          • The note “Title” is populated by choosing a “Note Template” from the selections offered. There are several choices of note templates that can be used including “Admission H&P”, “Office Visit Note”, “Progress/SOAP note”, “Procedure Note”, and “Free Text Note”. The note “Title” can also be entered as free text and customized.

          • Refer to Appendix 2, Examples of Encounter/Note Types, Titles and Templates for examples.

        • Ensuring, at minimum, that the note “Type” is correct shall assist other health care providers as they review the chart. For example:

          • Note type “Outpatient Progress Note” would be used for Chronic Care and Episodic Care, while note type “Procedure Note” would be used when documenting a medical procedure. Refer to Appendix 2 for examples.

        • On – Call Documentation: On – call duties are done “on-site” at some institutions and by phone.

          • The “on-site” call duties shall be documented utilizing note types “TTA Progress Note” or “Inpatient Progress Note” for rounding in inpatient areas.

          • Phone on-call duties shall be documented using the “Phone Message/Call” note type.

          • The medical provider shall record the assessment (or verbal assessment received), the actions taken, and the medical rationale for the actions taken. The on-call provider ensures any necessary follow up is ordered with the primary care provider (PCP).

      • Other Documentation Expectations:

        • Voice-activated documentation systems (e.g., Dragon): Providers using these systems shall review the note, correct errors and omissions and sign the note to authenticate its accuracy. A blanket disclaimer regarding possible dictation errors does not absolve a provider from needing to proofread their dictated notes for accuracy and completeness.

        • Copy and paste guidelines: The “copy and paste” functionality available in the health record has the potential to eliminate duplication of effort and save time, however it is also easily abused and “Legacy charting” that is not carefully edited is a risk to patient safety.

          • Carefully review and “copy and paste” information: Any “copy and paste” functionality should be kept to a minimum and when used, the pasted information shall be carefully reviewed and edited to ensure up-to-date and accurate documentation. Ensure that the information pasted belongs to the correct patient.

          • Copy and paste from the provider’s previous encounter: A provider may copy and paste entries made into the patient’s record during a previous encounter into a current record as long as care is taken to ensure that the information actually applies to the current visit, that applicable changes are made to variable data, and that any new information is recorded.

          • Copying from another provider’s entry: If a provider copies all or part of an entry made by another provider’s source documentation, the provider using the copied entry becomes responsible for the accuracy of the other provider’s source document. The source author’s name should be included.

          • Copying test results and data: If a provider copies and pastes test results into an encounter note, the provider is responsible for ensuring the copied data is relevant and accurate.

        • Review of Diagnostic Tests and Labs: Providers shall indicate that they have reviewed and addressed diagnostic reports by initialing and dating each report (when presented with a hard copy) or by electronically endorsing each report through the approved EHRS workflows. Refer to the Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Sections 3.1.13, Medical Imaging Services, and 3.1.14, Laboratory Services.

          • Per policy, the provider creates a patient letter, which is sent to the patient.

          • If clinically indicated the provider shall create a plan of care that addresses any abnormal test results and document this plan in the health record.

        • Effective Communication: Providers shall document validation that effective communication was provided when required by policy. Refer to the HCDOM, Section 2.1.2, Effective Communication Documentation.

  • Appendices

    • Appendix 1: Documentation Frequency in Inpatient Settings

    • Appendix 2: Examples of Encounter/Note Types, Titles and Templates

  • References

    • California Business & Professions Code, Section 2266; California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 9, Article 4, Section 77139, Health Record Service; Section 77141, Health Record Content; and Section 77143, Health Record Availability

    • American Health Information Management Association (AHIMA): Health Information Management Concepts, Principles, and Practice, Chapter 3, Documentation Standards, Pages 91-93; Chapter 8, Paper-based and Hybrid Health Records, and Incomplete Record Control, Pages 212- 215 (Third ed., 2010)

    • American Health Information Management Association (AHIMA): Documentation for Ambulatory Care, General Documentation Guidelines (Revised ed., 2001)

    • American Health Information Management Association (AHIMA): Update: Maintaining a Legally Sound Health Record – Paper and Electronic, Journal of AHIMA 76, No. 10, 64A-L (Nov-Dec 2005)

    • Medical Provider Rounding and Documentation – Specialized Health Care Housing Memorandum June 27, 2022

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 2, Article 1, Section 2.1.2, Effective Communication Documentation

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.13, Medical Imaging Services

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.14, Laboratory Services

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 05/12/2023
      Revised: 11/22/2023

  • Appendix 1: Documentation Frequency in Inpatient Settings

  • Medical Correctional Treatment Center (CTC)

    Inpatient SettingFrequencyInpatient SettingFrequency
    Initial H&PWithin 24 hoursFrequency of clinical encounter and chart note once patient is stable, during the first
    month post admission
    At least every seven calendar days, more frequently as clinically indicated
    Frequency of clinical encounter and chart note if patient is not stableAt least every three  calendar daysFrequency of clinical encounter and chart note if patient remains stable, after first month post admissionAt least every 14 calendar days, more frequently as clinically indicated
  • Outpatient Housing Unit (OHU)

    Inpatient SettingFrequencyInpatient SettingFrequency
    Initial H&PWithin 24 hoursAdditional episodic careAs clinically indicated
    Routine clinical encounter and chart note frequencyAt least every 30
    calendar days
    Encounters following medical/surgical specialty appointmentsPer outpatient policy
  • Psychiatric inpatient Program (PIP) and Mental Health Crisis Bed (MHCB)

    Inpatient SettingFrequencyInpatient SettingFrequency
    Initial H&PWithin 24 hoursAdditional episodic careEncounters following medical/surgical specialty appointments
    Routine clinical encounter and chart note frequencyAt least every 30
    calendar days
    Encounters following medical/surgical specialty appointmentsPer outpatient policy
  • Appendix 2: Examples of Encounter/Note Types, Titles and Templates

    Encounter TypeEHRS Note TypeTitle (designated by Note Template chosen)
    Chronic Care VisitOutpatient Progress NoteMultiple Note Templates can be chosen including:
    ∙ Office Visit Note
    ∙ Progress/SOAP note
    ∙ Free Text Note
     
    For additional specificity providers can add detail to the title such as:
    “Office Visit Note Chronic Care DM”
     
    The Title can be entered completed as free text as well, such as:
    “CCP – MAT F/U, HTN”
    Medical Episodic Visit 7362 F/UOutpatient Progress NoteMultiple Note Templates as above can be chosen.
     
    Can add or free text additional information such as:
    “Progress/SOAP note abnormal lab follow – up”.
     
    The Title can be entered completed as free text as well, such as:
    “7362 F/U rash and knee pain”.
    Co – ConsultationOutpatient Progress NoteMultiple Note Templates as above can be chosen.
     
    “Free text note” and Title: “Co – Consult 7362 rash”
    ii.         PCP adds addendum to the Nursing documentation and co – signs the Nursing note.
    Specialist phone calls/ emails
    Family Communication
    Phone Message / CallTypically, “Free Text Note” template is used.
     
    Additional detail can be added to Title such as:
    Free Text Note Specialist correspondence Free Text Note Family Communication
    On-Call duties done on siteTTA Progress Note or Inpatient Progress NoteMultiple Note Templates can be chosen including:
    ∙ Office Visit Note
    ∙ Progress/SOAP note
    ∙ Free Text Note
    On-Call duties done remotelyPhone Message / CallNote Templates often used is Free Text Note
     
    “Dot-phrase” available to pull in some information: [.oncall]
    Procedure documentationProcedure NoteNote Template “Procedure Note”
     
    Can add Title detail such as: Procedure Note Toenail removal
    TTA visitTTA Progress NoteMultiple Note Templates can be chosen including:
    ∙ Office Visit Note
    ∙ Progress/SOAP note
    ∙ Free Text Note
     
    Additional detail can be added to Title such as: Free Text Note TTA Abdomen pain
    Inpatient documentation (including CTC, PIP, OHU)Inpatient Progress NoteMultiple Note Templates can be chosen including:
    ∙ Office Visit Note
    ∙ Progress/SOAP note
    ∙ Free Text Note
     
    Additional detail can be added to Title such as: “Progress/SOAP note CTC 7 day PCP”
    “Free Text Note PIP 30 day PCP”
  • Revision History:

  • Effective: 05/12/2023
    Revised: 11/22/2023

1.4.2.5 Professional Practice Evaluation

  • Policy

    • The California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) Professional Practice Evaluation (PPE) program shall ensure that patients receive health care services from competent and qualified licensed medical providers. The CCHCS PPE program is designed to follow a set of core competency standards.

    • The PPE program shall include structured Initial Focused Professional Practice Evaluations (IFPPE), Ongoing Professional Practice Evaluations (OPPE), Exploratory Focused Professional Practice Evaluation (EFPPE), and For Cause Medical Peer Review processes to assess the licensed medical provider’s general clinical knowledge, skills, and professional judgment. The PPE processes allow the physician managers and medical executives to provide objective, actionable, and clinically relevant feedback to the licensed medical provider during performance evaluations including suggested opportunities for improvement. These processes support ongoing professional development and improve the quality of professional practice and clinical care.

    • The PPE program shall ensure the timely evaluation of licensed medical providers.

    • The PPE measures and standards shall be reviewed by the Deputy Director, Medical Services, and the Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC) at a minimum of every two years to ensure continued relevance and alignment with statewide goals and objectives.

  • Purpose

    • To establish a structured clinical PPE program to:

      • Preserve standards of medical practice by providing a mechanism by which licensed medical providers are systematically evaluated for professional competency.

      • Improve patient care through training and development of licensed medical providers to ensure adherence to the highest applicable clinical standards.

      • Ensure patient safety and optimal clinical outcomes.

    • To outline the PPE process and demonstrate how it complements the state-required civil service employee evaluations including the annual STD 638, Performance Appraisal Summary, STD 636, Report of Performance for Probationary Employee, and the optional STD 637, Individual Development Plan.

  • Applicability

    • This policy applies to all civil service licensed medical providers including Physicians and Surgeons, Physician Assistants, and Nurse Practitioners. 

  • Confidentiality

    • In accordance with applicable laws governing confidentiality of peer review documents, it is essential that PPE documentation be maintained as confidential and not be available to unauthorized persons. All persons participating in the PPE process shall maintain PPE documentation in strict confidence. 

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure outlines the CCHCS PPE program which utilizes a suite of professional practice evaluation tools. The required evaluations outlined in this procedure are in addition to, and do not replace the required Civil Service STD 636, STD 638, and the optional STD 637. At the institutions, these evaluations shall be conducted as a shared responsibility between the Chief Medical Executives and the Chief Physician and Surgeons. 

    • The OPPE is a process whereby physician managers and medical executives identify strengths and opportunities to improve the quality of care and patient safety. When conducting the professional practice evaluation, the physician managers or medical executives shall consider health record clinical documentation, patient clinical outcome data, as well as utilization trends and other markers of clinical management.

    • The Focused PPE is a process whereby the physician manager evaluates the clinical competence and professional performance of a licensed medical provider. The various types of Focused PPEs are:

      • Initial Focused Professional Practice Evaluation

        • The IFPPE shall be conducted for all newly hired licensed medical providers involved in direct patient care including those who are not subject to a probationary period. 

      • Exploratory Focused Professional Practice Evaluation

        • An EFPPE shall be conducted when an OPPE evaluation identifies significant concerns with either clinical competency or professional practice patterns.

      • For Cause Medical Peer Review

        • A For Cause Medical Peer Review shall be conducted when the licensed medical provider’s ability to deliver patient care in a safe manner is called into question. Reviews may focus on a specific area of the licensed medical provider’s practice or a broader range of areas, and may utilize any source of information likely to assist in a thorough evaluation of the patient care in question.

        • All For Cause Medical Peer Review requests shall be referred to and conducted by the MPRC pursuant to the Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Sections 1.4.3.1, For Cause Medical Peer Review and 1.4.3.5, Peer Review Formal Investigation.

  • Procedure

    • Initial Focused Professional Practice Evaluation

      • The IFPPE is designed to assess the licensed medical provider’s competence to perform the job duties as outlined in the duty statement, identify opportunities for improvement, and assist the physician manager and medical executive with determining whether the provisional privileges of a provider on probation should be advanced to active privileges.

      • The physician manager shall complete the IFPPE at least seven days prior to the due date to allow the supervising medical executive sufficient time to review and endorse by the due date.

        • The IFPPE conducted for licensed medical providers shall occur at 10 weeks and 16 weeks from the start date.

        • The timing of the first and second IFPPE conducted for licensed medical providers whose employment is less than full time shall be calculated according to their fractional time base.

        • The PPE Select Patient List Power BI tool shall be used to generate clinical encounters likely to yield the most meaningful opportunities for improved patient outcomes.

        • The physician managers shall review the clinical care of 12 distinct patients over the course of the evaluation period. Each patient’s care shall be reviewed in a longitudinal manner rather than focus on one specific clinical encounter.

        • Upon completion of the IFPPE, the supervising medical executive shall review the IFPPE either endorsing the findings and recommendations or documenting findings and recommendations of their own.  The supervising medical executive shall return the endorsed IFPPE to the physician manager by the due date.

        • Once endorsed, the physician manager or medical executive shall discuss the IFPPE findings and recommendations with the licensed medical provider including areas where performance is at or above that which is expected as well as any noted opportunities for improvement.

        • The licensed medical provider shall sign the IFPPE.  If the provider refuses to sign, the physician manager or medical executive shall document the refusal.  A copy of the completed IFPPE shall be provided to the licensed medical provider.  One copy of the completed IFPPE shall be filed in the supervisory file, a copy shall be sent to the personnel specialist, and another copy to the PPE Support Unit no later than 14 days after the due date.

    • Ongoing Professional Practice Evaluation and Individual Improvement Plan

      • The physician manager or medical executive shall develop a recommendation based on the review of the licensed medical provider’s performance to include areas of strength and opportunities with a specific plan for improvement. If a follow-up review is needed, the time frame for that follow-up review shall be outlined in the recommendation.

      • The physician manager shall complete the OPPE at least seven days prior to the due date to allow the supervising medical executive sufficient time to review and endorse by the due date.

        • The PPE Select Patient List Power BI tool shall be used to generate clinical encounters likely to yield the most meaningful opportunities for improved patient outcomes.

        • The physician manager shall review the clinical care of six distinct patients over the course of the evaluation period.  Each patient’s care shall be reviewed in a longitudinal manner rather than focus on one specific encounter.

        • Upon completion of the OPPE, the supervising medical executive shall review the OPPE either endorsing the physician manager’s findings and recommendations or documenting findings and recommendations of their own. The supervising medical executive shall return the endorsed OPPE to the physician manager by the due date.

        • Once endorsed, the physician manager or medical executive shall discuss the OPPE findings and recommendations with the licensed medical provider including areas where performance is at or above that which is expected as well as any noted opportunities for improvement.

        •  The licensed medical provider shall sign the OPPE.  If the licensed medical provider refuses to sign the OPPE, the physician manager or medical executive shall document the refusal.  A copy of the completed OPPE shall be provided to the licensed medical provider. One copy of the completed OPPE shall be filed in the supervisory file, a copy shall be sent to the personnel specialist, and another copy to the PPE Support Unit no later than 14 days after the due date.

    • Exploratory Focused Professional Practice Evaluation

      • When the need for an EFPPE is identified, the physician manager or medical executive shall notify the Professional Practice Evaluation Support Unit of the basis for the EFPPE. The request shall include a clear written explanation of the nature of the patterns or trends of practice and performance that are in question.

        • Upon receipt of the request, the physician manager or medical executive shall utilize the PPE Select Patient List Power BI tool to select a minimum of six patient encounters that span the designated time frame to complete the EFPPE. Based on the evaluation findings and nature of the practice concerns, the physician manager or medical executive shall discuss the case with the supervising medical executive as appropriate and formulate recommendations for a specific plan for improvement which may range from additional education and training to a referral to the MPRC for consideration of clinical privilege modification due to significant patient safety concerns.

        • Upon completion of the EFPPE, the supervising medical executive shall review the EFPPE either endorsing the physician manager or medical executive’s findings and recommendations or documenting findings and recommendations of their own.

        • Once completed, the physician manager shall discuss the findings and recommendations with the licensed medical provider including areas where performance is at or above that which is expected as well as any noted opportunities for improvement.

    • For Cause Medical Peer Review

      • The For Cause Medical Peer Review shall be conducted when a PPE or other circumstance brings the licensed medical provider’s ability to provide direct patient care, supervise licensed providers, or manage a clinical program in a safe manner into question. The physician manager and medical executive shall review the PPE and the circumstance(s) to focus on a specific area of the licensed medical provider’s practice. All review requests shall be referred to and conducted by the MPRC pursuant to the HCDOM, Sections 1.4.3.1, For Cause Medical Peer Review and 1.4.3.5, Peer Review Formal Investigation.

      • If there is a risk of imminent danger to patients or a clinical program, the medical executive shall immediately submit a Safety Assessment referral to MPRC pursuant to the HCDOM, Section 1.4.3.3, Safety Assessment, Summary and Automatic Privilege Modification.

  • References

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2017

    • Revised: 09/03/2025

Article 4.3 – Professional Workforce: Medical Peer Review Process

1.4.3.1 For Cause Medical Peer Review

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) and California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) shall conduct peer review in a fair and consistent manner and in accordance with community standards for licensed medical providers with known or suspected substandard clinical practices and/or clinical misconduct which includes acts, demeanor, or conduct reasonably likely to be detrimental to patient safety or the delivery of medical care.  The policies and procedures set forth in this chapter shall be utilized to conduct non-routine, for cause peer review evaluations in order to determine when privileges should be suspended, revoked, or otherwise restricted or modified.  These are known as Focused Professional Practice Evaluations (FPPE).

    • Generally, these policies and procedures do not apply to matters that are subject to routine peer review (i.e., matters within the scope of the Health Care Department Operations Manual, Section 1.4.2.5, Professional Practice Evaluation) unless routine peer review reveals a concern for a provider’s ongoing ability to safely provide patient care.

    • These policies and procedures do not substitute a supervisor’s ordinary duty to monitor, train, evaluate and respond to all performance issues. However, any doubt should be resolved in favor of referring matters for handling under these policies and procedures.

    • Privileges are a condition of employment for all physicians and surgeons and, as such, final actions modifying privileges may simultaneously impact employment.

    • All aspects of proceedings conducted under this chapter are deemed to be confidential and legally privileged peer review proceedings.  All persons participating in these processes shall adhere to expectations and legal requirements by maintaining all records, files, and documents pertaining to peer review proceedings in strict confidence.

  • Overview

    • Based upon referrals which may be made pursuant to the Health Care Department Operations Manual, Section 1.4.3.2, Medical Peer Review Referral and Intake, or the outcome of Safety Assessments, the Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC) shall provide centralized, standardized, and autonomous non-routine or for cause peer review for licensed medical providers.  The MPRC shall make determinations which it deems necessary and appropriate to remediate deficiencies in clinical practices and/or professional misconduct.  The MPRC shall refer all Final Proposed Actions involving privileging modifications to the Health Care Executive Committee (HCEC) for approval and action. Other actions taken by MPRC may be reported to the HCEC on a consent calendar.

    • Informal hearings shall be offered to all licensed medical providers prior to the MPRC taking any action that would result in a privilege modification.

    • All appeals of Final Proposed Actions shall be heard by a Judicial Review Committee (“JRC”) at an evidentiary hearing.  The JRC consists of a panel of three independent and impartial peers who shall hear and determine the disposition of a Final Proposed Action brought before them.

    • The Governing Body oversees and directs the actions of the HCEC as needed and at its discretion.

  • Purpose

    • Ensure that patients receive medical care from competent medical providers.

    • Improve the quality of medical care.

    • Reduce morbidity and mortality.

    • Further the goal of providing appropriate, objective, and systematic due process for licensed medical providers before privileges are impacted and which may have an impact on the licensed medical provider’s employment.

    • Immediately address clinical performance or conduct issues which are below the applicable legal standard of care and/or may result in imminent danger to the health and/or safety of patient(s) and/or staff.

    • Satisfy legally required reporting obligations to the licensed medical provider’s licensing board and the National Practitioner Data Bank.

  • Responsibility

    • CDCR and CCHCS departmental leadership are responsible for the implementation, monitoring, and evaluation of this policy and associated procedures.

  • References

    • Federal Health Care Quality Improvement Act of 1986, Title 42, United States Code, Section 11101

    • Coleman v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court for the Eastern District Court of California, Case No. 2:90-cv-00520-LKK-JFM

    • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court of the Eastern District of California, Case No. C01-1351-JST

    • California Constitution, Article VII, Public Officers and Employees

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 1, Article 11, Section 800, et seq.

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 5, Article 12, 2220, et seq.

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 2, Division 1, Chapter 1, Sections 1-549.74

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 1, Article 7, Section 70703, Organized Medical Staff

    • Skelly v. State Personnel Board (1975) 15 Cal.3d 194

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.1.2, Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.2.5, Professional Practice Evaluation

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.3.2, Medical Peer Review Referral and Intake

    • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures, Pursuant to Order Approving, With Modifications, Proposed Policies Regarding Physician Clinical Competency, July 9, 2008;Plata v. Newsom, et al., Federal Court Case No. C01-1351 published September 4, 2008, Court ordered procedures

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2017

    • Reviewed: 10/17/2025

1.4.3.2 Medical Peer Review Referral and Intake

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure describes how instances of actual or suspected substandard clinical performance are referred for non-routine or for cause peer review so that appropriate action can be taken to ensure patient safety.

  • Responsibility

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation and California Correctional Health Care Services staff are encouraged to refer to the Professional Practice Evaluation Support Unit (PPESU) any provider whose conduct, performance, or competence is identified as concerning for patient safety. Identified referral sources shall refer known or suspected instances of substandard clinical performance as soon as possible.  All referrals involving any potential or perceived imminent danger to the health of patients or staff shall be made within one business day of discovery.

    • The following referral sources are required to timely forward all suspected instances of substandard clinical practices and professional misconduct to the PPESU:

      • Safety Assessment Panel pursuant to Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Section 1.4.3.3, Safety Assessment, Summary and Automatic Privilege Modification.

      • Institutional health care leadership.

      • Regional health care leadership.

      • Headquarters health care leadership.

      • Nursing Professional Practice Council.

      • Mental Health Peer Review Committee.

      • Dental Peer Review Committee.

      • Statewide Health Care Incident Review Committee.

      • Office of Internal Affairs.

      • Federal Receiver or designee(s).

  • Procedure

    • Written Referrals

      • A referral for non-routine peer review shall be in writing.

      • A referral shall include:

        • A concise statement about the incident, allegation, or reasonable suspicion pertaining to the medical provider(s).

        • The referrer is encouraged to provide as much specificity as possible supporting the suspicion to the extent that the evidence is known or presently available. Referrals should include at a minimum the following details:

          • Date of the alleged incident.

          • Date of discovery of the alleged incident.

          • Names of witnesses, including contact information. A summary of a statement may be appropriate.

          • Type of conduct, practice, or failure to act that caused the concern.

          • Proper practice and why the practice from this professional deviated from the acceptable practice, including medical records.

          • At risk or reckless behavior, if any.

          • Any complaints (staff or patient) associated with the allege incident or incidents.

          • Any past problems of which the referrer is aware.

          • Describe any feedback or training provided.

          • Any other documentation which is available or may be made available.

    • Where to Submit Referrals

      • Referrals shall be emailed to: mprcsupport@cdcr.ca.gov

      • In the absence of email availability, the referrals shall be sent to:
        CCHCS
        P.O. Box 588500
        Elk Grove, CA 95758
        Attn: Professional Practice Evaluation Support Unit, Bldg. E

    • Referral Intake Package

      • The PPESU support staff shall compile a Referral Intake Package consisting of the information from the referral, a summary of prior peer review activity if applicable, and all relevant documentation pertinent to determining the issue.

      • The PPESU support staff shall forward the Referral Intake Package to the Peer Review Intake Screener (PRIS), with the following exceptions:

        • Referrals from the Health Care Executive Committee (HCEC) shall be scheduled directly to the Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC) calendar without prior review from the PRIS.

        • If the licensed medical provider referred to the PPESU support staff is already under peer review at the MPRC level (i.e., non-routine or routine peer review which has been elevated to MPRC review), the case shall automatically be added to next MPRC calendar for review and incorporation into the existing peer review matter.

      • Referrals that do not result in a referral for non-routine peer review or are not part of an open case shall be included on the MPRC consent calendar and provided to the HCEC.

    • Peer Review Intake Screener

      • The PRIS shall be a member of the MPRC, as determined by the Deputy Director, Medical Services. For referrals involving a Physician Assistant or a Nurse Practitioner, the PRIS may be a physician or a provider of the same discipline as the subject provider.  The PRIS shall be assigned by the MPRC committee chair in collaboration with the assigned Regional Deputy Medical Executive.

      • The PRIS shall review all Referral Intake Packages within five business days after receipt from the MPRC support staff, or sooner, as warranted by circumstances surrounding the referral to determine whether the referral meets Intake Referral Criteria.

      • If the PRIS determines that the clinical issues identified pose potential or actual imminent danger to the health of patient(s) or staff, the PRIS shall immediately transmit a Request for Safety Assessment to the MPRC Chairperson pursuant to HCDOM, Section 1.4.3.3, Safety Assessment, Summary and Automatic Privilege Modification.

      • If the PRIS determines the referral does not meet Intake Referral Criteria:

        • The PRIS shall provide a written summary explaining why the case does not meet Intake Referral Criteria and provide the summary and the referral package to the PPESU support staff.

        • The PPESU support staff shall place the matter on the MPRC consent calendar.

          • If the consent calendar item is accepted by the MPRC, the case shall be closed.

          • If the consent calendar item is not approved by the MPRC, the committee shall discuss the case(s) at the time of the disapproval or schedule the matter for the next meeting, depending on time and/or urgency.

      • If the Peer Review Referral meets Intake Referral Criteria, the PRIS shall summarize the case and return it to the PPESU support staff which shall schedule the matter for review by the MPRC.

    • Intake Referral Criteria

      • Evaluation of whether a non-routine peer review referral meets Intake Referral Criteria consists of an evaluation of whether the licensed medical provider’s clinical performance or conduct has or is likely to have a negative impact on or pose a risk to patient safety or the clinical environment including whether the licensed medical provider’s professional performance or conduct falls below the applicable standard of care.

  • References

    • Federal Health Care Quality Improvement Act of 1986, Title 42, United States Code, Section 11101

    • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court of the Northern District of California, Case No. C01-1351 JST

    • California Constitution, Article VII, Public Officers and Employees

    • California Business and Professions Code, Section 800, et seq.

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures Pursuant to Order Approving, With Modifications, Proposed Policies Regarding Physician Clinical Competency, July 9, 2008; Plata v. Newsom, et al., Federal Court Case No. C01-1351 published September 4, 2008, Court ordered procedures

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Section 1.4.3.3, Safety Assessment, Summary and Automatic Privilege Modification

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 12/2017

    • Revised: 06/16/2025

1.4.3.3 Safety Assessment, Summary and Automatic Privilege Modification

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure shall be utilized to immediately address all safety concerns arising out of or related to clinical performance or conduct issues to protect the due process rights of the subject provider and satisfy any reporting obligations to the subject licensed medical provider’s licensing board and the National Practitioner Data Bank.

  • Responsibility

    • All health care staff including, but not limited to, medical executives, physician managers, the Peer Review Intake Screener, and the Statewide Health Care Incident Review Committee are responsible for referring safety concerns involving clinical performance or conduct to the attention of the institutional supervisor or regional or headquarters executive leadership.

    • The medical executive is responsible for informing the Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC) Chairperson and the Deputy Director, Medical Services, of the referred safety concerns.

    • The MPRC Chairperson, the Deputy Director, Medical Services, or designee, and the medical executive (collectively referred to as the “Panel”) are responsible for reviewing the facts to arrive at an initial determination regarding a Request for Safety Assessment and otherwise ensuring timely and efficient compliance with this procedure.

  • Procedure

    • Initial Determination

      • If the medical executive determines that a licensed medical provider’s clinical performance or conduct poses an imminent danger to the health of any patient or staff, the medical executive shall promptly make a referral by submitting a Request for Safety Assessment (RSA).

      • RSAs shall be submitted to the Professional Practice Evaluation Support Unit (PPESU) support staff.  The PPESU staff shall forward the RSA and all supporting documentation to the Panel within one business day.

      • The RSA shall include:

        • A completed RSA form.

        • All available supporting documents relevant to the underlying issues related to clinical practice and professional conduct.

        • A description of the potential danger to the health of any patients or staff as a result of the identified clinical performance or conduct.

      • When a Safety Assessment is requested or is being conducted, the licensed medical provider’s managers and supervisors shall redirect the licensed medical provider’s duties in the least restrictive manner to perform duties that eliminate the prospect of imminent danger and ensure patient safety until the Safety Assessment is completed, and the modification of privileges reviewed to determine ongoing necessity.

        • Administrative Time Off shall only be utilized in conjunction with a suspension of privileges with written approval from the Panel.

      • Within two business days of receiving the referral from the PPESU support staff, the Panel shall review the RSA and all additional facts and documents supporting the allegation in order to arrive at an initial determination regarding whether the clinical performance at issue does or is likely to cause imminent danger to the health of patient(s) or staff.

        • The Panel may consult with the referral source and California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) legal counsel to MPRC in the course of making its initial determination.

        • If the Panel finds that additional information is needed to make its determination, the Panel shall return the RSA to the physician manager or medical executive with a request for additional information necessary to make a determination. To the best of its ability, the Panel shall specify which items are needed in order to make a determination.

      • If the Panel finds that the clinical performance or conduct in question does not or is not likely to pose an imminent danger to the health of patient(s) or staff, the Panel shall:

        • Refer the matter to the MPRC for further review and disposition as warranted.

        • Provide the hiring or contracting authority with written notice of the following:

          • The Panel’s initial determination.

          • The referral to the MPRC for further review and action, as warranted.

        • The hiring or contracting authority shall immediately terminate any redirection that may be in effect.

      • If the Panel finds that the clinical performance or conduct in question does or is likely to pose an imminent danger to the health of patient(s) or staff, the Panel shall:

        • Schedule an emergency MPRC meeting for a determination of the clinical performance or conduct at issue.

        • Notify the referring medical executive of the MPRC meeting.

        • Review potential actions such as modification of duties or redirection, considering the least restrictive action necessary to ensure patient and staff safety. If the least restrictive action is available, the Panel shall direct the hiring or contracting authority in writing to take such action. The licensed medical provider shall be given written notification of the change in duties or redirection.

    • Medical Peer Review Committee Determination

      • The MPRC shall meet and make a final determination regarding the clinical performance and/or conduct at issue based on a de novo review of all available information bearing on the matter at that time.

      • The MPRC determination of the Safety Assessment shall occur within two business days following the Panel’s initial determination.  Any voting member of the MPRC who has a conflict of interest with the subject licensed medical provider or the subject incident shall not attend.

      • The MPRC shall give great weight to the decision of the Panel in its initial determination, but the MPRC is not bound by the Panel’s determination.

      • A quorum is not needed, a simple majority of those present is sufficient to evaluate and make a determination regarding the findings of the Panel.

      • If the MPRC determines that the clinical performance does not or is not likely to pose an imminent danger to the health of patient(s) or staff, the MPRC shall do one or more of the following:

        • Close the case.

        • Conduct a Professional Practice Evaluation pursuant to the Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Section 1.4.2.5, Professional Practice Evaluation.

        • Open a Peer Review Formal Investigation into the matter.

          • If MPRC conducts a Peer Review Formal Investigation into the matter, the PPESU shall give the licensed medical provider and the hiring or contracting authority written notification of the following:

            • The MPRC determination to open a Peer Review Formal Investigation.

            • The basis for the investigation, including the clinical performance at issue and the right to expand the investigation to review any additional clinical performance issues.

            • The status of any privilege modifications or other restrictive actions that may be in effect.

      • If the MPRC determines that the clinical performance or conduct does or is likely to pose an imminent danger to the health of patient(s) or staff, the PPESU shall serve the licensed medical provider with a Notice of MPRC Action and shall conduct the Informal Hearing, if requested, pursuant to HCDOM, Section 1.4.3.4, Informal Hearings.

        • A copy of the Notice of MPRC Action shall be provided to the licensed medical provider’s hiring or contracting authority who is encouraged to attempt to contact the licensed medical provider in person or by telephone to ensure that the licensed medical provider received the notice.

        • The MPRC may also conduct a Peer Review Formal Investigation into the licensed medical provider’s clinical performance in general and/or the clinical performance or conduct at issue in the Notice of MPRC Action.

        • If the licensed medical provider participates in an Informal Hearing regarding the Notice of MPRC Action, the Peer Review Formal Investigation, if determined to be necessary by MPRC, shall commence after the Informal Hearing takes place.

        • If the licensed medical provider does not request or waives their right to an Informal Hearing, the Peer Review Formal Investigation, if determined to be necessary by MPRC, shall commence upon the earlier of the following:

          • The date of the licensed medical provider’s written waiver of the Informal Hearing.

          • Expiration of the five business day period after service of the Notice of MPRC Action.

    • Summary Redirection

      • When necessary to protect the health of patients and staff, or when a Safety Assessment is requested, physician managers or medical executives shall redirect licensed medical providers in the least restrictive manner necessary to eliminate the prospect of imminent danger to the health of patient(s) or staff. Redirection prior to an RSA determination is not considered by CCHCS to constitute a modification of privileges as it is not the action of a peer review body. The licensed medical provider shall remain redirected for as long as is determined to be necessary to protect the health of patients and staff, or until such time as the RSA is resolved.

      • The MPRC shall determine as part of its evaluation of the RSA whether to impose any privilege modifications.

      • If the Safety Assessment results in a finding that an imminent danger to the health or safety of patient(s) or staff exists or is likely to occur because of the licensed medical provider’s clinical performance or conduct, all modifications of job duties shall remain in place while the Peer Review Formal Investigation is pending.

    • Automatic Privilege Modification and Non-Punitive Termination

      • A summary suspension of privileges may occur as a result of either of the following:

      • Licensed medical providers shall immediately notify the Credentialing and Privileging Support Unit (CPSU) support staff of any disciplinary action against their license or DEA registration.

      • The CPSU support staff shall forward information regarding any failure to comply with the HCDOM, Section 1.4.1.2, Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging to the PPESU who shall:

        • Schedule the matter on the next MPRC agenda for automatic and immediate suspension or restriction of the licensed medical provider’s privileges as warranted by the circumstances.

        • Notify the licensed medical provider and the hiring/contracting authority of the actions taken and the right to an Informal Hearing on the matter.  The notice shall contain the same or similar information as stated in Section (c)(2)(E).  The Informal Hearing shall be limited to the question of whether the provider has failed to comply with credentialing and privileging policies and procedures.

      • Revocation or suspension of license to practice 

        • Whenever a licensed medical provider’s license or other legal credential authorizing practice in the State of California is revoked or suspended by the licensed medical provider’s licensing board, the MPRC shall immediately refer the matter to the licensed medical provider’s Regional Personnel Administrator or Headquarters Section Chief, Classification & Pay/Transaction & Benefits, Human Resources, to initiate a non-punitive termination pursuant to Government Code Section 19585.

      • Restriction or probation of license to practice or prescribe medication 

        • If a licensed medical provider is placed on probation by their licensing or certifying authority or the licensed medical provider’s license or other legal credential authorizing practice in California is limited or restricted by the applicable licensing authority, including the DEA, the licensed medical provider may no longer be able to perform all of their job duties.

        • Upon receipt of notice that a licensed medical provider’s license to practice in California or DEA registration has been restricted or put on probation, the MPRC shall immediately refer the matter to the licensed medical provider’s Regional Personnel Administrator or Headquarters Section Chief, Classification & Pay/Transaction & Benefits, Human Resources, for an evaluation of whether a non-punitive termination under Government Code Section 19585 is appropriate prior to imposing an automatic suspension or restriction of privileges.

        • If the Regional Personnel Administrator or Headquarters Section Chief, Classification & Pay/Transaction & Benefits, Human Resources, determines that a non-punitive termination is not appropriate pursuant to Government Code Section 19585, the PPESU shall refer the matter to the MPRC for handling in the manner set forth in Section (c)(4)(C) above for an automatic restriction of privileges which comports with the licensing board’s disciplinary order. 

          • If the matter involves the licensed medical provider’s DEA registration, the PPESU shall immediately notify the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services and the Pharmacist-in-Charge at the location at which the licensed medical provider practices of the change in status of the licensed medical provider’s DEA registration.

  • References

    • Federal Health Care Quality Improvement Act of 1986, United States Code, Title 42, Section 11101

    • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court of the Northern District of California, Case No. C01-1351 JST

    • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures Pursuant to Order Approving, With Modifications, Proposed Policies Regarding Physician Clinical Competency, July 9, 2008; Plata v. Newsom, et al., Federal Court Case No. C01-1351 published September 4, 2008, Court ordered procedures

    • California Constitution, Article VII, Public Officers and Employees

    • California Business and Professions Code, Section 800, et seq.

    • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

    • California Government Code, Section 19585

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.1.2 Licensed Medical Provider Credentialing and Privileging

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.2.5 Professional Practice Evaluation

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.3.4 Informal Hearings

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 12/2017

  • Revised: 10/22/2025

1.4.3.4 Informal Hearings

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure sets forth the process for providing a licensed medical provider with an opportunity to respond to allegations that provide the basis for a modification of privileges.  Privilege modifications may include, but are not limited to, restrictions, suspensions, or revocations of some or all of a licensed medical provider’s privileges. 

    • In cases involving a summary modification of privileges, the Informal Hearing shall occur after the subject medical provider is notified of the summary modification of privileges, but prior to the time that reports of the action are legally required by the subject medical provider’s licensing board and the National Practitioner Data Bank (NPDB).

    • In all other cases, the Informal Hearing shall be offered after the completion of a Peer Review Formal Investigation and prior to the Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC) making any recommendation to the Health Care Executive Committee (HCEC) that may result in a modification of privileges.  The MPRC shall have the right to impose such privilege modifications as they deem necessary and appropriate to protect patient safety during the time of the privilege modification.

  • Procedure

    • Within three business days after the MPRC votes to modify a licensed medical provider’s privileges in any manner, the Professional Practice Evaluation Support Unit (PPESU) shall notify the subject medical provider in writing of MPRC’s determination.  The Notice of MPRC Action shall be personally served or served by overnight mail to the last known address of the medical provider with a Proof of Service and return receipt requested.

    • The notification shall contain the following:

      • The MPRC determination.

      • Identification of any privilege modifications imposed to mitigate or eliminate any actual or perceived risk to patient safety created by the clinical performance or conduct.

      • A statement that a Peer Review Formal Investigation shall be conducted into the matter.

      • A statement of the facts relied upon by the MPRC to support its determination that some level of privilege modification is necessary to ensure the safety of staff and patients until the matter is closed.  The statement of facts shall include a summary of one or more specific cases or incidents giving rise to the determination of imminent danger.

      • A clear, bolded description of the Informal Hearing procedure to rebut the Notice of MPRC Action, to include how to request an Informal Hearing and the licensed medical provider’s right to have a representative at the Informal Hearing.  The licensed medical provider may rebut a privileging action by informing the PPESU by telephone, electronic mail, in person, or by U.S. Mail.

      • Copies of the documents relied upon by the MPRC to make its decision to modify privileges.

      • Information about how to make an appointment to examine additional relevant documents that are in the possession or under the control of California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) within five calendar days from service of the Notice of MPRC Action.

      • A clear, bolded notification that any request for an Informal Hearing regarding the privilege modification must be made within five business days of service of the Notice of MPRC Action.

      • Notification that, if the licensed medical provider participates in an Informal Hearing, MPRC shall record the Informal Hearing and that the licensed medical provider may make their own recording of the Informal Hearing.

      • A clear, bolded notification that pursuant to 42 United States Code, Section 11101, and Business and Professions Code, Section 805, certain specified summary suspensions must be filed with the licensed medical provider’s licensing board or the NPDB.

    • Within two business days of receiving a timely request for an Informal Hearing, the PPESU shall schedule the hearing to occur no later than ten calendar days after the effective date of a summary privilege suspension or modification by the MPRC. Failing to request a hearing shall not be deemed an admission of the charges leading to the privilege modification and shall not prejudice the licensed medical provider’s right to participate in any Peer Review Formal Investigation pertaining to the same matter or the licensed medical provider’s right to appeal any Final Proposed Action of the HCEC.

    • The MPRC Chairperson, or designee, shall conduct the Informal Hearing and at least one other MPRC member of the medical provider’s discipline, or designee, shall be present. Voting members of the MPRC may also attend and, absent a conflict of interest, may participate in the hearing and vote on the decision.

      • During the hearing:

        • The licensed medical provider may be accompanied by a representative of their choice.

        • The Informal Hearing shall be recorded by the MPRC.  The licensed medical provider may also record the hearing.

        • The licensed medical provider may make a statement concerning the clinical performance at issue on such terms and conditions as MPRC may impose.

        • No witness shall present evidence and no witness testimony shall be taken.  However, when necessary, the referring party/institution may be consulted by MPRC during deliberations to clarify facts or other ambiguities raised by the subject medical provider during their testimony.

        • The licensed medical provider may provide the MPRC Chairperson with any relevant documents in their possession at the Informal Hearing.

      • A written Informal Hearing decision shall be rendered no more than 14 calendar days after the effective date of the summary privileging action.  The written decision shall be included in the licensed medical provider’s peer review file, and a copy of the decision shall be sent to the licensed medical provider and the hiring/contracting authority.

      • If after deliberations the MPRC votes to rescind an existing privileging modification but, due to ongoing concern, votes to replace it with a different privilege modification or corrective measure, the MPRC shall refer the matter for Peer Review Formal Investigation into the clinical performance of the subject medical provider.

      • If after deliberations the MPRC votes to rescind the existing privileging modification and not replace it with a different privilege modification, the MPRC may still refer the matter for a Peer Review Formal Investigation and reinstate the medical provider’s privileges, or refer the matter back to the institution for a Professional Practice Evaluation pursuant to Health Care Department Operations Manual, Section 1.4.2.5, Professional Practice Evaluation, with a reinstatement of privileges.

      • If after deliberations the MPRC votes to uphold and retain the initial privileging modifications, the MPRC shall refer the matter for Peer Review Formal Investigation.  All of the records and proceedings of the Informal Hearing shall become part of the record for consideration within the Peer Review Formal Investigation.

      • When a privilege suspension or modification is recommended as a Final Proposed Action, the PPESU support staff shall schedule the hearing to occur no later than the next MPRC meeting and prior to the MPRC making its recommendation of Final Proposed Action to the HCEC.

      • When required by law, a notice of the privilege modification or suspension shall be reported to the licensed medical provider’s licensing board and the NPDB.

  • References

  • Federal Health Care Quality Improvement Act of 1986, United States Code, Title 42, Section 11101

  • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court of the Northern District of California, Case No. C01-1351 JST

  • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures Pursuant to Order Approving, With Modifications, Proposed Policies Regarding Physician Clinical Competency, July 9, 2008; Plata v. Newsom, et al., Federal Court Case No. C01-1351 published September 4, 2008, Court ordered procedures

  • California Constitution, Article VII, Public Officers and Employees

  • California Business and Professions Code, Section 800, et seq.

  • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

  • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 3, Section 1.3.2, Medical Peer Review Committee

  • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.2.5, Professional Practice Evaluation

  • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.3.3, Safety Assessment, Summary and Automatic Privilege Modification

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 12/2017

  • Revised: 06/16/2025

1.4.3.5 Peer Review Formal Investigation

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure sets forth the process for conducting Peer Review Formal Investigations into the clinical performance and/or conduct of a medical provider pursuant to allegations that the medical provider’s clinical performance or conduct falls below the applicable standard of care.  Peer Review Formal Investigations are impartial fact-finding reviews.

    • Peer Review Formal Investigations into clinical practice concerns involving quality of care issues including, but not limited to, patient care and/or decision-making shall be conducted by a provider of the same discipline and to the extent possible the same licensure as the subject medical provider.

    • Peer Review Formal Investigations into professional misconduct concerns including, but not limited to, disruptive conduct, behavior, or ethical issues may be conducted by a clinical provider of the same discipline and licensure as the subject medical provider or by a non-clinical investigator.  A non-clinical investigator shall not reach any conclusions or make any findings regarding issues involving clinical decision-making, patient care decision-making, and/or direct patient care issues which involve clinical decision-making.

    • Peer Review Formal Investigations require written notification to the subject medical provider.

  • Responsibility

    • The Medical Peer Review Committee (MPRC) is responsible for requesting a Peer Review Formal Investigation, overseeing the progress of the investigation, analyzing the information provided in the investigation report, and preparing a Final Proposed Action.

  • Procedure

    • Basis for Peer Review Formal Investigation

      • A Peer Review Formal Investigation shall be initiated when suspected substandard clinical practices and/or professional misconduct occurs which is reasonably likely to be detrimental to patient safety or the delivery of health care including, but not limited to, the following:

        • Failure to Perform Required Standards of Care.  Failure to deliver care that is consistent with the degree of care, skill, and learning expected of a reasonable and prudent licensed medical provider acting in the same or similar circumstances (e.g., accuracy of diagnosis, appropriateness of therapy, timely and appropriate consultation, resource management and length of stay, timely transfer as needed for severity and acuity of illness, or medical decision-making).

        • Disruptive Conduct.  Failure to work in harmony with others or evidence of disruptive behavior or conduct of such serious nature as to be detrimental to or pose a threat to patient care.

        • Unethical Conduct.  Unethical behavior that is detrimental to patient care and/or undermines a culture of safety.

        • Failure to Practice within Known Competencies.  Electing to engage in care practices requiring skills or knowledge beyond those possessed by the medical provider in willful disregard of the limits of the licensed medical provider’s competencies.

        • Failure to Notify.  Failing to notify appropriate authorities (e.g., management or MPRC) that substandard care is being provided by another individual or that circumstances exist in particular instances that may result in preventing access to care or the delivery of appropriate levels of care by any individual.

      • Pursuant to Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.3.3, Safety Assessment, Summary and Automatic Privilege Modification, all Safety Assessment MPRC determinations resulting in a finding that a licensed medical provider poses an immediate risk or threat to patient safety shall trigger a Peer Review Formal Investigation into the underlying basis of the Safety Assessment as well as the overall clinical performance of the subject medical provider.

    • Peer Review Formal Investigation Process

      • Within five business days of the MPRC decision to initiate a Peer Review Formal Investigation, the following shall occur:

        • The MPRC Chairperson shall assign an investigator depending upon the type of performance or conduct at issue.  The Professional Practice Evaluation Support Unit (PPESU) shall inform the investigator of the nature of the case and the type of investigation to be conducted.

        • A Notice of Pending Peer Review Formal Investigation notification letter shall be personally served or served by overnight mail to the last known address of the licensed medical provider with a Proof of Service and return receipt requested.  The notification shall include copies of all documents relied upon by the MPRC in making the determination that triggered the Peer Review Formal Investigation.

        • A copy of the Notice of Pending Peer Review Formal Investigation shall be sent to the institutional Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Medical Executive (CME), Chief Physician and Surgeon (CP&S), and Regional Deputy Medical Executive (RDME).

      • The Peer Review Formal Investigation may consist of one or more of, but is not limited to, the following:

        • An examination of documents relating to the event in question.

        • A review of the licensed medical provider’s patient charts to assess either overall quality of clinical care, a more focused aspect of the quality of clinical care, or a combination of both as deemed appropriate based on the clinical practice issue(s).

        • An interview with the subject medical provider.

        • Interviews with staff possessing knowledge about the licensed medical provider’s clinical performance or conduct issues in question.

      • The subject medical provider shall be offered an opportunity to provide a response to the allegations outlined in the investigative report through a scheduled interview with the reviewer(s).

        • The licensed medical provider may be accompanied by a representative of his/her own choosing who shall not disrupt or interfere with the interview.  The licensed medical provider or the investigator may end the interview at any time.

        • Both the investigator and the licensed medical provider may record the interview.

      • The investigator shall analyze all reported incidents or cases for the following factors if relevant and as appropriate for the investigator’s background:

        • Clinical management.

        • Timeliness of clinical interventions.

        • Adherence to the department’s critical pathways and/or other established guidelines, or clinically appropriate care and evaluation of any variations.

        • Interviews with staff possessing knowledge about the licensed medical provider’s clinical practices.

        • Health record documentation.

        • Follow-up case management.

        • Professional conduct.

        • Other alleged disruptive conduct.

        • Allegations of ethical violations.

        • Patterns of practice.

        • Skills, knowledge, training, and experience.

        • Any impediments (e.g., inability to get test results back or lack of access to patient) to the delivery of appropriate types and levels of care.

        • Possible physical or mental impairment of the licensed medical provider.

        • Other factors as requested by the MPRC or which appear relevant to the investigator.

      • The investigator shall complete the Peer Review Formal Investigation and issue a report within the timeframe ordered by MPRC.  The investigation report shall contain the investigator’s factual findings and shall include the following:

        • All documents and other evidence to support the findings.

        • In cases involving clinical judgment and direct patient care, clear explanations as to why the clinical performance deviates from or adheres to the applicable standard of care.

      • A copy of the investigation report shall be sent to the licensed medical provider at his/her last known home address by overnight mail with a return receipt requested, and one copy shall be sent to the institution’s CEO, CME, CP&S, and RDME.

      • The licensed medical provider shall have ten calendar days from service of the investigation report to submit a written rebuttal to the MPRC via the PPESU via email to: mprcsupport@cdcr.ca.gov. In the absence of email availability, the written rebuttal shall be sent to:
        CCHCS
        P.O. Box 588500
        Elk Grove, CA 95758
        Attn: Professional Practice Evaluation Support Unit, Bldg. B

      • Upon expiration of the licensed medical provider’s time to submit a rebuttal to the investigation report, the matter shall be calendared for MPRC review and discussion at the next regularly scheduled MPRC meeting.  The MPRC shall review the investigator’s report and any rebuttal submitted by the licensed medical provider.

      • The MPRC may take any of the following actions in response to the investigative report and the licensed medical provider’s rebuttal, if any:

        • Request additional information by a specified date.

        • Take remedial action including, but not limited to:

          • Education.

          • Proctoring.

          • Performance monitoring.

          • Referral for physical or mental evaluation and/or treatment.

        • Modify or restrict clinical privileges including, but not limited to, restricting privileges to prescribe particular medications and/or to perform particular procedures.

        • Issue letters of admonition, censure, reprimand, or warning; although nothing herein shall be deemed to preclude the licensed medical provider’s direct supervisor from issuing informal written or oral warnings outside of the mechanism for corrective action, nor shall it preclude the hiring/contracting authority from taking adverse action.

        • Take no action against the medical provider.

        • Suspend privileges.

        • Revoke privileges.

      • Upon voting to conclude a Peer Review Formal Investigation, the MPRC shall send its recommendation(s) to the HCEC.  The recommendation shall include a chronology of the major events in the peer review process and all supporting documents considered when choosing the recommendation.  If the recommendation is for a privilege modification of any kind, such as a suspension or a revocation of privileges, the recommendation shall be in the form of a Final Proposed Action.

      • The MPRC shall maintain all materials regarding the matter including copies of all materials provided to the HCEC.

  • References

  • Federal Health Care Quality Improvement Act of 1986, United States Code, Title 42, Section 11101

  • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court of the Northern District of California, Case No. C01-1351 JST

  • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures Pursuant to Order Approving, With Modifications, Proposed Policies Regarding Physician Clinical Competency, July 9, 2008; Plata v. Newsom, et al.  Federal Court Case No. C01-1351 published September 4, 2008, Court ordered procedures

  • California Constitution, Article VII, Public Officers and Employees

  • California Business and Professions Code, Section 800, et seq.

  • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

  • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 3, Section 1.3.4, Health Care Executive Committee

  • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.3.3, Safety Assessment, Summary and Automatic Privilege Modification

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 12/2017

  • Reviewed: 10/17/2025

1.4.3.6 Formal Appeal Judicial Review Committee

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure sets forth the process for appealing a Final Proposed Action pertaining to privileges and/or employment to the Judicial Review Committee (JRC).

  • Procedure

    • Appealing the Final Proposed Action

      • Final Proposed Actions pertaining to privileges and/or employment must be appealed in writing and filed with the State Personnel Board (SPB) within 30 calendar days of service of the Notice of Final Proposed Action.

        • An appeal of a Final Proposed Action is an appeal of the privileging action.  It is not an appeal of the employment action since the employment action is automatically determined by the disposition of the privileging action.

        • Appeals shall be made in writing and must be delivered or sent to:
          Appeals Division
          State Personnel Board
          801 Capitol Mall
          Sacramento, CA 95814

        • The licensed medical provider shall also serve a copy of the appeal to the following address:
          California Correctional Health Care Services
          P.O. Box 588500
          Elk Grove, CA 95758
          Attn: Professional Practice Evaluation Support Unit, Bldg. E

      • Failing to timely appeal shall be deemed to be a failure to exhaust administrative remedies and a waiver of all rights to challenge the Final Proposed Action before an administrative or judicial tribunal including, but not limited to, the Judicial Review Committee (JRC), the SPB, or a court of law.

      • The parties shall, notwithstanding Business and Professions Code, Section 809.3(c), be represented by the person(s) of their own choosing including, but not limited to, an attorney.

    • Time and Place for Hearing before the Judicial Review Committee

      • The SPB shall schedule (or cause to be scheduled) a hearing before an Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) and the JRC within 30 calendar days of the SPB’s receipt of the notice of appeal.  The SPB shall serve notice to the parties of the time, place, and date of the hearing as required by Business and Professions Code, Section 809.1(c)(2).

        • State-employed ALJs shall preside over the hearings only after receiving special training in medical hearings.

        • Scheduling a hearing date shall be as set forth in Business and Professions Code, Section 809.2(h), which generally states, unless extended for good cause, the date for commencement of the hearing shall not be more than 60 calendar days after SPB’s receipt of the appeal.

    • Conduct of Proceedings – Generally

      • An ALJ shall administer pre-hearing and hearing processes under terms and conditions ordinarily applicable to SPB disciplinary action hearings to ensure constitutionally appropriate due process.  Hearing rights include, but are not limited to:

        • Being provided with all information made available to the finder of fact.

        • Having a record made of the proceedings (excluding deliberations) made available to both parties at their own expense.

        • Calling, examining, and cross-examining witnesses.

        • Presenting and rebutting relevant evidence.

        • Submitting an oral or written statement at the close of the hearing.

    • Confidentiality

      • To the extent Evidence Code, Section 1157 is applicable on its own terms, confidentiality shall apply to SPB and JRC proceedings and records.

    • Role of Administrative Law Judge

      • The ALJ shall endeavor to ensure all participants have a reasonable opportunity to be heard and to present relevant oral and documentary evidence in an efficient and expeditious manner and that proper decorum is maintained.

      • The ALJ shall have the authority and discretion to make all rulings on questions pertaining to matters of procedural law (e.g., the admissibility of evidence).

      • The ALJ shall prepare a proposed decision concerning affirmative defenses (i.e., unlawful retaliation, unlawful bias, unlawful discrimination, or conflict of interest).

      • The ALJ may also submit his/her own recommendations to the SPB regarding whether there is substantial evidence to support the JRC’s decision.

      • If the ALJ determines that either side at the hearing is not proceeding in an efficient and expeditious manner, the ALJ may take such discretionary action as warranted by the circumstances.

      • The ALJ may participate in the JRC deliberations when requested to do so by the JRC. However, clinical competency and privileging determinations as well as employment decisions based on such determinations shall be made exclusively by the JRC.

      • The ALJ shall not be entitled to vote, comment, or otherwise advise any person or entity regarding such matters as the merits of the case and remedy pertaining to privileges and employment decisions based on privileging conclusions and finding of facts relating to the standard of care.  This prohibition does not preclude the ALJ from submitting his/her written recommendations to the SPB regarding whether there is substantial evidence to support the JRC’s decision.

    • Role of Judicial Review Committee

      • The scope of the JRC’s authority is by majority vote to determine by a preponderance of the evidence whether the nature of the action pertaining to privileges as set forth in the Notice of Final Proposed Action is reasonable and warranted (Business and Professions Code, Section 809.3(b)(3)) and whether the action pertaining to employment is therefore just and proper based on privileging conclusions and findings of fact relating to the standard of care.

      • All factual issues including determining the sufficiency of evidence, which pertain to privileging and, therefore, employment determinations based on privileging conclusions and findings of fact relating to the standard of care, shall be decided by a JRC consisting of three physicians.

      • The ALJ may assist the panel of physicians in writing a decision that is grounded in the evidentiary record as described above.

      • The JRC decision shall be based on the evidence introduced at the hearing including logical and reasonable inferences from the evidence and the testimony.

      • The JRC may sustain, modify, or reject the privileging and employment actions based on privileging conclusions and findings of fact relating to the standard of care.

    • Time and Content of Decisions

      • The JRC shall render a written decision within 30 calendar days after submission of the case.

        • The JRC decision shall contain a concise statement of the reasons in support of the decision, including findings of fact and conclusions articulating the connection between the evidence produced at the hearing and the conclusion reached (Business and Professions Code, Section 809.4(a)(1)).

        • JRC decisions concerning privileges and employment shall be based on whether the appellant medical provider’s acts and/or omissions constitute a failure to meet the standard of care as defined in this procedure.

      • In matters adversely impacting employment status, grade levels, benefits, and/or wages, the written JRC decision shall be available to the ALJ within 30 calendar days.

      • The ALJ shall complete preparation of his/her written proposed decision regarding any affirmative defenses raised at hearing and recommendations to the SPB regarding whether there is substantial evidence to support the JRC’s decision.

      • The JRC’s decision, the ALJ’s proposed decision, and the ALJ’s substantial evidence recommendation shall be delivered to the SPB and simultaneously served on the parties within 60 calendar days after submission of the case.

      • In matters that do not adversely impact employment status, grade levels, benefits, and/or wages, the SPB shall serve the parties with the JRC’s decision within 30 calendar days after submission of the case.

    • Judicial Review Committee Selection for Hearing

      • The SPB shall request a JRC pool of at least five primary care physicians through the California Medical Association Institute of Medical Quality (Institute).  The Institute shall be asked to provide the names of physicians familiar with correctional medicine to the extent reasonably possible.

        • In any matter concerning a non-primary care specialist, the Institute shall provide the names of three licensed practitioners in that area of specialty so that one may be selected as the third JRC member instead of a primary care physician.

        • In the event that the Institute is unwilling or unable to provide this pool of independent physicians, the Health Care Executive Committee (HCEC) and the Union of American Physicians and Dentists will work together to establish an alternative method of selecting a physician pool from which the JRC will be selected.

        • In matters not involving specialty care medical providers, the appellant medical provider shall select one JRC member from the primary care physician pool and the HCEC shall select one JRC member from the primary care physician pool.  The HCEC and the appellant medical provider shall then each alternately strike one name from the five remaining primary care JRC nominees until only one is left, with the first strike determined by coin toss.

        • In matters involving specialty care medical providers, the subject medical provider shall select one JRC member from the pool and the HCEC shall select one JRC member from the primary care physician pool.  The HCEC and the appellant medical provider shall then each alternately strike one name from the list of specialty physicians and the last remaining specialist shall serve as the third JRC member.  The first to strike shall be determined by coin toss.

      • JRC members shall be subject to voir dire pursuant to Business and Professions Code, Section 809.2(c), except that it shall apply to both parties rather than just the appellant medical provider.

    • State Personnel Board Scope and Standard of Review

      • The JRC decision shall be final and binding upon the parties and not subject to SPB review if the matter only concerns privileges (e.g., corrective measures including, but not limited to, privilege restrictions and measures that do not adversely impact employment status, grade level, benefits, and/or wages.)

      • The SPB shall only review JRC decisions adversely impacting employment status, grade levels, benefits, and/or wages.  This review shall be limited to whether there is substantial evidence to support the JRC decision.

      • The SPB shall make its decision based on the record and will not conduct a new trial.

        • The SPB shall apply the substantial evidence standard when reviewing JRC decisions.  If the SPB concludes there is substantial evidence that the appellant medical provider’s performance or conduct falls below the applicable standard of care, the JRC’s privileging and employment decisions shall be affirmed.

        • If the SPB concludes there is not substantial evidence, it shall remand the matter to the JRC for reconsideration along with a statement of the reasons.  A copy of the SPB’s remand decision shall be served upon the parties within three business days after the SPB makes its remand decision.

      • The SPB shall complete its review and render a final decision within 45 days of receiving the JRC decisions.  A copy of the SPB’s final decision shall be served upon the parties within three business days after the SPB makes its final decision.

    • Licensing Actions

      • In those cases where privileges have been automatically suspended or revoked due to a disciplinary action against the medical provider’s license by the Medical Board of California where there has been a corresponding non-punitive termination, SPB review, if requested, shall be limited to the question of whether the action against the license occurred.

  • References

  • Federal Health Care Quality Improvement Act of 1986, United States Code, Title 42, Section 11101

  • Plata v. Newsom, et al., U.S. District Court of the Northern District of California, Case No. C01-1351 JST

  • Plata Physician Professional Clinical Practice Review, Hearing and Privileging Procedures Pursuant to Order Approving, With Modifications, Proposed Policies Regarding Physician Clinical Competency, July 9, 2008; Plata v. Newsom, et al., Federal Court Case No. C01-1351 published September 4, 2008, Court ordered procedures

  • California Constitution, Article VII, Public Officers and Employees

  • California Business and Professions Code, Section 800, et seq.

  • California Evidence Code, Division 9, Chapter 3, Section 1157

  • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 3, Section 1.3.4, Health Care Executive Committee

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 12/2017

Article 4.4 – Professional Workforce: Allied Health Services

1.4.4.1 Dietary Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Assessment

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall provide all Dietary Services staff including, but not limited to, Food Administrator II, Food Administrator I, Registered Dietitian, Correctional Facility, Supervising Correctional Cook, and Correctional Supervising Cook who provide clinical or support type of services in licensed health care facilities within California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions with relevant and job-specific orientation and training (onboarding). Clinical competency assessments shall also be provided for applicable clinical job classifications.  This policy shall not be construed as altering existing laws and regulations governing civil service probationary periods or any applicable bargaining unit contract provisions.

  • Purpose

    • To establish a comprehensive and standardized onboarding and competency assessment process for Dietary Services staff that:

    • Promotes consistency and standardization among all institutions statewide regarding minimum onboarding expectations for new Dietary Services staff.

    • Supports newly appointed Dietary Services staff with relevant orientation and training by experienced subject matter experts (SMEs) during the probationary period.

    • Facilitates adherence to applicable scope and standards of practice, clinical guidelines, and CCHCS, CDCR standards.

    • Promotes job satisfaction while enhancing Dietary Services staff effectiveness, efficiency, competence, and knowledge.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • The Statewide Chief of Dietary Services is responsible for planning, implementing, and evaluating this policy and procedure on an as-needed basis.

    • Regional

      • The Regional Health Care Executives are responsible for the application of this policy at the subset of institutions within their assigned region.

    • Institution

      • The Chief Executive Officer, or designee, is responsible for the implementation, monitoring, and evaluation of this policy.

      • The Chief Support Executive or the Correctional Health Services Administrator and the institution Food Administrator are responsible for the local application of this policy and procedure, and the supervision of orientation, training, probationary and professional evaluations, and competency assessments for Dietary Services staff.

        • The Chief Support Executive or the Correctional Health Services Administrator and the institution Food Administrator shall coordinate with headquarters and the regional health care office on these tasks.

        • The Chief Support Executive or the Correctional Health Services Administrator and the institution Food Administrator shall defer to an appropriate clinical SME for the validation component and subject matter expertise of these tasks if they do not have the required clinical expertise and experience to perform them.

  • Procedure

    • Orientation and On-the-Job Support during the Probationary Period

      • The direct supervisor and applicable SMEs shall use the appropriate Dietary Services Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist to ensure each newly hired staff completes the appropriate checklist during the first 90 calendar days of hire. (The checklists are located within the Dietary Services Portal under the Professional Workforce heading.

        • During the staff’s first two weeks of hire, it is expected the staff’s supervisor or SME shall complete items under the “Orientation to the Institution and Dietary Department” section of the checklist, which includes, but is not limited to:

          • Facility tour and introduction to Executive staff.

          • Completion of Human Resources and Information Technology departments mandated forms.

          • Overview of the institution’s or work location’s missions and physical layout.

          • Overview of the new staff’s workspace.

          • Issuance of the new staff’s identification card and other essential work items.

        • Onboarding of the new staff that is institution or work location-based shall address the designated topics specified in the Dietary Services Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist.

        • CDCR Non-Custody New Employee Orientation, as applicable to the staff’s assigned work location, is to be completed by all staff within the six-month or twelve-month probationary period. This training is composed of classroom and computer-based modules. The classroom portion is provided by the institution’s In-Service Training Office.

        • Dietary Services staff shall complete Electronic Health Record System (EHRS) training and competency assessment. Training shall include completion of CCHCS Learning Management System EHRS Modules consistent with the staff’s duty statement.

        • Dietary Services staff shall complete orientation and mentoring as identified in the Dietary Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist.

      • Staff beginning independent work shall have access to Dietary Services staff with similar job duties for questions and assistance.

      • Within 90 calendar days after the new staff hire date, the direct supervisor shall ensure completion of the Dietary Services Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist and shall review, sign, and maintain the completed forms in the supervisory file of the staff being assessed. If the new dietary staff member is delayed in completing the Dietary Services Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist, the direct supervisor may provide additional time on a case-by-case basis to complete the onboarding process and the checklists as soon as possible after the 90 calendar days.

    • Probationary and Professional Performance Evaluations

      • For staff who have a one-year probationary period:

        • The 12-month STD 636 may be completed as soon as 11 months but no later than 12 months after the hire date.

        • Interim STD 636s may be completed as needed between probationary periods, to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

      • For staff who have a six-month probationary period:

        • The six-month STD 636 may be completed as soon as five months but no later than six months after the hire date.

        • Interim STD 636s may be completed as needed between probationary periods, to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

      • Prior to the end of the probationary period, the direct supervisor shall review the probationary evaluations and other clinical and performance observations such as competency assessments in order to make a recommendation regarding permanent civil service employment.

    • Determination of Permanent Civil Service Status

      • After completion of the second STD 636, but no later than one month prior to the end of probation, the direct supervisor shall review the findings and recommendations contained in the probationary evaluations and other documented professional observations in order to make a recommendation about whether to grant permanent civil service status.

      • If there are concerns regarding the performance of the probationary staff, the direct supervisor shall immediately notify their supervisor and the Health Care Employee Relations Officer.

      • A recommendation to reject the staff during the probationary period may occur any time during the probationary period if the previous STD 636, professional practice evaluations, competency assessments, or other documented performance observations show significant concerns regarding the staff’s performance or conduct.

    • Re-orientation of Dietary Services staff (Re-entry Training)

      • For Dietary Services staff who are out of the office for an extended period but did not separate from service with CDCR (e.g., long term sick):

        • If staff has been out for six months or less, the following is required:

          • There must be documentation of prior completion of the Dietary Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist.

          • Staff shall review all classes, updates, and mandatory training missed.

          • A competency assessment shall be completed for the areas in which staff will be working.

        • If staff has been out for six months to one year, the following is required:

          • There must be documentation of prior completion of the Dietary Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist.

          • Staff shall review all classes, updates, and mandatory training missed, including CDCR Non-Custody Annual Block Training and In-Service Training.

          • A competency assessment shall be completed for the areas in which staff will be working.

        • Staff who are out more than one year shall complete the onboarding process in its entirety upon return.

      • Staff who separate from the Department and then return to state service, regardless of the length of time, shall be required to complete the onboarding process in its entirety.

    • Transferring Between Institutions without a Break in Service or Performing Duties at More Than One Institution

      • The direct supervisor is responsible for ensuring that all Dietary Services staff working at that institution are competent to perform all the duties of the position for which the Dietary Services staff has been hired.

      • The direct supervisor may develop an abbreviated Dietary Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist for the staff sharing assignments between multiple institutions.

      • Proof of completion of the onboarding process, clinical competencies, and professional performance shall be maintained at each CDCR location. This does not absolve the direct supervisor at each CDCR location from ensuring that annual performance evaluations are conducted or that dietary staff is competent to perform the duties required in their position.

    • Clinical Competency Assessment

      • Program Development

        • Clinical competencies shall be developed by CCHCS headquarters Dietary Services based upon internal and external requirements. Dietary Services leadership shall review and update all clinical competencies developed by Dietary Services, as needed.

      • Competency Components

        • Registered Dietitians (RDs)

        • The California Commission on Dietetic Registration sets forth duties all RDs, regardless of role, population, or specialty, are expected to perform competently. The components of competency include, but are not limited to:

          • Nutrition Screening: The RD performs or obtains and reviews nutrition screening data.

          • Nutrition Assessment: The RD performs via in-person or telemedicine a nutritional assessment and documents the results of the assessment in EHRS.

          • Nutrition Diagnosis: The RD determines current nutrition diagnosis(es).

          • Nutrition Intervention or Plan of Care: The RD determines or recommends a nutrition prescription and initiates interventions. When applicable, the RD adheres to established and approved disease or condition-specific protocol orders from the referring health care practitioner.

          • Nutrition Monitoring and Evaluation: The RD determines and documents the outcome of interventions reflecting input from all sources to recognize primary care team member contributions, the patient experience, and quality outcomes.

          • Discharge Planning and Transitions of Care: The RD coordinates and communicates the nutrition plan of care for patient discharge or transitions of care, or both.

      • Competency Assessment Frequency

        • A competency assessment shall be conducted every six months within the first year of hire. After the first year, a competency assessment shall be completed, at a minimum, on an annual basis for the evaluation of the staff member’s professional performance and clinical competency.

          • The staff member’s direct supervisor shall review the dietary staff member’s duty statement with the staff. This review shall be acknowledged by the staff’s signature on the duty statement. The signed duty statement shall be retained in the supervisor’s staff member file.

        • A competency assessment may also be conducted on an as needed basis for the following reasons:

          • Change in staff member job duties;

          • Quality improvement initiatives;

          • Performance evaluation;

          • Performance Improvement Plan; or

          • New policies and procedures

        • Competency assessment results shall be part of a staff member’s probationary and professional practice evaluation and performance appraisals.

        • Informal, or practice competency assessments may be administered under the direction of Dietary Services leadership as an internal audit to ensure staff members can achieve sufficient competency levels to meet Department and clinical standards. The methodology, scoring, and remediation efforts of these informal assessments shall be established by the Statewide Chief of Dietary Services.

      • Competency Assessment Methodology

        • Competency assessment methods used to measure the individual abilities for specific competency standards include, but are not limited to:

          • Tests

          • Observation

          • Case studies

          • Mock events

          • Quality improvement monitors

        • Some competencies may require a combination of assessment methods. The Statewide Chief of Dietary Services shall determine the particular methodology, scoring, and remediation efforts for the Department’s Dietary Services clinical competencies.

        • Competency assessment forms, checklists, and background materials can be found on Lifeline Dietary Services Resources.

      • Documentation and Tracking

        • A record of Dietary Services staff member’s competency assessments shall be maintained in the following files: their supervisory, the designated regional health care office, and headquarters Dietary Services.

          • Identifying Patient Health Information shall be removed or blacked out to safeguard patient privacy when applicable.

  • References

    • California Code of Regulation, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 4, Section 3435, In-Service Training

    • California Code of Regulation, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 3, Article 3, Section 72351 Dietetic Services-Staff

    • California Code of Regulation, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12, Article 3, Section 79701, Dietary Services Staff

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 18, General Training

    • Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics: Revised 2017 Scope of Practice for Nutrition and Dietetics Technician, Registered as cited in Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, February 2018, Vol. 118, No. 2.

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 05/2022

    • Revised: 09/01/2023

1.4.4.2 Laboratory Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Assessment

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall provide all newly appointed civil service laboratory services staff, including, but not limited to Laboratory Assistants, Senior Laboratory Assistants, Clinical Laboratory Technologists (CLT), Senior Clinical Laboratory Technologists, and Supervising Clinical Laboratory Technologists who provide clinical and/or support services in California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions with relevant and job-specific orientation and training (Laboratory Services Staff Onboarding) during the probationary period.  This policy shall not be construed as altering existing laws and regulations governing civil service probationary periods or the provisions of any applicable bargaining unit contract.

  • The CCHCS Laboratory Services shall maintain a Laboratory Services staff competency program to ensure:

    • Standard laboratory practice is consistent with the laboratory process and practice established by the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendment, California Department of Health, Clinical Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI), and certification agencies.

    • Department Laboratory Services staff demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and abilities required to achieve an appropriate level of competency and perform within their scope of practice.

    • Laboratory Services staff complies with CCHCS and CDCR policies and procedures, federal and state laws and regulations, and nationally accepted laboratory standards.

    • The competency program includes:

      • Educational programs;

      • Competency validation; and

      • Documentation and tracking of the validation results.

    • Competency validation is the evaluation of staff competencies by a subject matter expert (SME) and occurs on a continuum.  This continuum shall include assessment of competencies during the hiring process, during the orientation period, annually, and throughout employment as the requirements of the job and needs of the organization change.

  • Purpose

    • To establish a comprehensive and standardized onboarding process for new civil service Laboratory Services staff that:

      • Promotes consistency and standardization among all institutions statewide regarding minimum onboarding expectations for new laboratory services staff.

      • Supports newly appointed Laboratory Services staff with relevant orientation and training by experienced SMEs during the probationary period.

      • Facilities adherence to applicable scopes of practice, standards of practice, applicable clinical guidelines, and CCHCS/CDCR standards.

      • Promotes job satisfaction while enhancing Laboratory Services staff effectiveness, efficiency, and knowledge.

    • To provide guidelines for the competency and ongoing assessment of Laboratory Services staff.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • The Statewide Chief of Laboratory Services is responsible for implementation, evaluation, and planning related to this policy and procedure.

    • Regional

      • The Regional Health Care Executives are responsible for the application of this policy at the subset of institutions within their assigned region.

      • The Senior CLT with regional responsibilities are responsible for:

        • Coordination with regional and local administration for the local application of this policy and procedure.

        • Application of this policy and procedure at the subset of institutions within their assigned region.

        • Validation and subject matter expertise of the clinical components related to this policy’s onboarding requirements, competency requirements, and ongoing education for all Laboratory Services staff.

        • Maintenance of a competency & education tracking system.

    • Institution

      • The Chief Support Executive and/or Correctional Health Care Services Administrator I/II are responsible for the local application of this policy and procedure, and the supervision of onboarding, training, and competency requirements for all Laboratory Services staff.

        • The Chief Support Executive and/or Correctional Health Care Services Administrator I/II shall coordinate with the Senior CLT with regional responsibilities on these tasks.

        • The Chief Support Executive and/or Correctional Health Care Services Administrator I/II shall defer to the Senior CLT with regional responsibilities for the validation component and subject matter expertise of these tasks if they do not have the required clinical expertise and experience to perform them.

      • Laboratory Services staff are responsible for completing all standardized onboarding requirements if they are new to civil service, and all assigned training and competency within the required competency testing frequency.

  • Procedure

    • Orientation and On-the-Job Support During the Probationary Period

      • The direct supervisor and applicable SMEs shall use the New Employee Orientation Checklist and the appropriate Competency checklist to ensure each newly hired staff completes the applicable checklists and orientations during the first 90 calendar days of hire.  (The checklist can be found under the Laboratory Services Resources Lifeline page under the “Other” tab.)

        • During the staff’s first two weeks of hire, the staff’s supervisor or SME shall complete items under the “New Employee Orientation Checklist” and complement with the following:

          • Facility tour and introduction to executive staff;

          • Completion of Human Resources and Information Technology departments mandated forms;

          • Overview of the institution’s or work location’s missions and physical layout;

          • Overview of the new staff’s workspace; and

          • Issuance of the new staff’s identification card and other essential work items.

        • Institution or work location-based onboarding shall address the designated topics specified in the Laboratory Services New Employee Orientation Checklist.

        • CDCR Non-Custody New Employee Orientation, as applicable to the staff’s assigned work location, is to be completed by all staff within the six-month or twelve-month probationary period.  This training is composed of classroom and computer-based modules.  The classroom portion is provided by the institution’s In-Service Training Office.

        • Laboratory Services staff shall complete Electronic Health Record System (EHRS) training and competency validation including completion of CCHCS Learning Management System EHRS Modules consistent with the staff’s duty statement.

        • Laboratory Services staff shall complete orientation and mentoring of specific tasks identified in the appropriate Laboratory Services Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist based on job title, and the Urine Drug Screening (UDS) specimen collection process utilizing the UDS Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist.

      • Staff beginning independent work shall have access to the Laboratory Services staff with similar job duties for questions and assistance.

      • Within 90 calendar days after the new staff hire date, the direct supervisor shall ensure completion of the Laboratory Services New Employee Orientation Checklist and Competency Assessment Checklists and shall review, sign, and maintain the completed forms in the staff’s supervisory file.  If the new Laboratory Services staff member is delayed in completing the Laboratory Services New Employee Orientation Checklist and Competency Assessment Checklist, the direct supervisor may provide additional time on a case-by-case basis to complete the onboarding process and the checklists as soon as possible after the 90 calendar days.

    • Probationary and Professional Performance Evaluations

      • For staff who have a one-year probationary period:

        • In accordance with civil service laws and regulations, the direct supervisor shall complete, at minimum, an STD 636, Report of Performance for Probationary Employee at four months, eight months, and 12 months after hire to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

        • The 12-month STD 636 may be completed as soon as 11 months but no later than 12 months after the hire date.

        • Interim STD 636s may be completed as needed to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

      • For staff who have a six-month probationary period:

        • In accordance with civil service laws and regulations, the direct supervisor shall complete, at minimum, an STD 636 at two months, four months, and six months after hire to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

        • The six-month STD 636 may be completed as soon as five months but no later than six months after the hire date.

        • Interim STD 636s may be completed as needed to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

      • Two to four weeks before the end of the probationary period, the direct supervisor shall review the probationary evaluations and other clinical and performance observations to make a recommendation regarding permanent civil service employment.

      • After the probationary period ends, the direct supervisor shall complete, at minimum, an annual evaluation of the staff’s professional performance and clinical competency.  In addition, on an annual basis, the direct supervisor shall review the Laboratory Services staff member’s duty statement with the staff.  This shall be acknowledged by the signature of the staff on the duty statement which shall be retained in the staff’s supervisory file.

    • Determination of Permanent Civil Service Status

      • After completion of the second STD 636, but no later than one month before the end of the probation, the direct supervisor shall review the findings and recommendations contained in the probationary evaluations and other documented professional observations to make a recommendation about whether to grant permanent civil service status.

      • If there are concerns regarding the performance of the probationary staff, the direct supervisor shall immediately notify their supervisor and the Health Care Employee Relations Officer as soon as issues are identified.

      • A recommendation to reject the staff during the probationary period may occur any time during the probationary period if the previous STD 636s, professional practice evaluations, competency validations, or other documented performance observations show significant concerns regarding the staff’s performance or conduct.

    • Re-orientation of Laboratory Services staff (Re-entry Training)

      • For Laboratory Services staff who are out of work but did not separate from service with CDCR (e.g., long-term sick):

        • If staff have been out for six months or less, the following is required:

          • There must be documentation of the previous completion of the Laboratory Services Staff New Employee Orientation Checklist and Competency Assessment Checklists.

          • Staff must review all classes, updates, and mandatory training missed.

          • Validation of competencies shall be completed for the tasks in which staff will be completing.

        • If staff have been out for six months to 12 months, the following is required:

          • There must be documentation of the previous completion of the Laboratory Services New Employee Orientation Checklist and Competency Assessment Checklists.

          • Staff must review all classes, updates, and mandatory trainings missed, including CDCR Non-Custody Annual Block Training and In-Service Training.

          • Validation of competencies shall be completed for the areas in which staff will be working.

        • Staff who are out more than one year shall complete the onboarding process in its entirety upon return.

      • Staff who separate from the Department and then return to state service, regardless of the length of time, shall be required to complete the onboarding process in its entirety.

    • Transferring Between Institutions without a Break in Service or Performing Duties at More Than One Institution

      • The direct supervisor is responsible to ensure that all Laboratory Services staff working at that institution are competent to perform all the duties of the position for which the Laboratory Services staff has been hired.

      • The direct supervisor may develop an abbreviated Laboratory Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist for Laboratory Services staff sharing assignments between multiple institutions.

      • Proof of completion of the onboarding process, clinical competencies, and professional performance shall be maintained at each CDCR location.  This does not absolve the direct supervisor at each CDCR location from ensuring that annual performance evaluations are conducted, or Laboratory Services staff are competent to perform the duties required in their position.

    • Ongoing Education and Competency

      • Program Development

        • Educational trainings and competencies shall be developed by CCHCS headquarters (HQ) Laboratory Services based upon internal and/or external requirements. Laboratory Services leadership shall review and update all laboratory educational training and competencies developed by Laboratory Services, as needed.

      • Competency Components

        • Laboratory Assistants (LA)

          • The California Public Health Department, Laboratory Field Services Division, sets forth the duties that all laboratory personnel, regardless of role, population, or specialty, are expected to perform competently.  The components of competency include, but are not limited to:

          • Venipuncture Specimen Collection: The LA performs venipuncture consistently following CLSI standards for specimen collection through venipuncture.

          • UDS Specimen Collection: The LA follows the special handling collection requirements for UDS as contained in policy.

          • Specimen Collection for “Miscellaneous” Specimens: The LA follows the CLSI and reference laboratory collection standards for “miscellaneous” specimens.

          • Infection Control: The LA follows all Department infection control policies and uses correct personal protective equipment while performing all duties.

          • Specimen processing for blood samples: The LA understands and follows all recommended sample processing requirements listed for every laboratory test collected.

          • UDS Specimen Processing: The LA follows the CCHCS UDS special handling collection and processing requirements in policy.

          • Specimen Processing for “Miscellaneous” Specimens: The LA understands and follows all recommended sample processing for “miscellaneous” specimens.

          • EHRS Documentation: The LA completes all EHRS documentation correctly and thoroughly.

          • Adverse Outcomes/Patient Safety during Collection Procedures: The LA understands the potential for adverse outcomes when performing a venipuncture and knows how to instruct the patient on post-venipuncture care.

        • Clinical Laboratory Technologists (CLT)

          • Education and training shall be provided within the CLT scope of practice and shall be expected to perform competently.  The components of competency include, but are not limited to:

          • Venipuncture Specimen Collection: The CLT understands the correct procedure for venipuncture stated in the CLSI standards for venipuncture specimen collection.

          • UDS Specimen Collection: The CLT understands the policy and procedure for UDS collections.

          • Specimen Collection for “Miscellaneous” Specimen: The CLT understands the CLSI and reference laboratory collection standards for “miscellaneous” specimens.

          • Infection Control: The CLT follows all Department infection control policies and uses correct personal protective equipment while performing all duties.

          • Specimen Processing for Blood Samples: The CLT understands all recommended sample processing requirements listed for every laboratory test collected.

          • UDS Specimen Processing: The CLT follows and understands the CCHCS special handling processing requirements for UDS specimens.

          • Specimen Processing for “Miscellaneous” Specimens: The CLT understands all recommended sample processing for “miscellaneous” specimens.

          • EHRS Documentation: The CLT completes all electronic health record documentation correctly and thoroughly.  The CLT demonstrates the ability to perform health records audits for policy compliance.  The CLT demonstrates the ability to troubleshoot interface errors by applying critical thinking and problem-solving.

          • Adverse Outcomes/Patient Safety during Collection Procedures: The CLT understands the potential for adverse outcomes when performing a venipuncture and knows how to instruct the patient on post-venipuncture care.

          • Teaching and Competency Assessment: The CLT utilizes the best practice tools for teaching and providing instruction to other Laboratory Services staff.

          • Quality Control Practices: The CLT understands quality control practices and can apply continuous quality improvement measures.

      • Validation Frequency

        • Education and competency validation is conducted every six months within the first year of hire; after the first year, validation may occur annually or as needed based upon:

          • Quality improvement;

          • Performance evaluation;

          • Performance Improvement Plan; or

          • New policies and procedures

        • Competency validation results shall be part of a staff’s performance appraisals.

      • Validator Competency

        • Laboratory Services staff must demonstrate competency before teaching educational trainings and validating the competency of other Laboratory Services staff.  Methods to acquire knowledge and/or skills include, but are not limited to:

        • Continuing education programs

        • Review of policies and procedures

        • In-service education

        • Training-for-trainers

        • Simulation exercises

        • Observation/demonstration

      • Competency Validation Methods

        • Competency validation methods used to measure the abilities of an individual for a specific competency standard include, but are not limited to:

          • Tests

          • Observation

          • Case studies

          • Mock events

          • Quality improvement monitors

        • Some competencies may require a combination of validation methods.  The Laboratory Services leadership shall determine the validation methods for each competency developed by HQ Laboratory Services.

        • Competency Assessment forms can be found on Lifeline Laboratory Services Resources.

      • Documentation and Tracking

        • A record of Laboratory Services staff member’s competency assessments shall be maintained in their supervisory file, as well as in the competency & education tracking system maintained by the Regional Senior CLT.

  • References

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 4, Section 3435, In-Service Training

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 17, Division 1, Chapter 2, Subchapter 1, Group 2, Article 1.5, Section 1034, Certification of Phlebotomy Technicians

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 18, General Training

    • Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (CLIA)

    • CLSI Document: GP4 Ed 7: Collecting Diagnostic Venous Specimens

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 05/04/2022
    Reviewed: 01/05/2026

1.4.4.3 Medical Imaging Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Assessment

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall provide all newly appointed civil service Medical Imaging Services staff, including, but not limited to, Radiologic Technologists (RT) and Senior Radiologic Technologists (SRT) who provide clinical services in California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions, with relevant and job-specific orientation and training (Medical Imaging Services Staff Onboarding) during the probationary period. This policy shall not be construed as altering existing laws and regulations governing civil service probationary periods or any applicable bargaining unit contract provisions.

  • Purpose

    • To establish a comprehensive and standardized onboarding and competency assessment process for new civil service Medical Imaging Services staff that:

    • Promotes consistency and standardization among all institutions statewide regarding minimum onboarding expectations for new Medical Imaging Services staff.

    • Supports newly appointed Medical Imaging Services staff with relevant orientation and training by experienced subject matter experts (SMEs) during the probationary period.

    • Facilitates adherence to applicable scopes of practice, standards of practice, applicable clinical guidelines, and CCHCS/CDCR standards.

    • Promotes job satisfaction while enhancing Medical Imaging Services staff effectiveness, efficiency, competence, and knowledge.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • The Statewide Chief of Medical Imaging Services is responsible for the implementation, evaluation, and planning related to this policy and procedure.

    • Regional

      • The Regional Healthcare Executives are responsible for the application of this policy and procedure at the subset of institutions within their assigned region.

    • Institution

      • The Chief Support Executive is responsible for the local application of this policy and procedure.

      • The Correctional Health Care Services Administrator I/II or SRT is responsible for supervising the completion of the onboarding requirements for all Medical Imaging Services staff.

  • Procedure

    • Orientation and On-the-Job Support during the Probationary Period

      • The direct supervisor and applicable SMEs shall use the applicable Medical Imaging Services Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist found under the Medical Imaging Services Resources Lifeline page under the RIS/PACS/EHRS tab to ensure each newly hired staff completes the appropriate checklist during the first 90 calendar days of hire.

        • During the staff’s first two weeks of hire, the staff’s supervisor shall complete the following items:

          • Facility tour and introduction to executive staff.

          • Completion of Human Resources and Information Technology department’s mandated forms.

          • Overview of the institution’s or work location’s missions and physical layout.

          • Overview of the new staff’s workspace.

          • Issuance of the new staff’s identification card and other essential work items.

        • Onboarding of the new staff that is institution or work location-based shall address the designated topics specified in the Medical Imaging Services Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist.

        • CDCR Non-Custody New Employee Orientation, as applicable to the staff’s assigned work location, to be completed by all staff within the six-month or twelve-month probationary period.  This training is composed of classroom and computer-based modules.  The classroom portion is provided by the institution’s In-Service Training Office.

        • Medical Imaging Services staff shall complete Electronic Health Record System (EHRS) training and competency validation. Training shall include completion of CCHCS Learning Management System EHRS Modules consistent with the staff’s duty statement.

      • Medical Imaging Services staff shall complete orientation and mentoring by Medical Imaging Services staff performing specific tasks identified in the Medical Imaging Services staff Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist.

      • Staff beginning independent work shall have access to Medical Imaging staff with similar job duties for questions and assistance.

      • Within 90 calendar days after the new staff hire date, the direct supervisor shall ensure completion of the Medical Imaging Services Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist and shall review, sign, and maintain the completed forms in the supervisory file of the staff being assessed.  If the new Medical Imaging staff member is delayed in completing the Medical Imaging Services Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist, the direct supervisor may provide additional time on a case-by-case basis to complete the onboarding process and the checklists as soon as possible after the 90 calendar days.

      • A copy of the signed Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist shall be emailed to the following email address: medicalimagingservices@cdcr.ca.gov.

    • Probationary and Professional Performance Evaluations

      • For staff who have a one-year probationary period:
        In accordance with civil service laws and regulations, the direct supervisor shall complete, at minimum, a STD 636, Report of Performance for Probationary Employee at four months, eight months, and 12 months after hire to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

        • The 12-month STD 636 may be completed as soon as 11 months but no later than 12 months after the hire date.

        • Interim STD 636s may be completed as needed between probationary periods, to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

      • For staff who have a six-month probationary period:
        In accordance with civil service laws and regulations, the direct supervisor shall complete, at minimum, a STD 636 at two months, four months, and six months after hire to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

        • The six-month STD 636 may be completed as soon as five months but no later than six months after the hire date.

        • Interim STD 636s may be completed as needed between probationary periods, to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

      • Two to four weeks prior to the end of the probationary period, the direct supervisor shall review the probationary evaluations and other clinical and performance observations to make a recommendation regarding permanent civil service employment.

      • After the probationary period ends, the direct supervisor shall complete a competency assessment whenever job duties change, or at a minimum, on an annual basis to evaluate the staff’s professional performance and clinical competency.  In addition, on an annual basis, the direct supervisor shall review the Medical Imaging Services staff member’s duty statement with the staff.  This review shall be acknowledged by the staff’s signature on the duty statement.  The signed duty statement shall be retained in the staff’s supervisory file.

    • Determination of Permanent Civil Service Status

      • After completion of the second STD 636, but no later than one month prior to the end of probation, the direct supervisor shall review the findings and recommendations contained in the probationary evaluations and other documented professional observations to make a recommendation about whether to grant permanent civil service status.

      • If there are concerns regarding the performance of the probationary staff, the direct supervisor shall immediately notify their supervisor and the Health Care Employee Relations Officer.

      • A recommendation to reject the staff during the probationary period may occur any time during the probationary period if the previous probationary reports (STD 636), professional practice evaluations, competency validations, or other documented performance observations show significant concerns regarding the staff’s performance or conduct.

    • Re-orientation of Medical Imaging Services staff (Re-entry Training)

      • For Medical Imaging Services staff who are out of the office on an extended basis but did not separate from service with CDCR (e.g., long term sick):

        • If staff have been out for six months or less, the following is required:

          • There must be documentation of prior completion of the Medical Imaging Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist.

          • Staff must review all classes, updates, and mandatory training missed including the CDCR Non-Custody Annual Block Training and In-Service Training

          • Validation of competencies shall be completed for the areas in which staff will be working.

        • If staff have been out for six months to one year, the following is required:

          • There must be documentation of prior completion of the Medical Imaging Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist.

          • Staff must review all classes, updates, and mandatory trainings missed including CDCR Non-Custody Annual Block Training and In-Service Training.

          • Validation of competencies shall be completed for the areas in which staff will be working.

        • Staff who are out more than one year shall complete the onboarding process in its entirety upon return.

      • Staff who separate from the Department and then return to state service, regardless of the length of time, shall be required to complete the onboarding process in its entirety.

    • Transferring Between Institutions without a Break in Service or Performing Duties at More Than One Institution

      • The direct supervisor is responsible to ensure that all Medical Imaging Services staff working at the institution are competent to perform all the duties of the position for which the Medical Imaging Services staff has been hired.

      • The direct supervisor may develop an abbreviated Medical Imaging Services Staff Onboarding and Competency Assessment Checklist for the staff sharing assignments between multiple institutions.

      • Proof of completion of the onboarding process, clinical competencies, and professional performance shall be maintained at each CDCR location.  This does not absolve the direct supervisor at each CDCR location from ensuring that annual performance evaluations are conducted or that Medical Imaging staff are competent to perform the duties required in their position.

  • References

    • Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10, Part 20, Standards for Protections Against Radiation

    • California Code of Regulation, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 4, Section 3435, In-Service Training

    • California Code of Regulation, Title 17, Division 1, Chapter 5, Subchapter 4, Group 3, Article 1, Section 30253, Standards for Protection Against Radiation

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 18, General Training

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 05/04/2022
      Reviewed: 12/30/2025

Article 4.5 – Professional Workforce: Pharmacy Services

1.4.5.1 Pharmacy Staff Onboarding

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall provide all newly appointed civil service pharmacy staff including Pharmacy Services Manager, Pharmacist II, Pharmacist I, and pharmacy technicians who provide clinical and/or support services in California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions with relevant and job-specific orientation and training (New Pharmacy Staff Onboarding) during the probationary period. This policy shall not be construed as altering existing laws and regulations governing civil service probationary periods or the provisions of any applicable bargaining unit contract.

  • Purpose

    • To establish a comprehensive and standardized onboarding process for new civil service pharmacy staff that:

    • Promotes consistency and standardization among all institutions statewide regarding minimum onboarding expectations for new pharmacy staff.

    • Supports newly appointed pharmacy staff with relevant orientation and training by experienced subject matter experts during the probationary period.

    • Facilitates adherence to applicable scopes of practice, standards of practice, applicable clinical guidelines, and CDCR/CCHCS standards.

    • Promotes job satisfaction while enhancing pharmacy staff effectiveness and efficiency.

  • Responsibility

    • The Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services is responsible for:

      • Statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of this policy and procedure.

      • Supervising the completion of the onboarding requirements for the Central Pharmacy Services Managers.

    • The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the institution Pharmacist-in-Charge (PIC) are responsible for the local implementation of this policy and procedure.

    • The Central Pharmacy Services Managers and Pharmacist IIs are responsible for supervising the completion of the onboarding requirements for all other Central Pharmacy Services staff.

    • Regional Pharmacy Services Managers are responsible for the implementation of this policy and procedure at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • New civil service pharmacy staff are responsible for completing all standardized onboarding requirements including working with their supervisor to ensure their understanding in meeting the requirements.

  • Procedure

    • Orientation and On-the-Job Support during the Probationary Period

      • The direct supervisor and appropriate subject matter experts shall use the Pharmacy Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist, located on the Pharmacy Services Lifeline page under the Forms & Medication Lists tab, to ensure each newly hired employee completes, at a minimum, 12 weeks of formal orientation and training (hereinafter referred to as “onboarding”).

        • The pharmacy staff onboarding shall include, at a minimum, the following:

          • Initial introduction to the institution or work location including:

            • Human Resources and Information Technology departments.

            • Overview of the institution’s or work location’s missions and physical layout.

            • Overview of the new employee’s work space.

            • Issuance of the new employee’s identification card and other essential work items.

          • Institution-based or work-location-based onboarding covering the designated topics specified in the Pharmacy Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist.

          • Electronic Health Record System (EHRS) training and competency validation including completion of CCHCS Learning Management System (LMS) EHRS Modules consistent with the employee’s duty statement.

          • Orientation and mentoring by pharmacy staff performing specific tasks identified in the Pharmacy Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist.

        • Staff beginning independent work shall have access to pharmacy staff familiar with their job duties for questions and assistance.

        • Upon completion of onboarding, the direct supervisor shall ensure completion of the Pharmacy Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist and shall review, sign, and maintain the completed forms in the employee’s supervisory file (proof of practice file).  If the new pharmacy staff member is delayed due to unforeseen circumstances in completing the Pharmacy Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist, the direct supervisor may provide additional time on a case-by-case basis to complete the onboarding process and the checklists as soon as possible after the 12th week.

        • Any job-required and job-related training that is not listed in the Pharmacy Onboarding and Competency Checklist nor recorded in the CCHCS LMS shall be recorded on a CDCR 844, Training Participation Sign-In Sheet and be filed in the employee’s supervisory file.

    • Re-Orientation of Pharmacy Staff (Re-Entry Training)

      • For staff who are out (e.g., long-term sick):

        • If staff have been out for less than one year, the following is required:

          • The supervisor shall review documentation of previous completion of the Pharmacy Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist.

            • If no documentation of previous completion of the Pharmacy Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist, then the supervisor and staff member shall work together to complete any portion of onboarding they did not previously complete within 12 weeks of re-entry.

          • Staff shall review all classes, updates, and mandatory training missed.

          • Skills competency validations shall be completed for the areas in which staff will be working.

        • Staff who are out more than one year shall complete the onboarding process in its entirety upon return.

    • Transferring Between Institutions Without a Break in Service or Performing Duties at More Than One Institution

      • The direct supervisor is responsible to ensure that all pharmacy staff working at that institution are competent to perform all the duties of the position for which the pharmacy employee has been hired.

      • The direct supervisor may develop an abbreviated Pharmacy Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist for pharmacy staff who have already completed onboarding at another institution, taking into account the staff member’s clinical competency and professional performance at any other CDCR location.

      • Proof of completion of the onboarding process, clinical competencies, and professional performance shall be maintained at each CDCR location.  This does not absolve the direct supervisor at each CDCR location from ensuring that annual performance evaluations are conducted or that pharmacy staff are competent to perform the duties required in their position.

  • References

    • California Code of Regulation, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 4, Section 3435, In-Service Training

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 18, General Training

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 9, Section 5.9.1, General Training Requirements

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 09/2020

    • Revised: 02/18/2025

1.4.5.2 Pharmacy Responsibilities, Scope of Service, and Supervision

  • Procedure Overview

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) Pharmacy Services shall provide medically necessary medications to patients within California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR).

    • Pharmacy staff shall perform duties consistent with CCHCS policies and procedures and federal and state laws and regulations.  All aspects of pharmacy services shall comply with federal and state requirements.

    • Pharmacy Services shall provide medication information for patients and health care staff.

    • Each institution shall have a Medication Management Subcommittee to provide professional, multidisciplinary oversight of the clinical aspects of pharmacy services and to implement policies and procedures as well as other therapeutic initiatives approved by the CCHCS Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics (P&T) Committee.

  • Purpose

    • To define the scope of services, supervision, and clinical oversight of pharmacy services, to ensure access to medication information for patients and health care staff, and to ensure that pharmacy services comply with federal and state requirements governing pharmacy practice and applicable standards of care.

  • Procedure

    • Scope of Pharmacy Services

      • Pharmacies operating within CDCR institutions provide services to:

        • Patients who are housed within the institution.

        • Patients transferring to another institution or upon release.

        • Patients in community correctional facilities or camps for which the institution is the hub facility.

        • Licensed correctional clinics (LCCs).

      • Pharmacies shall:

        • Manage the automated drug delivery system (ADDS) licensure and pharmaceutical inventory.

        • Procure, compound (if applicable), dispense, distribute, furnish,  and store pharmaceuticals pursuant to federal and state requirements and applicable standards of care.

        • Manage medication reverse distribution and disposal of pharmaceutical waste generated by pharmacy staff.

        • Provide cost-effective pharmacotherapy management, medication information, and surveillance programs as appropriate.

        • Promote evidence-based use of medications.

      • A pharmacist on the premises  shall be directly responsible for ensuring that all activities of ancillary staff are performed completely, safely, and without risk of harm to patients at all times. Ancillary staff may perform their duties as outlined in Sections (c)(4) and (c)(5) during the temporary absence of a pharmacist; however, a pharmacist must check all completed work before it leaves the pharmacy.

    • Pharmacy Services

      • Pharmacy services include, but are not limited to, the following:

      • Procuring, compounding (if applicable), dispensing, distributing, furnishing, and storing of pharmaceuticals pursuant to federal and state requirements and applicable standards of practice.

      • Conducting routine inspections of all medication storage areas.

      • Overseeing all medication storage areas for the Department of Public Health licensed facilities in collaboration with Nursing Services.

      • Consulting with the institution’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO), nursing staff, and other health care staff as applicable to ensure compliance with LCC medication management policies and procedures and federal and state requirements.

      • Establishing and maintaining appropriate pharmaceutical inventory to meet patient and clinic needs.

      • Maintaining pharmacy records pursuant to federal and state requirements.

      • Obtaining and maintaining pharmacy-related registrations and licensure.

      • Furnishing medication information to:

        • Medical, dental, mental health, and nursing staff as applicable.

        • Patients pursuant to federal and state requirements and upon request by the patient.

      • Implementing the Systemwide P&T Committee and institution Medication Management Subcommittee decisions in collaboration with the CEO and health care leadership.

      • Maintaining a system for after-hours availability of medications.

      • Managing pharmaceutical reverse distribution.

      • Managing disposal of pharmaceutical waste generated by pharmacy staff.

    • Supervision

      • A Pharmacist-in-Charge (PIC) shall:

        • Be a licensed pharmacist in the State of California.

        • Have completed the California Board of Pharmacy (BOP)-provided Pharmacist-in-Charge Overview and Responsibility training course as described in the Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Section 3.5.2, Pharmacy Licensing Requirements.

        • Ensure that any person employed as a pharmacist or pharmacy technician possesses a valid license that is in good standing at all times and issued by the California State Board of Pharmacy.

        • Oversee all functions of the pharmacy staff at the institution to ensure compliance with applicable policies and procedures and federal and state laws.

        • Serve as the consultant pharmacist for each of the correctional clinic licenses for that institution to ensure implementation of the policies and procedures developed and approved by the Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee and the HCDOM.

        • Fulfill the role of Primary Vaccine Coordinator for the institution and managing vaccine inventory.

        • Have responsibility for the daily operation of the pharmacy and be vested with adequate authority to assure compliance with the laws governing the operation of the pharmacy.

        • Report to the CEO and receive program guidance from Pharmacy Services leadership.

        • Serve as a co-chairperson of the institution Medication Management Subcommittee and be responsible for:

          • The professional direction of pharmacy-related clinical functions and decisions.

          • Implementation of CCHCS Systemwide P&T Committee policies and procedures, the CCHCS Drug Formulary, and other programs approved by the Systemwide P&T Committee.  Refer to the HCDOM, Section 1.2.11, CCHCS Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee, for more details.

        • Provide ADDS training to pharmacy staff and all users on an annual basis.

        • Ensure staff fulfill training requirements upon hire and annually in accordance with the HCDOM, Section 1.4.5.1, Pharmacy Staff Onboarding, and training is documented on the CDCR 844, Training Participation Sign-in Sheet, or through the electronic Learning Management System.

        • Notify the Regional Pharmacy Services Manager (PSM) and the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services of any telework agreements and alternate work schedules.

        • In coordination with the CEO, provide notification to the Regional PSM and the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services whenever they are to be absent from the institution, excluding regular days off, along with the statement of the designee.

      • The PIC participates in:

        • The development of health care policies and procedures relevant to pharmacy services such as the prescribing and administering of medication.

        • Appropriate in-service and continuing education activities.

        • Committees as necessary or as requested.

    • Pharmacy Technicians

      • Non-discretionary duties

        • Pharmacy technicians may perform non-discretionary duties including, but not limited to, the following:

        • Packaging and repackaging medications.

        • Distributing and delivering medications to appropriate medication storage areas.

        • Tracking and managing inventory in the pharmacy and LCCs.

        • Stocking and removing medications in the pharmacy and LCCs.

        • Maintaining inventory in the ADDS to include, but not limited to:

          • Stocking and destocking of medication after delivery.

          • Performing cycle counts.

          • Reviewing and electronically maintaining medication expiration dates.

          • Removing expiring medications.

          • Managing the return bin.

          • Reporting ADDS issues or concerns to a pharmacist.

        • Counting or pouring pharmaceuticals.

        • Labeling prescription containers.

        • Mixing pharmaceuticals in a pharmacy licensed for compounding.

        • Preparing parenteral products in a pharmacy licensed for sterile compounding.

        • Entering prescriptions into the Electronic Health Record System (EHRS).

        • Requesting and receiving refill authorizations.

        • Maintaining appropriate records.

        • Completing other non-discretionary tasks as assigned.

      • Other requirements:

        • Pharmacy technicians shall:

        • Be responsible to ensure that their duties are performed under the supervision and control of a pharmacist at all times.

        • Not perform any act requiring the exercise of professional judgment by a pharmacist.

        • Wear a name badge clearly identifying them as pharmacy technicians per the California State Board of Pharmacy regulations.

    • Other Ancillary Staff

      • Other ancillary staff working in a CCHCS pharmacy may perform duties consistent with their EHRS or ADDS access which do not involve the dispensing of prescriptions.  These include, but are not limited to:

      • Entering medication orders.

      • Entering patient information into the EHRS.

      • Requesting and receiving refill authorizations at the direction of a pharmacist.

      • Picking up prescription orders.

      • Delivering medications to nursing units.

      • Printing patient profiles and other reports.

      • Ordering pharmacy stock.

      • Stocking pharmacy shelves.

      • Completing other non-discretionary tasks not requiring a pharmacist or a technician license as allowed by federal or state law.

    • Medication Information Services

      • The pharmacy shall have access to electronic medication information resources.  These resources can be accessed on the Pharmacy Lifeline page.

      • Under the direction of the PIC, or designee, pharmacists provide medication information and when necessary in-service training related to the safety, proper use, and handling of medications by health care staff.

      • Pharmacists provide consultation or medication information to medical, dental, and mental health staff and patients when requested and as required by federal and state laws.

      • Patient requests shall be handled by Central Pharmacy Services for release counseling or the endorsed institution for current patients.

      • The pharmacist shall document pharmacy interventions in the health record.

    • Hours of Operation and Staff Scheduling

      • The pharmacy shall be open a minimum of five days per week (Monday through Friday, except for holidays) for at least eight hours per day.

      • The PIC, in collaboration with the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services, Regional PSM, and the CEO, shall determine the hours of pharmacy operation based on pharmacy service needs.  Final determination of pharmacy operating hours shall be made by the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services.

      • The PIC, or designee, shall be expected to work a schedule during the primary operating hours of the pharmacy.  This schedule is subject to approval by the CEO.

    • Reporting

      • The PIC shall be responsible for reporting information related to operational and clinical aspects of pharmacy services to the institution CEO; institutional medical, dental, mental health, and nursing leadership; and statewide pharmacy leadership as appropriate.

    • Maintenance of Records

      • The PIC shall ensure that:

      • Pharmacy-related records are maintained pursuant to federal and state requirements.

      • All records are shredded after the applicable federal and state required retention periods have lapsed.

    • Record and Information Requests

      • When requested by an authorized officer of the law or authorized representative of the Medical Board or BOP, the PIC shall provide the board or its authorized representative with the requested records within three business days of the time the request was made.  The PIC may request in writing an extension of this timeframe for a period not to exceed 14 calendar days from the date the records were requested.  A request for an extension of time is subject to the approval of the board. An extension shall be deemed approved if the board fails to deny the extension request within two business days of the time the extension request was made directly to the board.

      • Record requests made by licensing, registering, or accreditation agencies shall be handled in consultation with the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services or designee via email at m_rxpolicytraining@cdcr.ca.gov, Regional PSM, and CCHCS Office of Legal Affairs.

      • Any court order, administrative order, or subpoena requesting medical records related to gender affirming health care shall be processed by Health Information Management in accordance with the HCDOM, Section 2.3.4, Release of Protected Health Information.

      • CCHCS and CDCR shall not cooperate with any inquiry or investigation by, or provide medical information to, any individual, agency, or department from another state or, to the extent permitted by federal law, to a federal law enforcement agency that would identify an individual and that is related to an individual seeking or obtaining gender-affirming health care or gender-affirming mental health care that is lawful under the laws of this state.

      • CCHCS and CDCR are not prohibited from disclosing medical information of an individual upon request to a health care facility that is run by an agency or department from another state, or to a federal law enforcement agency, for treatment purposes and direct medical care for the specified individual if the information disclosed is narrowly limited to the request.

    • Drug Enforcement Administration or Board of Pharmacy Inspections

      • An authorized officer of the law or authorized representative of the board is entitled to remove copies of documents reviewed during an inspection with the condition that they provide an itemized receipt for all documents taken.  Where documents are not readily retrievable at the time of inspection or request, the PIC shall produce the documents within the timeframe specified in the request unless otherwise agreed in writing by the authorized officer of the law or authorized representative of the board.

      • The PIC shall forward a copy of all Drug Enforcement Administration or BOP inspection reports and any additional requests to the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services or designee via email at m_rxpolicytraining@cdcr.ca.gov and Regional PSM.

  • References

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 17, Article 2, Sections 1707.2, 1707.3, 1709.1, and 1714.1

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 9, Pharmacy

    • California Civil Code, Division 1, Part 2.6, Confidentiality of Medical Information

    • California Health and Safety Code, Divison 10, Uniform Controlled Substances Act

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.11, CCHCS Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.5.1, Pharmacy Staff Onboarding

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 2, Article 3, Section 2.3.4, Release of Protected Health Information

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 2, Section 3.2.1, Disposal of Regulated Waste Generated by Health Care Staff

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 5, Section 3.5.3, Furnishing or Dispensing Medication to Legally Authorized Persons or Entities: Licensed Correctional Clinics

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 5, Section 3.5.27, Temporary Absence of the Pharmacist

  • Revision History

  • Effective: 04/2008
    Revised: 01/07/2026

1.4.5.3 Central Clinical Pharmacy Services

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall recruit, train, evaluate, develop, and integrate a team of centrally based clinical pharmacists.  Clinical pharmacists shall practice under protocol, approved by the Systemwide Pharmacy and Therapeutics (P&T) Committee, once they have achieved training and completed the provisioning process.  When providing health care services to patients through telehealth services, clinical pharmacists shall provide only those services specified in Systemwide P&T Committee-approved protocols for which they are deemed competent.  Incorporating clinical pharmacists into collaborative drug therapy management allows all providers to practice to the fullest extent of their licenses.

  • Purpose

    • To establish the roles, responsibilities, and scope of practice for clinical pharmacists communicating and collaborating with other health care professionals to provide patient care; to define standardized procedures to maintain competency and performance of each participating clinical pharmacist; and to ensure the pharmacy-managed drug therapy process complies with federal and state laws requirements as it strives to improve the quality of medication management and health outcomes.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation and CCHCS departmental leadership at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, shall ensure administrative and clinical systems are in place and appropriate tools, training, technical assistance, and resources are available to:

        • Ensure clinical operations are in compliance with federal and state requirements; and

        • Ensure the safety and quality of pharmacist-provided patient care.

      • Medical Deputy Director and Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services are responsible for:

        • Implementing, monitoring, and evaluating of this procedure.

        • Onboarding, training and clinical supervision of clinical pharmacists.

        • Monitoring and evaluating clinical pharmacist interventions.

        • Designating physician mentors to support the clinical pharmacy program.

      • The physician mentor is responsible for:

        • Providing physician direction, supervision, and support to the clinical pharmacist.

        • Providing case consultation on individual patients as needed.

    • The Systemwide P&T Committee

      • The Systemwide P&T Committee is responsible for approval of policies, procedures, protocols, and performance standards pertaining to clinical pharmacists’ management of disease states.

    • Performance Improvement Plan

      • Designated medical and pharmacy leadership shall monitor and evaluate central clinical pharmacy services using key performance indicators that correlate to potential problems or opportunities for improved patient outcomes.  Findings shall be reported to the Systemwide P&T Committee at least annually.

      • Documentations of medication errors shall be detailed in the pharmacy’s quality assurance program pursuant to Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Sections 1.2.6, Statewide Patient Safety Program; Section 1.2.7 Institution Patient Safety Program; and 3.5.11, Pharmacy Quality Assurance Program.

  • Procedure

    • Experience

      • All clinical pharmacists shall possess the following:

        • Active licensure as a Registered Pharmacist in California without restrictions.

        • Completion of a clinical residency or documentation of clinical experience in direct patient care delivery to meet California Business and Professions Code, Section 4052.2, Scope of Practice and Exemptions.  The Systemwide P&T Committee shall maintain a Direct Patient Care Experience Form for the documentation of clinical experience in direct patient care delivery.

    • New Medical Provider Onboarding

      • Prior to performing any duties under protocol, a clinical pharmacist shall complete the New Medical Provider Onboarding (NMPO) program.  NMPO shall include pertinent information regarding the work environment, institution and headquarters resources, as well as job expectations.  NMPO shall be completed pursuant to HCDOM, Section 1.4.2.1, New Medical Provider Onboarding.

    • Scope of Practice Authority

      • Clinical pharmacists must request and be granted provisional privileges prior to beginning patient care duties and shall follow all CCHCS policies and procedures.  Clinical pharmacists shall follow Systemwide P&T Committee-approved protocols that are within their scope of practice based on their education and training and are consistent with their experience, credentialing, and privileging.

      • Protocols

        • The Systemwide P&T Committee shall define the parameters and clinical pharmacists’ role in a protocol.

        • In accordance with policies, procedures, and protocols, a clinical pharmacist may:

          • Order or perform routine drug therapy-related patient assessment procedures.

          • Order drug therapy-related laboratory tests.

          • Administer drugs pursuant to a primary care provider (PCP) or other appropriate authorized provider’s order.

          • Initiate or adjust the drug regimen of a patient pursuant to an order or authorization made by the patient’s PCP or other appropriate authorized provider.

      • A clinical pharmacist shall not select a different drug than prescribed, except as authorized by protocols.

      • The clinical pharmacist shall consult with a physician prior to performing drug therapy management outside the parameters of the protocol.  The consultation shall be documented in the health record.

      • Clinical pharmacists shall not provide direct patient care for the treatment of psychiatric conditions.

    • Physician Referral to the Clinical Pharmacist

      • A patient’s PCP or other appropriate authorized provider shall complete a referral form to the pharmacy in the electronic health record system (EHRS) to express authorization for a patient to be managed by a clinical pharmacist.

      • The protocol for which the clinical pharmacist is to follow shall be related to a condition for which the patient has first been evaluated by a physician.

      • A patient’s PCP or other appropriate authorized provider may prohibit, by written instructions, any adjustment or change in the patient’s drug regimen by the clinical pharmacist.

    • Patient Health Records

      • A clinical pharmacist shall be responsible for the preparation of a complete health record for each patient interaction.  All information relevant to patient care shall be documented in the patient’s EHRS profile including, but not limited to:

        • Pertinent subjective and objective data.

        • Assessment.

        • Details of therapy, responses, and reactions.

        • Interventions and the rationale for a particular treatment plan.

        • Consultation notes.

        • Dispensing records.

      • Within 24 hours of initiating a new drug regimen, a clinical pharmacist shall enter the appropriate information into EHRS.

      • A clinical pharmacist shall communicate in writing any change, adjustment, or modification of an approved preexisting treatment of drug therapy to the treating provider or physician mentor within 24 hours.

    • Supervision of Clinical Pharmacists

      • Designated medical and pharmacy leadership shall ensure that the clinical pharmacist:

        • Receives adequate supervision and support.

        • Be properly credentialed and receives appropriate privileges.

        • Receives onboarding and training in accordance with CCHCS policy and management directions.

        • Complies with all departmental policies, procedures, and protocols.

      • Physician consultation shall be available at all times either onsite, by telephone, or via electronic device. 

    • Evaluation of Clinical Competence

      • The Statewide Clinical Pharmacy Services Manager shall establish competency assessment documentation and tools to establish a minimum level of competency.

      • Clinical and practical experience and skills shall be documented and the records maintained in the pharmacy.  The location of  these records shall be documented in the California Board of Pharmacy compliance binder under the On-Site Records Storage Location Log.

      • Competency, defined by knowledge and the application of knowledge and skills, shall be assessed through annual performance evaluations, a structured or written assessment, and direct observation during the probationary period and ongoing.

      • Designated pharmacy leadership shall conduct ongoing professional practice evaluations annually for each clinical pharmacist and retain these documents for each clinical pharmacist.

  • References

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 9, Article 3, Section 4052.2, Scope of Practice and Exemptions

    • Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2013, Collaborative Practice Agreements and Pharmacists’ Patient Care Services

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.6, Statewide Patient Safety Program

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.7, Institution Patient Safety Program

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.2.1, New Medical Provider Onboarding

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual Chapter 3, Article 5, Section 3.5.11, Pharmacy Quality Assurance Program

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 06/16/2023
      Reviewed: 12/09/2025

1.4.5.4 Impaired Pharmacy Personnel

  • Procedure Overview

    • California Correctional Health Care Services’ (CCHCS) pharmacy personnel are required to report to work physically and mentally able to perform their duties to avoid endangering the safety of themselves and others.

    • Impairment shall be reported to the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services and the California State Board of Pharmacy (BOP) in accordance with applicable regulations. 

    • This procedure describes the process of taking action to protect the public when a licensed individual employed by or with the pharmacy is discovered or known to:

      • Be chemically, mentally, or physically impaired to the extent it affects his or her ability to practice the profession or occupation authorized by his or her license; or

      • Have engaged in the theft, diversion, or self-use of dangerous drugs.

    • Incidents of actual or suspected fraud, theft, loss, or irregularities of medications shall be reported immediately pursuant to the Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Section 5.1.4, Reporting of Actual or Suspected Incidents of Fraud, Errors, and Improper Governmental Activities; and the HCDOM, Section 3.5.26, Break-In, Theft/Loss From Pharmacy or Medication Storage Areas.

  • Purpose

    • To protect the public by ensuring that pharmacy personnel reporting to work are physically and mentally able to perform their duties.

  • Procedure

    • The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the Pharmacist-in-Charge (PIC), or their respective designees, shall be responsible for taking action in compliance with California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) policies and state regulatory mandates to protect the public whenever pharmacy personnel is discovered or is known to be chemically, mentally, or physically impaired to the extent that the impairment affects job performance.

    • It is the professional responsibility of pharmacy personnel to immediately report suspected chemical, mental, or physical impairment to a supervisor.

      • Impaired pharmacy personnel shall be reported to the PIC.  If the PIC is absent or suspected to be impaired, the report shall be made to the CEO (or designee) or, if at the Central Fill Pharmacy, to the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services.

      • If the CEO, or designee, is not available, contact the Regional Health Care Executive, the Regional Pharmacy Services Manager or the Chief of Pharmacy Services.

      • Impaired pharmacy personnel at the Elk Grove campus shall be reported to the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services or designee.

    • The PIC, or aforementioned leadership, shall arrange to immediately remove an employee who is suspected of being impaired or under the influence of alcohol or drugs from pharmacy duties.  If warranted, contact the Investigative Services Unit or, if at the Central Fill Pharmacy or Elk Grove campus, the California Highway Patrol.

    • Any pharmacy personnel suspected of being chemically impaired on the job may be subject to substance testing according to CDCR’s Reasonable Suspicion Policy.  Positive test results may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination.

    • The PIC, or designee, shall notify the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services, or designee, via telephone and in writing via electronic mail as soon as possible regarding any suspected impairment of pharmacy personnel.

    • Any pharmacy personnel suspected of being physically or mentally impaired on the job may be subject to a medical evaluation according to CCHCS’ Fitness for Duty Evaluation process.

    • The PIC shall notify the BOP in writing of any employee’s admission of impairment, documented evidence of impairment, or termination as a result of impairment within 14 calendar days of discovery of impairment or termination.

      • The required report shall include sufficient detail to inform the BOP of the facts upon which the report is based including an estimate of the type and quantity of all dangerous drugs involved, the timeframe over which the losses are suspected, and the date of the last controlled substances inventory.

      • Upon request of the BOP, the pharmacy shall prepare and submit an audit involving the dangerous drugs suspected to be missing.

      • All correspondence with the BOP shall be sent via certified mail.

      • A scanned copy of the notification to the BOP shall be sent via electronic mail to the Statewide Chief of Pharmacy Services.

    • When the facts include theft, diversion, or self-use of dangerous drugs, refer to HCDOM, Section 3.5.26, Break-In, Theft/Loss from Pharmacy or Medication Storage Areas, for additional procedures.

  • References

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 05/2008

    • Revised: 04/05/2023

    • Reviewed: 01/14/2025

Article 4.6 – Professional Workforce: Nursing Services

1.4.6.1 Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall provide all newly hired civil service Registered Nurses (RN), Licensed Vocational Nurses (LVN), Psychiatric Technicians (PT), Certified Nursing Assistants (CNA), Office Technicians (OT), and Medical Assistants (MA), who provide clinical or support services in California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions with orientation and training (Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding) that is relevant to the job duties for each classification.

    • An abbreviated onboarding plan shall be developed for CDCR, CCHCS civil service nursing staff who are transferring from another CDCR institution that takes into account the onboarding, clinical competency, and professional performance evaluations conducted and the training provided for that staff at another institution.

    • Nothing in this policy and procedure shall be construed as altering existing laws and regulations governing nursing staff scope of practice, probationary periods in civil service, or the provisions of any applicable bargaining unit contract.

  • Purpose

    • To establish a comprehensive and standardized Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding process that:

    • Promotes consistency and standardization among all institutions statewide regarding minimum onboarding expectations for new civil service nursing staff employees.

    • Supports civil service nursing staff with relevant orientation and training by experienced subject matter experts during the probationary period.

    • Facilitates adherence with applicable scopes of practice, standards of practice, and CDCR, CCHCS standards.

    • Promotes job satisfaction while enhancing nursing staff effectiveness and efficiency.

  • Applicability

    • This policy and procedure applies to all newly hired or transferring civil service nursing staff who are employed by CDCR who are performing services within or for CDCR institutions.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • The Statewide Chief Nurse Executive (CNE) is responsible for statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of this policy and procedure.

    • Regional

      • Regional CNEs are responsible for the implementation of this policy and procedure at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • Institutional

      • The Institutional CNE is responsible for ensuring the implementation of the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding Plan.

      • All new nursing staff are responsible for actively participating in and completing the standardized onboarding process including classroom orientation and on-the-job training and support during the probationary period.

      • The Supervising Registered Nurse (SRN) III, SRN II, or the Unit Supervisor (US), as appropriate, in coordination with the Nurse Instructor (NI), is responsible for validating successful completion of the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklists.

  • Procedure

    • Orientation and On-the-Job Support during the Probationary Period

      • The SRN III, or SRN II, or the US, and NI shall individualize the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding Plan, utilizing the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding Plan Template, located on the Nursing Services Lifeline page under Resources.  Staff shall follow the plan during at least the initial three months of employment.

      • The SRN III or SRN II, or the US, NI, and appropriate subject matter expert shall use the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–Nursing Services Topics, and the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist-General and Non-Nursing Topics, and implement the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding Plan to ensure each newly hired staff completes, at a minimum, 12 weeks of formal orientation and training.  See the Sample Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding Plan, for examples on how to complete a Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding Plan.  The Checklists and the Sample Onboarding Plan are located on the Nursing Services Lifeline page under Resources.

      • The plan shall include, at a minimum, the following:

        • Initial introduction to the institution including:

          • Human Resources and Information Technology departments.

          • Overview of the institution’s missions and physical layout.

          • Overview of the new employee’s work space.

          • Issuance of the new employee’s identification card and other essential work items.

        • Institution-based onboarding covering the designated topics specified in the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–Nursing Services Topics pertaining to appropriate classification, and Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–General and Non-Nursing Topics.

        • Non-custody New Employee Orientation shall be completed by all employees.  This training is composed of classroom and computer based modules. The classroom portion is provided by the institution’s In-Service Training Office.

        • Nursing civil service staff onboarding for nursing employees covered by this procedure shall be completed prior to performing patient care duties.

        • Electronic Health Record System (EHRS) training and competency validation shall be completed prior to providing and documenting patient care or scheduling in the system, including completion of CCHCS Learning Management System EHRS Modules plus designated instructor led training.

          • For nursing staff with RN, LVN, or PT licensure.

          • For CNAs, OTs assigned to nursing, and MAs.

        • For staff providing direct patient care, a minimum of four weeks of orientation and shadowing of nursing staff in patient care settings, on a specific watch, based upon the institution’s health care missions during which the following areas shall be covered:

          • Primary Care Clinics including huddles, nurse face-to-face line, and provider line.

          • Triage and Treatment Area.

          • Receiving and Release.

          • Outpatient Housing Units.

          • Correctional Treatment Center and other inpatient care areas.

          • Administrative Segregation Unit.

          • Specialty areas including Telemedicine, Utilization Management, and Public Health.

          • Mental Health including Mental Health Crisis Bed, Psychiatric Inpatient Program, and groups.

          • Hospice.

      • Transition to independent direct patient care duties shall begin no earlier than eight weeks after the hire date.

        • New staff shall be located where they can easily access other nursing staff familiar with their job duties for questions and assistance during the initial eight weeks of providing direct patient care.

        • For the first month after the staff begins independent direct patient care duties, an SRN, other supervisory nursing staff, or designee, or NI shall attend the morning huddles and other meetings or events and debrief with the new nursing staff afterwards to answer questions.

      • Within 12 weeks after the new staff hire date, the NI, or designee, in coordination with the institutional CNE, SRN III, or SRN II, or the US, shall ensure completion of the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–Nursing Services Topics pertaining to appropriate classification, and the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–General and Non-Nursing Topics, and shall review, sign, and maintain the completed forms in the employee’s training file (proof of practice file).

        • If unforeseen circumstances arise that delay the onboarding process and completion of the Nursing Civil Service Onboarding and Competency Checklists, additional time may be provided on a case-by-case basis to complete the onboarding process and the checklists as soon as possible after the 12th week.

        • If the new nursing staff member is delayed in completing the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklists, the SRN III or SRN II, or the US, in coordination with the institutional CNE, may provide additional time on a case-by-case basis to complete the onboarding process and the checklists as soon as possible after the 12th week.

    • Probationary and Professional Practice Performance Evaluations

      • The SRN III or SRN II, or the US, in coordination with the institutional CNE or designee, shall ensure each new nursing staff completes competency skills validations for nursing assessments, processes, and procedures prior to providing patient care for patients who require that assessment, process, or procedure or within the timeframe noted in the Nursing Curriculum Lesson Plan, whichever occurs first after the hire date.

      • For staff who have a one-year probationary period:  In accordance with civil service laws and regulations, the SRN III or SRN II, or the US shall complete, at minimum, a STD 636, Report of Performance for Probationary Employee, at 4 months, 8 months, and 12 months after hire to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

        • The 12-month STD 636 may be completed as soon as 11 months but no later than 12 months after the hire date.

        • Additional STD 636s may be completed as needed to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

      • For staff who have a 6-month probationary period:  In accordance with civil service laws and regulations, the SRN III or SRN II, or the US, shall complete, at minimum, a STD 636 at 2 months, 4 months, and 6 months after hire to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

        • The 6 month STD 636 may be completed as soon as 5 months but no later than 6 months after the hire date.

        • Additional STD 636s may be completed as needed to assess professional performance and clinical competency.

      • Two to four weeks prior to the end of the probationary period, the SRN III or SRN II, or the US, in coordination with the institutional CNE, shall meet to review the probationary and professional practice evaluations and other clinical observations in order to make a recommendation regarding permanent civil service employment.

      • A recommendation to reject the staff during the probationary period may occur any time prior to the completion of the final STD 636 if the previous performance evaluations, professional practice evaluations, competency validations, and other clinical observations show significant concerns regarding the staff’s performance.

      • After the probationary period ends, the SRN III or SRN II, or the US shall complete, at a minimum, an annual evaluation of the employee’s professional performance and clinical competency.

    • Maintenance of Onboarding Documents

      • Onboarding documents shall be maintained in the employee’s proof of practice file (training file) including, but not limited to:

      • The completed Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding Plan, showing the onboarding activities for each day of the onboarding period.

      • The completed Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–Nursing Services Topics.

      • The completed Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–General and Non-Nursing Topics.

    • Determination of Permanent Civil Service Status

      • After completion of the second STD 636, but no later than six weeks prior to the end of probation, the SRN III, SRN II, or the US, and institutional CNE shall organize a Performance Review meeting.

      • The meeting shall include the following individuals:

        • CNE, or designee.

        • SRN III.

        • SRN II or the US.

        • Health Care Employee Relations Officer (ERO) (if there are significant concerns regarding the staff’s performance).

        • Regional CNE (if there are significant concerns regarding the staff’s performance).

      • The purpose of the meeting shall be to discuss the findings and recommendations contained in the probationary and professional practice evaluations, competency evaluations, and other clinical observations in order to make a recommendation about whether to grant permanent civil service status.

      • If there are concerns regarding performance of the probationary employee prior to the occurrence of the performance review meeting described in this section, the institutional CNE, SRN III, and SRN II, or the US shall notify the Health Care ERO and the regional CNE as soon as issues are identified.

      • A recommendation to reject the staff during the probationary period may occur any time prior to the completion of the final STD 636 if the previous performance evaluations, professional practice evaluations, competency validations, and other clinical observations show significant concerns regarding the staff’s performance.

    • Re-orientation of Nursing Staff (Re-entry Training)

      • For staff who are out (e.g., long term sick) or separated from service with CDCR:

        • If staff have been out for six months or less, the following is required:

          • There shall be documentation of previous completion of the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–Nursing Services Topics pertaining to appropriate classification, and Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–General and Non-Nursing Topics.

          • Staff shall take all missed classes, updates, and mandatory training.

          • Skills competency validations shall be completed for the areas in which staff will be working.

        • If staff have been out for six months to one year, the following is required:

          • There shall be documentation of previous completion of the Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–Nursing Services Topics pertaining to appropriate classification, and Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklist–General and Non-Nursing Topics.

          • Staff shall take all missed classes, updates, and mandatory trainings including Block and In-Service Training.

          • Skills competency validations shall be completed for the areas in which staff will be working.

        • Staff who are out or separated for more than one year shall complete the onboarding process in its entirety upon return.

    • Transferring Between Institutions Without a Break in Service or Performing Patient Care Duties at More Than One Institution

      • Each CDCR institutional CNE is responsible to ensure that all nursing staff working at that institution are competent to perform all the duties of the position for which the nursing staff has been hired, pursuant to the Health Care Department Operations Manual, Section 1.4.6.7, Nursing Competency Program.

      • The SRN III or SRN II, or the US in coordination with the regional CNE and institutional CNE, may develop an abbreviated Nursing Civil Service Staff Onboarding Plan, for the nursing staff as necessary that takes into account the onboarding, clinical competency, and professional performance evaluations conducted and training provided to that nursing staff at another CDCR institution.

      • Proof of completion of the onboarding process, clinical competencies, and professional performance evaluations shall be maintained at each CDCR institution.  This does not absolve each CDCR institutional CNE from ensuring the clinical competencies and professional performance evaluations are conducted or that nursing staff are competent to perform the duties required in their position.

  • References

    • Code of Federal Regulations, Title 45, Chapter A, Subchapter C, Part 164, Subpart E, Section 164.530, Administrative Requirements

    • Clark Remedial Plan, Clark v. California, United States District Court of Northern California, March 1, 2002

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 5.4, Section 2544

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 6, Sections 2700 – 2838.4

    • California Civil Code, Title 1.8, Division 3, Part 4, Chapter 1, Article 1, Section 1798, Privacy Awareness

    • California Public Records Act, California Government Code, Title 1, Division 7, Chapter 335, Article 1, Sections 6250 – 6270.5

    • California Government Code, Title 2, Division 3, Part 1, Chapter 1, Article 1, Section 11019.9

    • California Health and Safety Code, Division 2, Chapter 2, Article 9, Section 1337

    • California Labor Code, Division 5, Part 1, Chapter 3, Section 6401.7

    • California Penal Code, Part 3, Title 1, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 2602

    • California Penal Code, Part 3, Title 7, Chapter 4.5, Section 6007

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Subchapter 7, Group 1, Section 3203, Injury and Illness Prevention Program

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Subchapter 7, Group 16, Article 109, Section 5194, Hazard Communication

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 2, Subchapter 2, Article 5, Section 3999.225, Health Care Grievances Process

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 4, Section 3435, In-Service Training

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4, Article 1.5, Sections 3268 – 3268.2

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 13, Chapter 3, Article 2, Sections 1366 – 1366.4

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 14, Article 7, Sections 1470 – 1474

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 25, Chapter 1, Vocational Nurses

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 25, Chapter 2, Psychiatric Technicians

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Licensing and Certification of Health Facilities, Home Health Agencies, Clinics and Referral Agencies

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12, Article 5, Correctional Treatment Centers

    • State Administrative Manual, Section 752, Defensive Driver Training

    • State Administrative Manual, Section 2590.2, Material Safety Data Sheets

    • State Administrative Manual, Section 5300.3, Office of Information Security

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 16, Section 13040.7.1, Responsibility of All Employees

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 18, Section 14010.7.5, Legal Process – Handling

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 2, Sections 31020.7.4, 31020.7.4.1 and 31020.7.4.6

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 4, Sections 31040.3.2.14, 31040.3.4.4, 31040.3.5.1 and 31040.3.5.3

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 18, Sections 32010.10 – 32010.14

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 18, General Training

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 4, Article 45, Sections 49020.4, 49020.7.2 and 49020.7.3

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 2, Sections 51020.1, 51020.17.1 and 51020.17.2

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 24, Section 52090.6.1, Training Other Staff

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 29, Section 53030.6, Institution Social Services

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 38, Section 53120.10.6, Orientation/Training

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 44, Section 54040.4, Education and Prevention

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 52, Section 54090.1, Request for Interview, Item, or Service Policy

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 9, Article 4, Sections 91040.8 – 91040.9

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.3, Quality Management Program Overview

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.6.3, Nursing Services Leadership

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.6.7, Nursing Competency Program

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.8, Reception Center

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 7, Section 3.7.2, Emergency Medical Response Training Drill Nursing Skills Lab

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 5, Article 1, Section 5.1.2, California Public Records Act Requests

    • American Nurses Association, Standards of Nursing Practice in Correctional Facilities, Kansas City, Mo., 1985

    • American Nurses Association, Correctional Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice, 2nd ed. Silver Spring, MD, 2013

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 02/2019
      Revised: 05/24/2023

1.4.6.2 Registry/Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services shall provide all registry/contracted nursing personnel who provide clinical and support services in California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) institutions with orientation and training relevant to the job duties for each registry/contracted nursing personnel.

    • Nothing in this policy and procedure shall be construed as altering existing laws and regulations governing nursing personnel scope of practice, the provisions of any applicable bargaining unit contract, or registry agency contract.  Registry/contracted nursing personnel are not civil service employees of CDCR.

  • Purpose

    • To establish a comprehensive and standardized registry/contracted nursing personnel onboarding process that:

    • Promotes consistency and standardization among all institutions statewide regarding minimum onboarding expectations for registry/contracted nursing personnel.

    • Supports newly engaged registry/contracted nursing personnel with relevant orientation and training by experienced subject matter experts prior to working in areas requiring that knowledge/training.

    • Facilitates adherence with applicable scopes of practice, standards of practice, and CDCR standards.

    • Enhances registry/contracted nursing personnel effectiveness and efficiency.

  • Applicability

    • This policy applies to all newly engaged registry/contracted nursing personnel who are providing clinical and support services within or for CDCR institutions.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • The Statewide Chief Nurse Executive (CNE) is responsible for statewide planning, implementation and evaluation of this policy and procedure.

    • Regional

      • Regional CNEs are responsible for the implementation of this policy and procedure at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • Institutional

      • The institutional CNE is responsible for ensuring the implementation of the onboarding plan.

      • The Supervising Registered Nurse (SRN) III and/or II, or the Unit Supervisor (US), as appropriate, and the Nurse Instructor (NI) shall individualize the Registry-Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding Plan, located on the Nursing Services Resources Lifeline page under Resources, to ensure each newly engaged registry/contracted nursing personnel completes, at minimum, seven days/watches of formal onboarding (Refer to the Sample Registry-Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding Plan, located on the Nursing Services Resources Lifeline page under Resources).

      • The SRN III and/or II, or US, in coordination with the NI, is responsible for validating successful completion of the Registry-Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding and Competency Checklist, located on the Nursing Services Resources Lifeline page under Resources.

      • All newly engaged registry/contracted nursing personnel are required to actively participate in and complete a standardized onboarding process including classroom orientation and on-the-job training and support.

      • Newly engaged registry/contracted nursing personnel are required to complete the tasks related to the Registry/Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding and Competency Checklist.

  • Procedure

    • Orientation and On-the-Job Support

      • The SRN III and/or II, or US, NI, and appropriate subject matter expert shall use the Registry/Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding and Competency Checklist, and implement the Registry/Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding Plan, to ensure each registry/contracted nursing personnel completes seven days/watches of formal onboarding.  The plan, at a minimum, shall include the following:

        • Initial introduction to the institution staff, overview of the institution’s missions, physical layout, and issuance of an identification card, work space, computer, and other essential work items.

        • Orientation and shadowing of nursing staff in the institution’s relevant patient care settings within which the registry/contracted nursing personnel will work prior to performing patient care duties.  If the registry/contracted nursing personnel services are engaged to work in more than one area of the institution, they shall be provided orientation to each specific area in order to achieve competency in providing patient care in that area of the institution.

        • Training and demonstrated competency for the registry/contracted nursing personnel in the Electronic Health Record System prior to performing and documenting patient care duties or scheduling in the system.

        • Transition to performing independent, direct patient care duties shall begin no earlier than seven days/watches after the engagement of services date.

          • Registry/contracted nursing personnel shall be assigned where they can easily access other nursing staff familiar with their job duties for questions and assistance during the initial 14 days/watches of providing independent, direct patient care.

          • For the first 14 days/watches after the registry/contracted nursing personnel begins independent, direct patient care duties, the SRN III and/or II, or US, or NI shall meet with the registry/contracted nursing personnel prior to the start of the shift and afterwards to debrief and answer questions.

        • Within the first seven days/watches after the registry/contracted nursing personnel’s engagement of services date, the SRN III and/or II, or US, or designee(s), in coordination with the institutional CNE and/or NI, shall ensure completion of the Registry/Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding and Competency Checklist.  The completed form shall be maintained in the registry/contracted nursing personnel’s proof of practice file.

    • Clinical Competency and Professional Practice/Performance Evaluations

      • The SRN III and/or II, or US, in coordination with the institutional CNE, shall meet prior to each registry/contracted nursing personnel’s professional performance and clinical competency review to evaluate the clinical competency, professional performance and clinical observations in order to determine the continued engagement of services of the registry/contracted nursing personnel with CDCR. The performance of all registry/contracted personnel shall be evaluated as follows:

      • The SRN III and/or II, or US shall ensure each registry/contracted nursing personnel’s professional performance and clinical competency is evaluated at least every two months after the engagement of services date for six months to assess continued clinical competency and professional performance.

      • The SRN III and/or II, or US shall complete an evaluation of professional performance and clinical competency a minimum of annually thereafter.

      • The SRN III and/or II, or US may complete additional professional performance and clinical competency evaluations of registry/contracted nursing personnel more frequently as needed to ensure the continued professional performance and clinical competence.

      • Professional performance evaluations shall be documented on the Registry-Contracted Nursing Personnel Professional Performance Evaluation, located on the Nursing Services Resources Lifeline page under Resources.

      • Clinical competencies shall be documented on the Registry/Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding and Competency Checklist, and kept in a proof of practice file for that registry/contracted nursing personnel.

    • Maintenance of Onboarding Documents

      • The following documents shall be maintained in the registry/contracted nursing personnel’s proof of practice file:

      • The completed Registry/Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding Plan, showing the onboarding activities for each day of the onboarding period.

      • The completed Registry/Contracted Nursing Personnel Onboarding and Competency Checklist.

      • Professional Performance Evaluations.

    • Transferring Between Institutions Without A Break In Service or Performing Patient Care Duties At More Than One Institution

      • Each CDCR institutional CNE is responsible for ensuring that each registry/contracted nursing personnel working at that institution is competent to perform all the duties of the position for which the registry/contracted nursing personnel’s services have been engaged.

      • The SRN III and/or SRN II, or US, in coordination with the institutional CNE and/or the regional CNE may develop an abbreviated onboarding plan for registry/contracted nursing personnel covered in this section on a case-by-case basis that takes into account the onboarding, professional performance, and clinical competency evaluations conducted and training provided to the registry/contracted nursing personnel at another CDCR institution.

        • Proof of completion of the onboarding process, clinical competencies, and professional performance evaluations shall be maintained at each institution.

        • This does not absolve each CDCR institutional CNE from ensuring that professional performance and clinical competency evaluations are conducted or that registry/contracted nursing personnel are competent to perform the duties required in the position for which their services have been engaged.

    • Registry/Contracted Nursing Personnel Converting to Permanent Civil Service Status

      • Registry/contracted nursing personnel who convert to permanent civil service status shall complete the new nursing civil service staff onboarding process including New Employee Orientation.

        • Topics on the Nursing Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklists, which must be tracked via a Business Event Type code and for which the registry/contracted nursing personnel did not have a Personnel Number for tracking purposes will need to be repeated.

        • Proof of completion of the Registry/Contract Nursing Personnel Onboarding and Competency Checklist, and competency skills validations shall be maintained with the Nursing Staff Onboarding and Competency Checklists in the proof of practice file.

      • Registry/contracted nursing personnel who convert to permanent civil service status shall complete the remainder of the onboarding process including, but not limited to:

        • Professional performance and competency evaluations.

        • Probationary evaluations conducted as per civil service rules and requirements.

        • Training to ensure all components of the onboarding process have been completed with proof maintained in the proof of practice file.

      • The SRN III and/or II, or US, in coordination with the institutional CNE and/or the regional CNE, may adjust the length of the onboarding plan on an individual basis to take into account the experience and competencies already achieved and demonstrated by the registry/contracted nursing personnel prior to converting to permanent civil service status.

  • References

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 5, Article 4, Section 3435, In-Service Training

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Licensing and Certification of Health Facilities, Home Health Agencies, Clinics, and Referral Agencies

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 18, General Training

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.6.3, Nursing Services Leadership

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.6.7, Nursing Competency Program

    • California Correctional Health Care Services, Health Care On-Site Contractor’s Orientation Handbook; http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Divisions_Boards/Plata/docs/Health_Care_On-Site_Contractors_Orientation_Handbook.pdf

    • American Nurses Association, Standards of Nursing Practice in Correctional Facilities, Kansas City, Mo., 1985

    • American Nurses Association, Correctional Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice, 2nd ed. Silver Spring, MD, 2013

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 02/2019

    • Reviewed: 05/24/2023

1.4.6.3 Nursing Services Leadership

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall ensure nursing care services are planned, organized, and directed by a licensed professional Registered Nurse (RN) leader who has the education and experience commensurate with their responsibilities.  RN leaders shall have the responsibility and authority to ensure the quality of nursing practice within the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation.

  • Purpose

    • To promote quality in the provision of safe, efficient, and competent nursing care in all areas of program delivery to include inpatient, outpatient, specialty care, patient scheduling, Triage and Treatment Area, Receiving and Release, and Reception Center.

  • Responsibility

    • Chief Nurse Executive (CNE)

      • The Statewide CNE (SCNE) is responsible for statewide nursing strategic vision, nursing policy and program development, quality nursing outcomes and is accountable for CCHCS nursing standards of care and practice.

        • The SCNE is a full partner of the headquarters’ senior executive team as the Deputy Director (DD) of Nursing Services and shall report directly to the Director of Health Care Services.

        • The SCNE shall interpret and communicate organizational mission, programmatic goals, and objectives.

      • The Headquarters’ CNE (HQCNE) is responsible for programmatic delivery across all institutions. The HQCNE shall:

        • Provide direction, strategic leadership, planning, and organization, and ensure programmatic standardization and integration of nursing care into the health care delivery system.

        • Report directly to the DD of Nursing Services, SCNE.

      • The Regional CNE (RCNE) is responsible for coordinating nursing care services, informing policy and procedure, and ensuring implementation of statewide programs within a region spanning multiple institutions.  The RCNE shall:

        • Ensure institutional nursing practices comply with headquarters’ directives and the nursing standards of care and practice.

        • Direct report to the Regional Health Care Executive with functional nursing clinical practice oversight by the SCNE.

      • The institutional CNE shall coordinate nursing care services, inform policy and procedure, and ensure oversight for the professional practice of nursing and the provision of nursing care within an institution.  For the purposes of this subsection, oversight is defined as having responsibility for quality, service, resources, nursing staff competency, evaluation of the overall delivery of nursing care, and adherence with regulations.

        • The institutional CNE shall implement the statewide programs or directives into institution operations, ensuring 24-hour nursing services are available.

        • The institutional CNE is the institution’s senior nurse leader, full partner of the institutional executive team and shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer with functional supervision by the RCNE.

    • Institutional Assistant Nurse Executive (ANE) and Supervising Registered Nurse III (SRN III)

      • The ANE and SRN III shall inform policy and procedure and is responsible for organizing, developing, directing, and managing nursing services and ensuring the delivery of quality nursing care as defined by the CNE.

      • The ANE and SRN III are responsible for developing local operating procedures and administrative and internal management of clinical operations in keeping with policies, regulations, and standards.

      • In compliance with California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Section 79629, at least one ANE or SRN III shall be designated as Director of Nursing for licensed inpatient areas.  The ANE or SRN III shall report directly to the institutional CNE.

    • Supervising Registered Nurse II (SRN II) or Nursing Coordinator (NC)

      • The SRN II or NC shall:

      • Assume the first line of leadership, supervision, and accountability for the delivery of patient care for day-to-day operations.

      • Facilitate efficient and cost-effective daily operations and monitor staff compliance with regulatory, clinical, and institutional requirements.

      • Assume leadership for their respective areas of program delivery.

      • Supervise licensed and unlicensed nursing staff and ensure competent nursing practice and quality patient outcomes.

      • Manage assigned facilities, patient flow, scheduling, and clinic operations to include patient care supplies and equipment.

      • Report directly to the SRN III or CNE in the event of an SRN III vacancy.

    • Nursing Consultant, Program Review (NCPR)

      • The NCPR is responsible for the implementation, monitoring, and review of nursing programs, including service and projects in institutions, at the regional level and statewide. The NCPR shall:

      • Provide overall consultation, including recommendations and directions, to all nursing and health care services as assigned.

      • Serve as the subject matter expert in nursing professional practice, standards of care, and the health care delivery system.

      • Participate in the statewide and regional planning, development, implementation, evaluation, and monitoring of nursing services programs.

      • Assist in developing and providing consultation for compliance with nursing practice, regulatory standards, and policy and procedures. The NCPR shall provide direct and indirect patient care services for select health care populations or patients.

  • References

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Chapter 12, Article 3, Section 79629, Nursing Services – Director of Nursing Services

    • American Nurses’ Association. Standards of Nursing Practice in Correctional Facilities, Kansas City, Mo., 1985

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 11/2017
      Revised: 05/24/2023

1.4.6.4 Nursing Professional Practice Model

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall maintain a Nursing Professional Practice Model, which consists of an associated framework to promote respectful, collegial interactions and informed decision-making at all levels of the organization and across all disciplines, as it relates to quality of care, professional expertise, and professional practice. Each component in the Nursing Professional Practice Model is integral to professional nursing practice and indicates how nurses collaborate, communicate, incorporate evidenced based practice, and develop professionally. The components of the model are depicted in the Nursing Professional Practice Model Diagram, located on the Nursing Services Resources Lifeline page under Resources.

    • The nursing care delivery system for CCHCS shall:

      • Be based upon the Nursing Practice Act, Sections 2725-2742, Dorothea Orem’s Nursing Theory, American Nurses Association Standards, and other professional nursing standards to encompass the dependent, interdependent, and independent aspects of professional nursing in the provision of patient care.  The professional nurses’ role is to assist the patient in regaining their ability to provide self-care in any and all dimensions. This model supports the philosophy that all patients benefit from the full scope of nursing practice which is coordinated and individualized to meet the needs of the patient.

      • Utilize established evidence-based practices, protocols and disease-specific standards of care, as appropriate, and the nursing component of care management and care coordination from the Complete Care Model. The following licensures shall be utilized in the delivery of nursing care: Registered Nurses (RN), Licensed Vocational Nurses, Psychiatric Technicians, Certified Nursing Assistants, and Medical Assistants.

  • Purpose

    • To ensure care is delivered through team-based care coordination, varying according to levels of care and patient acuity; and to ensure the RN utilizes all aspects of the nursing process including assessing the patient’s current health status and contributing factors, identifying and prioritizing the patient’s problems and needs, identifying mutual goals (expected outcomes), developing a plan to achieve mutual goals, implementing the plan or assigning others to implement it, evaluating the plan’s effectiveness, and adapting a plan based on the patient’s response.

  • Responsibility

    • The Statewide Chief Nurse Executive, or designee, has the overall responsibility for the implementation of this policy.

  • References

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 6, Article 2, Sections 2725-2742, Nursing Practice Act

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.1, Complete Care Model

    • Nursing Review and Resource Manual, Rundio & Wilson, American Nurses’ Association, 2010

    • American Nurses Association Standards, 2017

    • Nursing’s Social Policy Statement, American Nurses’ Association, 2003
      Dorothea E. Orem’s Self-Care Deficit Theory
      https://nursing-theory.org/theories-and-models/orem-self-care-deficit-theory.php

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 11/2017
      Revised: 05/24/2023

1.4.6.5 Nursing Professional Practice Program

  • Policy

    • The California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS), California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) shall maintain a program to evaluate nursing care and professional practice based on standards of clinical nursing practice established by regulatory agencies, accrediting bodies, and CCHCS health care policies and procedures.  At a minimum, this program shall include a statewide Nursing Professional Practice Council (NPPC) and organized processes for surveillance of professional nursing practice at all levels of the organization.

  • Purpose

    • To evaluate the following state service classifications: Registered Nurses, Licensed Vocational Nurses, Psychiatric Technicians, Certified Nursing Assistants, and Medical Assistants for delivery of appropriate, timely, quality nursing care to patients within CDCR institutions.

  • Responsibility

    • The Statewide Chief Nurse Executive (SCNE), or designee, has overall responsibility for the implementation, monitoring, and evaluation of this policy and procedure.

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure outlines professional council structure and processes. Performs practice surveillance activities statewide, including identification of nursing professional practice deficiencies, best practices and processes, and system issues across institutions, regions, and the state. NPPC shall analyze common causal factors, root causes, and make recommendations for improvements.

  • Procedure

    • NPPC Membership

      • The SCNE shall designate NPPC membership consisting of the following:

        • A Chairperson who shall serve for a period not to exceed two years.

        • Headquarters (HQ), regional, and institutional Chief Nursing Executives (CNEs).

        • Nurse Consultants, Program Review (NCPRs).

      • All NPPC members shall be voting members.  A minimum of three members in attendance (chairperson, one CNE, and one NCPR) is required for the NPPC to hold a meeting. A simple majority is required for any actions taken by the NPPC.

    • Referral Sources

      • Referrals to the NPPC may be submitted by, but are not limited to:

      • HQ nursing staff.

      • Mortality Review Unit.

      • Institution health care leadership.

      • Clinical programs (Dental, Medical, Mental Health, Nursing).

      • Health Care Correspondence and Appeals Branch.

      • Patient Safety Program.

      • Peer review committees.

      • California Board of Registered Nurses, California Board of Vocational Nurses and Psychiatric Technicians, and other licensing bodies.

      • Office of the Receiver.

    • Referral Criteria

      • Referrals to the NPPC shall be made for clinical practice issues including, but not limited to, the following:

      • Departures or suspected departures from standards of nursing care and evidence-based practice that place patients or the organization at risk.

      • The repeated failure to provide the required nursing care.

      • Failure or suspected failure to provide care or exercise caution in a single situation which the nurse knew or should have known could result in patient harm.

      • NPPC shall not participate in any nursing staff disciplinary actions, litigations, and any other issues pertaining to labor bargaining units or memorandum of understandings.

    • Referral Documentation Requirements

      • All referrals shall be submitted in writing and shall include the following:

        • A concise statement about the nursing best practice or deficiency implicated in the referral.

        • Supporting evidence.

        • Identification of nursing staff involved, if indicated.

        • Patient demographic information.

        • Referral source and contact information.

      • NPPC referrals shall be sent electronically to the NPPC mailbox at “CDCR CCHCS Nursing Professional Practice Council” or CDCRCCHCSNPPC@cdcr.ca.gov.

    • Assignment of Case

      • The NPPC shall assign the referral to an NCPR.

      • Upon initial review of the referral summary, the NCPR shall present the case to the NPPC for review and to determine if it meets the referral criteria. In the event of a disagreement, a majority vote shall decide.

    • Types of Review

      • The NCPR shall conduct one or more of the following reviews to include, but is not limited to:

      • Nursing Practice Review.

      • Pattern of Practice Review.

      • Mortality Review.

      • Competency or other trainings on record review.

    • Review Process

      • The NCPR shall conduct a factual review of the events reported in the referral utilizing relevant information gathered from a variety of sources including, but not limited to the following:

        • Patient health records and any other relevant documentation.

        • Site visits.

        • Current CCHCS, CDCR policy documents.

        • Licensing Agency Practice Acts and position statements.

        • American Nurses Association or other Professional Practice Organization standards of competent practice statements.

        • Context in which care was delivered (e.g., inpatient, outpatient, higher level of care).

        • Complexity and risk stratification of the patient.

        • Continuity and coordination of care (patient handoff).

      • When appropriate, the NCPR shall identify extenuating circumstances, external factors, and barriers to care that may have contributed to the event or practice under review.

      • After gathering the facts, the NCPR shall prepare a written report in the format appropriate for the type of review being conducted.  The review shall address the following:

        • The reason for referral or review.

        • A summary of findings.

        • Source documents, case materials, and identification of involved staff if indicated.

        • Additional information or materials considered.

        • Documented statements.

        • Identification of nursing best practices or deficiencies.

        • Identification of extenuating circumstances, external factors, and barriers to care.

        • Reviewer recommendations.

      • The NCPR shall submit the completed report to the NPPC for discussion and adjudication.

      • Approved reports shall be saved to the NPPC shared folder.

    • NPPC Data Collection and Analysis

      • The NPPC shall meet regularly, but not less than once a month.

      • Support staff shall collect and store data as well as NPPC recommendations from each meeting.  This data shall be compiled and made available for clinical evaluation and analysis.

      • Staff shall evaluate and analyze the data and generate statewide reports on a regular basis and as requested by nursing leadership or other stakeholders, for quality improvement efforts, policy updates, and nursing professional development.

    • Reporting Requirements

      • When indicated, the NPPC shall report findings to the appropriate institution Chief Executive Officer and CNE, and the appropriate HQ Governance forum.

      • NPPC shall recommend to the institution hiring authority and institution CNE to take appropriate action to address any opportunities for improvement in nursing practice. NPPC shall work with institutional leadership to ensure implementation of quality improvement initiatives.

  • References

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 6, Article 2, Sections 2725-2742

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 6.5, Article 2, Sections 2859-2873.6

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 10, Article 1, Sections 4500-4509.5

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 13, Chapter 3, Article 2, Sections 1366, 1366.1, 1366.2, 1366.3

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 14, Article 7, Sections 1470-1474

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.6, Statewide Patient Safety Program

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 2, Section 1.2.7, Institution Patient Safety Program

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Complete Care Model

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 2, Pharmacy and Medical Services

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 4, Telehealth

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 7, Emergency Medical Response

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 8, Public Health

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 4, Article 1, Health Care

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Mental Health Services Delivery System, Program Guide, 2009 Revision

    • American Nurses Association. Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice, Fourth Edition. Silver Spring, MD: American Nurses Association; 2021

    • The Joint Commission Standards and National Patient Safety Goals, 2022

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 07/2015
      Revised: 05/24/2023

1.4.6.6 Professional Nursing Standards

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) nursing standards shall be guided by the Nursing Practice Act, American Nurses’ Association Standards, and/or other regulations.  Standards shall be directed and informed via policies, procedures, protocols, and guidelines.  Standards that contain elements of medical management shall be developed in collaboration with the headquarters’ (HQ) medical executive team and other HQ clinical executives as indicated.  These standards shall be reviewed, at a minimum, every three years for conformance with current evidenced based practice and updated as indicated.

    • Correctional Registered Nurse (RN) Standards of Practice

      • CCHCS RNs shall comply with the following standards of practice:

      • Assessment: The RN shall collect comprehensive data pertinent to the patient’s health and/or the situation.

      • Diagnosis: The RN shall analyze the assessment data to determine the diagnoses, health concerns, or organizational issues.

      • Outcome Identification: The RN shall identify expected outcomes for a plan individualized to the patient or the situation.

      • Planning: The RN shall develop a plan, in accordance with the clinical pathway, that prescribes strategies and alternatives to attain expected outcomes.

      • Implementation: The RN shall implement the identified plan by:

        • Coordinating care delivery.

        • Employing strategies to promote a healthy and safe environment.

      • Evaluation: The RN shall evaluate progress toward attainment of outcomes.

    • Correctional Nursing Standards of Professional Performance

      • CCHCS nursing staff shall:

      • Practice nursing ethically.

      • Attain knowledge and competence that reflect current nursing practice.

      • Integrate evidence and research findings into practice.

      • Contribute to quality nursing practice.

      • Communicate effectively in a variety of formats and in all areas of practice.

      • Demonstrate leadership in the professional practice setting.

      • Collaborate with the patient, correctional facility administration, and other health care professionals in his/her conduct of nursing practice.

      • Evaluate his/her own nursing practice in relation to professional practice standards and guidelines, relevant statutes, and rules and regulations.

      • Utilize appropriate resources to plan and provide nursing services that are safe, effective, and financially responsible.

      • Practice in an environmentally safe and healthy manner.

    • Development/Revision

      • CCHCS nursing standards shall be changed as needed to reflect the dynamics of the nursing profession as new patterns of professional practice are developed and accepted by the nursing profession and the public.

      • Additional standards may be identified in response to a variety of sources including, but not limited to, the following:

        • Nursing staff.

        • Other disciplines.

        • New patient populations.

        • New technologies.

        • Quality improvement initiatives.

        • Research.

        • New regulations.

  • Purpose

    • To direct and guide nursing care provided to patients across the continuum of care within CCHCS as well as to establish and ensure conformance with professional nursing standards.

  • Responsibility

    • The HQ Chief Nursing Executive and nursing executive team are responsible for the development of nursing standards of care and practice as informed by the Complete Care Model.

  • References

    • California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 6, Article 2, Section 2725, Scope of Regulation

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 3, Article 1, Section 3.1.1, Complete Care Model

    • Nursing Review and Resource Manual, Rundio & Wilson, American Nurses’ Association, 2010

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 11/2017
      Reviewed: 05/24/2023

1.4.6.7 Nursing Competency Program

  • Policy

    • The California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) Nursing Services Branch maintains a competency program to ensure nursing practice is consistent with the nursing process and practice established by the California state nursing licensing and certification agencies.

    • Licensed and unlicensed CCHCS nursing staff shall demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and abilities required to achieve an appropriate level of competency and perform within their scope of practice.  Nursing staff competency shall promote compliance with CCHCS and California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation policies and procedures, federal and state laws and regulations, and nationally accepted nursing standards.

    • The competency program includes:

      • Educational programs

      • Competency validation

      • Monitoring for compliance

    • Competency validation occurs on a continuum. This continuum shall include assessment of competencies during the hiring process, during the orientation period, and throughout employment as the requirements of the job and needs of the organization change.

  • Purpose

    • To ensure the following:

    • Competent nursing staff

    • Positive patient outcomes

    • Patient safety

  • Responsibility

    • The Statewide Chief Nurse Executive (CNE) is responsible for statewide implementation of this policy, and the institutional CNEs are responsible for the local implementation of this policy.

  • Procedure Overview

    • The CCHCS Nursing Services Branch shall maintain a competency program to include educational programs, competency validation, and monitoring for compliance to ensure competent nursing staff, positive patient outcomes, and patient safety.

  • Procedure

    • Educational Trainings and Competencies Development

      • Educational trainings and competencies shall be developed by CCHCS headquarters (HQ) Nursing Services based upon internal and external requirements.  Nursing Leadership shall review and update all nursing educational training and competencies developed by Nursing Services, as needed.

    • Education and Competency Validation Components

      • Registered Nurses (RNs)

      • The Nursing Practice Act sets forth the duties that all RNs, regardless of role, population, or specialty are expected to perform competently. Additional education and training shall be provided to the RN in order to maintain and further develop knowledge, skills, and abilities for practicing at the highest level of RN scope of practice. The components include, but are not limited to:

        • Each of the elements of the Nursing Process (assessment, diagnosis, outcome identification, planning, implementation, coordination of care, health teaching and health promotion, and evaluation).

        • The dependent, independent, and interdependent functions identified for the RN in the various health care areas of the correctional nurse setting.

        • Patient advocacy and clinical and administrative leadership as defined for the correctional health RN.

        • Leadership and engagement in striving for quality patient care outcomes.

        • Ongoing development of proficiency in communications with patients, to include evolving practice in effective communication, and communications with the health care team.

        • Ongoing development of proficiency in the use of the Electronic Health Record System for clinical documentation.

        • Emerging health care best practices in areas such as health equity, trauma-informed care, and motivational strategies.

      • Licensed Vocational Nurses (LVNs) and Psychiatric Technicians (PTs)

        • LVNs and PTs shall be provided education and training within their scope of practice and shall be expected to perform competently.  The components include, but are not limited to:

        • Medication management – The LVN and PT follows the six rights of medication administration; is knowledgeable in the medication classifications and common side effects of medications being administered; and provides patient education related to medication indications, use, adherence and side effects.

        • Subjective and objective data collection – The LVN and PT collects data pertinent to the patient’s health or situation.

        • Therapeutic interventions – The LVN and PT provides basic nursing care, treatments, and techniques as ordered or delegated.

        • Patient education and group facilitation – The LVN and PT provides evidence-based patient teaching and employs techniques for facilitating psycho-educational and psycho-social rehabilitation groups.

      • Certified Nursing Assistants (CNAs)

        • CNAs shall be provided education and training within their scope of practice and shall be expected to perform competently.  The components include, but are not limited to:

        • Assisting or providing patients with their activities of daily living.

        • Observing and data collection for changes in the patient’s condition (1:1 suicide watch and suicide precaution), obtaining vital signs, weights, and measuring a patient’s intake and output.

    • Education and Competency Validation Frequency

      • Education and competency validation is conducted:

      • Quarterly for new hires for first year, annually thereafter, and as needed based upon:

        • Quality improvement

        • A performance evaluation

        • Performance improvement plan

        • New policies or procedures

        • When a deficiency is identified

      • Competency validation results shall be part of an employee’s performance appraisals.

    • Education and Competency Validators

      • Nursing clinical staff shall demonstrate competency prior to teaching educational trainings and validating competency of nursing staff.  Methods to acquire knowledge or skills include, but are not limited to:

      • Continuing education programs

      • Review of policies and procedures

      • In-service education

      • Training-for-Trainers

      • Simulation exercises

      • Observation and demonstration

    • Competency Validation Methods

      • Competency validation methods used to measure the abilities of an individual for a specific competency standard include, but are not limited to:

        • Test

        • Skills validation

        • Observation

        • Case Studies

        • Exemplars

        • Peer Reviews by Nursing Professional Practice Council

        • Mock Events

        • Quality Improvement Monitors

      • Some competencies may require a combination of validation methods.  The nursing leadership shall determine the validation methods for each competency developed by HQ Nursing Services.

    • Education and Competency Validation: Documentation and Tracking

      • Nursing staff’s competency shall be documented in the:

      • Supervisory File

      • Proof of Practice (Training File)

      • Education and Competency Tracking Database

  • References

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 5, Licensing and Certification of Health Facilities, Home Health Agencies, Clinics and Referral Agencies

    • Nursing Practice Act, California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 6, Article 1, Section 2700 et seq.

    • Vocational Nursing Practice Act, California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 6.5, Article 1, Section 2840 et seq.

    • Psychiatric Technicians Law, California Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 10, Article 1, Section 4500 et seq.

    • American Nurses Association, Scope and Standards of Practice, Correctional Nursing, 2nd Edition

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 02/2002

    • Revised: 05/24/2023

1.4.6.8 Nursing Standardized Procedures, Protocols, Order Sets, Clinical Pathways, and Standing Orders

  • Policy

    • California Correctional Health Care Services (CCHCS) shall maintain standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders to legally allow nursing staff within CCHCS to perform direct and indirect patient care utilizing evidence-based nursing practices consistent within the scope of practice of each nursing classification.

    • Standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders are developed and approved collaboratively at the headquarters level by a multidisciplinary practice group whose membership consists of nurses and physicians and conform to the requirements of the California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 16, Sections 1366-1366.4, Sections1379, and Sections 1470-1474.

  • Purpose

    • To provide direction, promote consistency, and support the practice of nursing utilizing standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders within CCHCS in accordance with all applicable statutes, rules, and regulations.

  • Applicability

    • This policy is applicable to all Registered Nurses (RNs), Licensed Vocational Nurses (LVNs), Psychiatric Technicians (PTs), Certified Nursing Assistants (CNAs) and Medical Assistants (Mas) employed by, contracted with, or volunteering for the State of California while providing services to patients within the care of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR).

    • This policy is not applicable to inpatient facilities licensed by the California Department of Public Health under the CCR, Title 22, unless the standardized procedure, protocol, order set, clinical pathway, and standing order are also adopted in writing by the appropriate governing body as required by CCR, Title 22.

  • Responsibility

    • CDCR and CCHCS departmental leadership, at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, shall ensure administrative and clinical systems are in place and appropriate tools, training, and levels of resources are available so that nursing staff can successfully implement the provision of evidence-based nursing services to patients under the care of CCHCS/CDCR.

    • The Deputy Director, Nursing Services, is responsible for statewide planning, implementation, and evaluation of the nursing services provided within CCHCS/CDCR.  For the purposes of this policy, the Deputy Director, Nursing Services, shall collaborate with the Deputy Director, Medical Services, for implementation.

    • Regional Health Care Executives (RHCEs) are responsible for implementation of this policy at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is responsible for implementation of this policy at the institution level.  The CEO may delegate this responsibility to the institutional Chief Nurse Executive (CNE) and Chief Medical Executive (CME) but retains overall responsibility.

  • Procedure Overview

    • This procedure provides direction to promote consistency and support professional practice by nurses providing services within the CDCR and CCHCS to the fullest extent of their licensure using standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders in accordance with all applicable statutes, rules, and regulations.

  • Responsibility

    • Statewide

      • CDCR and CCHCS departmental leadership at all levels of the organization, within the scope of their authority, shall ensure administrative, custodial, and clinical systems are in place and appropriate tools, training, technical assistance and levels of resources are available so that CCHCS health care staff can successfully implement this procedure.

    • Regional

      • RHCEs Regional CNEs are responsible for implementation of this procedure at the subset of institutions within an assigned region.

    • Institutional

      • The CEO has overall responsibility for implementation and ongoing oversight of a system to provide management of the patient care services to include the implementation of standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders at an assigned institution.  The CEO delegates decision-making authority to designated institutional health care executives for daily operations and ensures adequate resources are deployed to support the system.

      • All members of the institutional leadership team are responsible for ensuring all necessary resources are in place to support the successful implementation of this procedure at all levels of the institution.

      • All members of the institutional leadership team shall ensure access to and utilization of equipment, supplies, health information systems, patient registries and summaries, and evidence-based guidelines necessary to implement this procedure.

      • All members of the institutional leadership team as a part of the quality management process on an ongoing basis shall:

        • Review health care staff performance including the overall quality of services, health outcomes, assignment of consistent and adequate resources, utilization of dashboards, patient registries, patient summaries, decision support tools, and address issues pertaining to the use of standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders.

        • Provide health care staff with adequate resources including training, staffing, physical plant, information technology, and equipment/supplies necessary to accomplish tasks required during the use of standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders.

      • The CNE and the CME shall develop an interdisciplinary process to ensure that each health care staff member utilizing standardized procedures, protocols, and order sets shall have at a minimum:

        • Training on policies and procedures during orientation; whenever new standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders are issued; and as needed.

        • Demonstrated competency in the use of each standardized procedure, protocol, order set, clinical pathway, and standing order prior to their performance of the tasks outlined in the standardized procedure, protocol, order set, clinical pathway, and standing order.

        • An established training file (proof of practice file) containing documentation of the health care staff member’s training and initial and ongoing competency evaluations for each standardized procedure, protocol, order set, clinical pathway, and standing order used by the health care staff member.

  • Procedure

    • General Requirements

      • Each standardized procedure, protocol, order set, clinical pathway, and standing order shall be developed and implemented using an interdisciplinary process that meets the following minimum requirements:

      • Uses an interdisciplinary team appropriate to the item being developed (i.e., nursing, medicine, pharmacy, mental health, dental, etc.).

      • Ensures that each standardized procedure, protocol, order set, clinical pathway, and standing order developed is evidence-based, conforms to any applicable departmentally approved Care Guide, and supports the Complete Care Model Policy as outlined in the Health Care Department Operations Manual (HCDOM), Section 1.4.6.7, Nursing Competency Program.

      • Identifies the parties responsible for the training and implementation of standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders.

      • Determines the method and frequency of competency testing and the documentation of the results.  Competency testing shall, at a minimum, meet the requirements of HCDOM, Section 1.4.6.7, Nursing Competency Program.

      • Ensures the requirements of Section (f)(3)(E) are met.

      • Identifies a method of ensuring the distribution of approved standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders to all staff within the organization.  The placement of a signed copy of the documents on a departmentally-approved intranet webpage accessible to all heath care staff meets the requirements of availability for the purposes of this paragraph.

    • Standardized Procedures/Nurse Protocols

      • Standardized procedures/nurse protocols shall be developed at the statewide level under the direction of the Deputy Directors of Nursing Services, Medical Services, Mental Health Program, Dental Services (as applicable), and the Chief of Pharmacy Services (as applicable).

      • The Deputy Directors of Nursing Services, Medical Services, Mental Health Program, Dental Services, (as applicable), and the Chief of Pharmacy Services (as applicable) shall ensure that an interdisciplinary  process, which includes input from all appropriate disciplines and regional and institutional subject matter experts, is used during the development of standardized procedures and nurse protocols.

      • Standardized procedures/nurse protocols shall be approved and signed at the statewide level and issued to the field for implementation to ensure standardization of patient care, full implementation within the Electronic Health Record System (EHRS), improvement of patient outcomes, and management of risk throughout the organization.

      • Standardized procedures shall be in writing, dated, and signed by the departmental designated staff (i.e., Deputy Directors of Nursing Services, Medical Services, Dental Services, and other Deputy Directors as applicable) and shall, at a minimum:

        • Specify which standardized procedure functions RNs may perform and under what circumstances.

        • State any specific requirements that are to be followed by RNs in performing particular standardized procedure functions.

        • Specify any experience, training, and/or education requirements for performance of standardized procedure functions.

        • Establish a method for initial and continuing evaluation of the competence of those RNs authorized to perform standardized procedure functions.

        • Provide a method of maintaining a written record of those persons authorized to perform standardized procedure functions.

        • Specify the scope of supervision required for performance of standardized procedure functions (e.g., immediate supervision by a provider).

        • Set forth any specialized circumstances under which the RN is to communicate immediately with a patient’s provider concerning the patient’s condition.

        • State the limitations on settings, if any, in which standardized procedure functions may be performed.

        • Specify patient record-keeping requirements.

        • Provide a method of periodic review of the standardized procedures.

    • Clinical Pathways

      • Clinical pathways shall be developed at the statewide level under the direction of the Deputy Directors of Nursing Services, Medical Services, Mental Health Program, Dental Services, and the Chief of Pharmacy Services (as applicable).

      • The Deputy Directors of Nursing Services, Medical Services, Mental Health Program, Dental Services (as applicable), and the Chief of Pharmacy Services (as applicable) shall ensure that an interdisciplinary process, which includes input from all appropriate disciplines and regional and institutional subject matter experts, is used during the development of clinical pathways.

      • Clinical pathways shall be approved and signed by the departmental designated staff (i.e., Deputy Directors of Nursing Services, Medical Services, and other Deputy Directors, as applicable) at the statewide level and issued to the field for implementation to ensure standardization of patient care, full implementation within the EHRS, improvement of patient outcomes, and management of risk throughout the organization.

      • Clinical pathways shall contain the following elements at a minimum:

        • A statement of the goals and key elements of care based on evidence, best practice, and patients’ expectations and characteristics.

        • Means of communication among the care team members and with patients.

        • The coordination of the care process by coordinating the roles and sequencing the activities of the interdisciplinary care team and patients.

        • An explanation of who may perform individual elements of the clinical pathway if there are limitations based on the individual scopes of practice for the members of the care team (i.e., a task may be performed by the RN but not the LVN/PT).

        • Requirements for documentation, monitoring, and evaluation of variances and outcomes.

        • Identification of the appropriate resources necessary to implement the clinical pathway.

        • Specification of any experience, training, and/or education requirements for performance of functions listed in the clinical pathway.

        • A method for initial and continuing evaluation of the competence of health care staff authorized to perform clinical pathway functions.

        • A method of maintaining a written record of those persons authorized to perform clinical pathway functions.

        • Specification of the scope of supervision required for the performance of clinical pathway functions (e.g., immediate supervision by a provider).

        • Directives for any specialized circumstances under which the health care staff is to communicate immediately with a patient’s provider concerning the patient’s condition.

        • Limitations on settings, if any, in which clinical pathway functions may be performed.

        • Patient record-keeping requirements.

        • A method of periodic review of the clinical pathway.

    • Order Sets

      • Order sets may be proposed at the statewide, regional, or local level.

      • Order sets shall be approved at the statewide level and issued to the field for implementation to ensure standardization of patient care, full implementation within the EHRS, improvement of patient outcomes, and management of risk throughout the organization.

      • Order sets shall be developed using an interdisciplinary process as outlined in Section (g)(1) above.  No order set shall be used without first being approved through the appropriate Quality Management Committee approval process and signed by the departmental designated staff (i.e., Deputy Director of Nursing Services, Medical Services, and other Deputy Directors as applicable).

      • When developing and approving order sets, consideration shall be given to the following at a minimum:

        • Order sets are reflective of current “best practices.”

        • Order sets are comprehensive and consider other disciplines as required by the actions being performed (e.g., screen patient for smoking history.  The RN shall provide smoking cessation counseling if the patient has smoked within 12 months).

        • Automatic orders are pre-selected to reduce the possibility of their being overlooked.  Pre-selected automatic orders on a paper document shall include the following line, “Strike through entire line to cancel a pre-selected order.” Pre-selected orders in the EHRS (i.e., on the PowerPlan) can be deselected to individualize the order.

        • Order sets are reflective of national performance measures as appropriate (e.g., Joint Commission Standards and National Hospital Inpatient Quality Measures).

        • Order sets are reflective of national patient safety goals, if appropriate (e.g., provides vital sign parameters and parameters for notifying the provider).

        • Infection control measures are considered, as appropriate.

        • Equipment and medications listed are readily available at the institution and on the formulary.

        • Instructions are complete, unambiguous, and clear (i.e., designate no range orders without objective measures to determine the correct dose; avoid overlapping parameters to guide medication administration that make it difficult to interpret the correct directions).

        • The use of symbols is kept to a minimum; avoid letters, numbers, and abbreviations that may be easily confused or misinterpreted.

        • Attempts are made to remove or reduce look-alike or sound-alike items, and “tall-man lettering” is used for all look-alike names and words.

        • Upper case letters are used appropriately (e.g., when lower case letters are used, “PRN” can be easily misread as “pm”).

        • Paper orders are written on one side of the sheet only.  Orders written on the reverse side of sheets are often overlooked.  The reverse side of orders are best used only for references, additional information, etc.

    • Standing Orders

      • Standing orders may be proposed at the statewide, regional, or local level.

      • Standing orders shall be approved at the statewide level and issued to the field for implementation to ensure standardization of patient care, full implementation within the EHRS, improvement of patient outcomes, and management of risk throughout the organization.

      • Standing orders shall be developed using an interdisciplinary process as outlined in Section (g)(1) above.  No standing order shall be used without first being approved through the appropriate headquarters Quality Management Committee approval process and signed by the departmental designated staff (i.e., Deputy Director of Nursing Services, Medical Services, and other Deputy Directors as applicable).

      • Standing orders shall:

        • Be conditioned upon the occurrence of certain clinical events.

        • Be initiated by the treating health care provider.

        • Demonstrate a patient/provider relationship.

        • Be patient specific.

      • Once the triggering event is identified, an allied health professional or licensed independent provider may initiate treatment pursuant to a standing order.

      • No standing order shall authorize a health care staff member to exceed their scope of practice or level of training.

      • When developing and approving standing orders, consideration shall be given to the best practices noted in Section (g)(4) above regarding order sets including the following at a minimum:

        • Standing orders are reflective of current “best practices.”

        • Standing orders are comprehensive and consider other disciplines as required by the actions being performed.

        • Standing orders specify the circumstances under which the drug or treatment is to be administered and/or provided.

        • Standing orders specify the types of medical conditions of patients for whom the standing orders are intended.

        • If the standing order addresses the administration of medications, it must be initially approved by the Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee and be periodically reviewed by that committee.

        • Standing orders are specific as to the drug, dosage, route, and frequency of administration of any medication.

    • Statewide Nursing Standardized Procedures Committee

      • Statewide leadership shall designate a standing committee that will be responsible for the development and review of standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders at an organizational level.  Permanent members of the committee shall be the Deputy Directors of Nursing Services and Medical Services.  Other Deputy Directors shall be invited as the subject matter of the standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders (i.e., Pharmacy, Ancillary Services, etc.).

      • The committee shall coordinate actions with the Clinical Guidelines Committee, the Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee, and/or other statewide stakeholders as indicated to ensure that the developed decision-support tools conform to evidence-based practice and are supported by other statewide policies and procedures.

      • The committee shall ensure that all material(s) necessary to support the full implementation of decision-support tools are provided in conjunction with their release.  Examples of these materials include, but are not limited to, lesson plans, competencies, webinars, and Learning Management System training sessions.

      • The committee shall ensure that all approved decision-support tools are signed by the appropriate Deputy Directors and/or Directors.  Decision-Support Tools approved at the statewide level do not require additional approval at the regional or institutional level.

      • Decision-Support Tools shall not be modified at the regional or institutional level.  Recommendations for change shall be submitted using the process described below in Section (g)(7)(D).

    • Institutional Nursing Standardized Procedures Committee

      • Institutional leadership shall designate a standing committee reporting to the local Quality Management Committee for oversight of the training, implementation, maintenance, record-keeping, and review of standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders at the institutional level.  The committee shall:

      • Take corrective action as needed to identify issues related to the implementation and use of standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders within the institution.

      • Take the appropriate corrective action to resolve and/or elevate concerns identified in the review.

      • Document all reviews and actions taken and forward to the local Quality Management Committee.

      • Make recommendations to the statewide committee for the development of new standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders and/or the review of existing decision support.

    • Institutional Nursing Standardized Procedures Monitoring Program

      • The CEO and institutional leadership team shall establish an ongoing monitoring program to periodically assess the quality of the training, implementation, maintenance, record-keeping, and review of standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders.  The monitoring process shall include, but is not limited to:

      • A review of the competency program results for health care staff including trends identified during didactic and hands on training (i.e., common deficiencies).

      • Rates of utilization for each standardized procedure, protocol, order set, clinical pathway, and standing order.

      • A review of order sets to ensure that they are being utilized appropriately and that the orders continue to meet the patient care needs of the institution’s population, current policy, and health care “best practices.”

      • A review of trended outcome data (i.e., registry “improvements”) for each standardized procedure, protocol, order set, clinical pathway, and standing order in use.  Variances from the expected standardized usage shall be reviewed, trended, and considered during the periodic review conducted as described in item five below.

      • Status of the periodic review for each standardized procedure, protocol, order set, clinical pathway, and standing order utilized within the institution.

      • A periodic review of local population management session reports to identify local trends in patient care needs and outcomes that might benefit from the development (or modification) of a standardized procedure, protocol, order set, clinical pathway, and standing order.  The committee shall make a recommendation with supporting data to the regional executive leadership team when a potential need is identified.

      • Adherence to policy guidelines, protocols, and decision-support tools as they relate to the development, training, and usage of standardized procedures, protocols, order sets, clinical pathways, guidelines, and standing orders.

  • References

    • Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 5, Article 3, Section 2069

    • Business and Professions Code, Division 2, Chapter 6, Article 2, Section 2725

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 13, Chapter 3, Article 2, Sections 1366 – 1366.4

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 13, Chapter 3, Article 4, Section 1379, Standardized Procedures for Registered Nurses

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 16, Division 14, Article 7, Sections 1470 – 1474

    • California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 3, Subdivision 1, Chapter 3, Article 3, 51241, Physician Relationship to Nonphysician Medical Practitioners

    • California Board of Registered Nursing, Standardized Procedure Guidelines.
      http://www.rn.ca.gov/pdfs/regulations/npr-i-19.pdf

    • California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Department Operations Manual, Chapter 9, Article 4, Sections 91040.8 – 91040.9.1

    • Health Care Department Operations Manual, Chapter 1, Article 4, Section 1.4.6.7, Nursing Competency Program

    • Joint Commission Standards MM.04.01.01

    • American Nurses Association, Correctional Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice, 2nd Ed; Silver Spring, MD., 2013

    • AHRQ: Promoting Best Practice and Safety through Preprinted Physician Orders
      https://www.ahrq.gov/downloads/pub/advances2/vol2/advances-ehringer_17.pdf

  • Revision History

    • Effective: 01/2002

    • Revised: 06/2018

    • Reviewed: 05/24/2023